Physics Concepts and Connections, Book Two - Solutions Manual

BOOK TWO
Brian Heimbecker
Igor Nowikow
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
Solutions Manual
Physics: Concepts and Connections
Book Two Solutions Manual
Authors
Brian Heimbecker
Igor Nowikow
Christopher T. Howes
Jacques Mantha
Brian P. Smith
Henri M. van Bemmel
NELSON
Director of Publishing
David Steele
Publisher
Kevin Martindale
Project Editor
Lina Mockus-OBrien
Editor
Kevin Linder
First Folio Resource Group
Project Management
Robert Templeton
Composition
Tom Dart
Proofreading and Copy Editing
Christine Szentgyorgi
Patricia Trudell
Illustrations
Greg Duhaney
Claire Milne
COPYRIGHT 2003 by Nelson, a
division of Thomson Canada Limited.
Printed and bound in Canada.
1 2 3 4 05 04 03 02
For more information contact Nelson,
1120 Birchmount Road Toronto,
Ontario, M1K 5G4. Or you can visit our
Internet site at http://www.nelson.com
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this
work covered by the copyright hereon
may be reproduced, transcribed, or used
in any form or by any meansgraphic,
electronic, or mechanical, including
photocopying, recording, taping, Web
distribution, or information storage and
retrieval systemswithout the written
permission of the publisher.
For permission to use material from this
text or product, contact us by
Tel 1-800-730-2214
Fax 1-800-730-2215
www.thomsonrights.com
Every effort has been made to trace
ownership of all copyrighted material and
to secure permission from copyright
holders. In the event of any question
arising as to the use of any material, we
will be pleased to make the necessary
corrections in future printings.
Tabl e of Contents iii
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Section 1.3 1
1.4 1
1.6 1
1.7 3
1.8 3
1.11 4
1.12 5
1.13 6
1.14 6
1.15 7
Chapter 2
Section 2.1 8
2.2 9
2.3 10
2.4 11
2.5 12
2.6 13
2.7 14
2.8 15
Chapter 3
Section 3.3 17
3.4 18
3.5 18
3.6 20
3.7 21
3.8 22
3.9 22
Chapter 4
Section 4.2 24
4.3 24
4.4 25
4.5 25
4.6 26
Chapter 5
Section 5.2 28
5.3 28
5.4 29
5.5 29
5.6 30
5.7 31
Chapter 6
Section 6.1 33
6.2 33
6.3 34
Chapter 7
Section 7.2 36
7.3 36
7.4 36
7.5 37
7.6 38
7.7 38
7.8 38
7.9 39
7.10 39
7.11 40
Chapter 8
Section 8.4 41
8.5 41
8.6 42
8.7 43
8.8 44
8.9 44
Chapter 9
Section 9.5 45
Chapter 10
Section 10.2 47
10.3 47
10.4 48
10.5 48
Chapter 11
Section 11.4 49
11.5 49
11.6 49
11.8 49
11.9 50
11.10 51
Chapter 12
Section 12.2 52
12.3 52
12.4 52
12.5 53
12.6 53
12.8 54
Chapter 13
Section 13.1 55
13.2 55
13.3 55
13.4 56
13.5 56
13.6 57
13.7 57
13.8 58
Chapter 14
Section 14.1 59
14.2 59
14.3 59
14.4 59
14.5 59
14.6 60
14.7 60
14.8 60
I Solutions to Applying the Concepts Questions II Answers to
End-of-chapter
Conceptual
Questions
Chapter 1 61
Chapter 2 63
Chapter 3 65
Chapter 4 66
Chapter 5 67
Chapter 6 68
Chapter 7 69
Chapter 8 71
Chapter 9 75
Chapter 10 77
Chapter 11 79
Chapter 12 80
Chapter 13 81
Chapter 14 83
III Solutions to End-
of-chapter
Problems
Chapter 1 87
Chapter 2 95
Chapter 3 107
Chapter 4 120
Chapter 5 126
Chapter 6 134
Chapter 7 140
Chapter 8 151
Chapter 9 160
Chapter 10 165
Chapter 11 170
Chapter 12 178
Chapter 13 183
Chapter 14 191
Sol uti ons to Appl yi ng the Concepts 1
Section 1.3
1. (30 days)

2.6 10
6
s (units cancel to give answer in
seconds)
2. (7 furlongs)

1.4 km
(units cancel to give answer in kilometres)
3. (1 quart)

5.5 10
2
mL (units cancel to give answer
in millilitres)
Section 1.4
1. Since the question is asking for velocity, the
answer must include a direction. Since the
direction in which the train travels is
constant,
v
avg
avg
avg
14 m/s [N]
2. a) Since the question is asking for average
speed, direction is not required.
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
1.6 km/h
b) Since the question is asking for average
velocity, direction is required.
v
avg
avg
avg

v
avg
avg
0.40 km/h [E]
3. a) Since the question asks for the cars
velocity, direction is important. Since the
direction is constant,
v
avg
avg
avg
1.1 m/s [E]
b) The cars instantaneous velocity at 5 s can
be approximated by the difference between
the distance travelled after 6 s and the
distance travelled after 5 s, divided by the
time during that interval:
v
avg
avg
avg
0 m/s
Section 1.6
1. v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
d
d
d 9.4 10
3
m
2. 10 cm 1.0 10
1
m
d
v
1
v
2
v
1
0.05 m/s
v
1
1.7 10
2
m/s
3. a) Igor: d
I
v
I
t
Brian: d
B
1
2
a
B
t
2
If they meet, d
I
d
B
8.0 m
v
I
t 8.0 m
1
2
a
B
t
2
0
1
2
(2.8 m/s
2
)t
2
(7.0 m/s)t 8.0 m
0 (1.4 m/s
2
)t
2
(7.0 m/s)t 8.0 m
2(1.0 10
1
m)
3.0 s
2d
t
(v
1
v
2
)t
2
(600 m/s)
2
(350 m/s)
2
2(12.6 m/s
2
)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2a
8.0 m [E] 8.0 m [E]
6.0 s 5.0 s
d
t
9.0 m [E] 0 m [E]
8.0 s
d
t
2.0 km[E]
5.0 h
3.0 km [E] 5.0 km [E]
5.0 h
3.0 km [W] 5.0 km [E]
5.0 h
d
t
8.0 km
5.0 h
d
t
2.5 10
4
m [N]
1.8 10
3
s
d
t
27.5 mL
1 oz
20 oz
1 quart
1 km
0.63 mile
1 mile
8 furlong
60 s
1 min
60 min
1 h
24 h
1 day
PART 1 Solutions to Applying the Concepts
In this section, solutions have been provided only for problems requiring calculation.
t
t
t
t 3.2 s or t 1.8 s
We will take the lower value: t 1.8 s.
b) d
B
1
2
(2.8 m/s
2
)(1.8 s)
2
d
B
4.4 m
4. 8.0 cm 8.0 10
2
m
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
a
a
a 7.7 10
5
m/s
2
5. t
total
t
1
t
2
t
3
t
total
3.0 s 6.0 s 10 s
t
total
19.0 s
In the first 3.0 s, the truck travels a distance
of:
d
1
1
2
(v
1
v
2
)t
1
d
1
1
2
(0 m/s 8.0 m/s)(3.0 s)
d
1
12 m
Since the truck travels at a constant speed
over the second interval,
d
2
v
2
t
2
d
2
(8.0 m/s)(6.0 s)
d
2
48 m
For the final interval,
d
3
v
1
t
3
1
2
at
3
2
d
3
(8.0 m/s)(10 s)
1
2
(2.5 m/s
2
)(10 s)
2
d
3
2.1 10
2
m
d
total
d
1
d
2
d
3
d
total
12 m 48 m 2.1 10
2
m
d
total
2.7 10
2
m
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
14 m/s
6. 100 km/h 27.8 m/s
d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
500 m (27.8 m/s)t
1
2
(30 m/s
2
)t
2
0 (15 m/s
2
)t
2
(27.8 m/s)t 500 m
t
t 4.9 s
7. a) d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
80 m (17 m/s)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
0 (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
(17 m/s)t 80 m
t
t 2.7 s
b) v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
v
2
v
1
2
2 ad
v
2
(17 m /s)
2
2(9.8 m/s
2
) (80 m )
v
2
43 m/s
8. a) a
t (eq.1)
d

t (eq. 2)
Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,
d

2ad v
2
2
v
1
2
v
2
v
1
v
1
v
2
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
b) a
v
1
v
2
at (eq. 1)
d

t (eq. 2)
Substituting equation 1 into equation 2,
d

t
d v
2
t
1
2
at
2
v
2
v
2
at
2
v
2
v
1
2
v
2
v
1
t
v
2
v
1
a
v
2
v
1
2
v
2
v
1
2
v
2
v
1
a
v
2
v
1
t
17 m/s (17 m /s)
2
4(4.9 m/s
2
) (80 m)
2(4.9 m/s
2
)
27.8 m/s (27.8 m/s)
2
4(1 5 m/s
2
)(50 0 m)
2(15 m/s
2
)
2.7 10
2
m
19.0 s
d
total
t
total
(0 m/s)
2
(350 m/s)
2
2(8.0 10
2
m)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2d
7.0 m/s 2.05 m/s
2.8 m/s
2
7.0 m/s (7.0 m/s)
2
4(1 .4 m/s
2
)(8.0 m)
2(1.4 m/s
2
)
b b
2
4 ac
2a
2 Sol uti ons to Appl yi ng the Concepts
Section 1.7
1. a) v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
Assuming up is positive,
d
d
d 330 m
b) v
2
v
1
at
t
t
t 8.16 s
c) 2(8.16 s) 16.3 s
2. a) d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
Assuming down is positive,
30.0 m (4.0 m/s)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
0 (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
(4.0 m/s)t 30.0 m
t
t
t
t 2.1 s
b) d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
30.0 m (4.0 m/s)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
0 (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
(4.0 m/s)t 30.0 m
t
t
t
t 2.9 s
3. d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
35 m v
1
(3.5 s)
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)(3.5 s)
2
v
1
7.2 m/s or 7.2 m/s [up]
Section 1.8
1. a) a
t7.0s
a
t7.0s
a
t7.0s
2.0 m/s
2
a
t12s
a
t12s
0 m/s
2
a
t3.0s
a
t3.0s
12 m/s
2
b) The distance travelled by Puddles from
t 5.0 s to t 13 s can be found by
finding the area under the curve between
those times. We must consider two
separate intervals: between 5.0 s and 10 s,
and between 10 s and 13 s. The area under
the graph in the first interval can be
expressed as the sum of the areas of a
triangle and a rectangle:
d
1
t
1
v
1
d
1
(10 s 5.0 s)(50 m/s)

d
1
275 m
The area under the graph in the second
interval can be expressed as a rectangle:
d
2
t
2
v
2
d
2
(13 s 10 s)(60 m/s 0 m/s)
d
2
180 m
d
T
d
1
d
2
d
T
275 m 180 m
d
T
455 m
2. a) For Super Dave, Sr.,
v
avg
t
t
t 5.0 s
50 m
10 m/s
d
v
avg
d
t
(10 s 5.0 s)(60 m/s 50 m/s)
2
t
1
v
1
2
32.0 m/s 8.0 m/s
4.0 s 2.0 s
60 m/s 60 m/s
13 s 11 s
55.0 m/s 51.0 m/s
8.0 s 6.0 s
v
t2
v
t1
t
2
t
1
4.0 m/s 24.6 m/s
9.8 m/s
2
4.0 m/s (4.0 m/s)
2
4(4 .9 m/s
2
)(30 .0 m)
2(4.9 m/s
2
)
b b
2
4 ac
2a
4.0 m/s 24.6 m/s
9.8 m/s
2
4.0 m/s (4.0 m /s)
2
4(4.9 m/s
2
) (30. 0 m)
2(4.9 m/s
2
)
b b
2
4 ac
2a
0 80.0 m/s
9.8 m/s
2
v
2
v
1
a
0 (80.0 m/s)
2
2(9.8 m/s
2
)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2a
Solutions to Appl yi ng the Concepts 3
We can find the acceleration of Super
Dave, Jr. from the slope of his v
t graph:
a
a
a 3 m/s
2
d v
1
t
But v
1
0 m/s, so
d
t
t 6 s
b) Super Dave, Sr. wins the race by 1 s.
c) Super Dave, Sr.:
v
avg
t
t
t 10 s
Super Dave, Jr.:
d v
1
t , where v
1
0 m/s, so
d
t
t 8 s
Super Dave, Jr. wins.
3. a) For segment 1,
d
1
2.0 m 0.5 m
d
1
1.5 m
t
1
0.6 s 0.0 s
t
1
0.6 s
v
avg1
v
avg1
v
avg1
2.5 m/s
For segment 2,
d
2
2.0 m 2.0 m
d
2
0 m
v
avg2
0 m/s
For segment 3,
d
3
1.0 m 2.0 m
d
3
1.0 m
t
3
1.8 s 1.0 s
t
3
0.8 s
v
avg3
v
avg3
v
avg3
1.25 m/s
For segment 4,
d
4
2.2 m 1.0 m
d
4
1.2 m
t
4
2.6 s 1.8 s
t
4
0.8 s
v
avg4
v
avg4
v
avg4
1.5 m/s
b) v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
0.65 m/s
Section 1.11
1. a) Forces are unbalanced as
the force provided by the
kicker, F
k
, will cause the
ball to accelerate.
Ball
F
n
F
k
F
g
2.2 m 0.5 m
2.2 s 0.0 s
d
total
t
total
1.2 m
0.8 s
d
4
t
4
1.0 m
0.8 s
d
3
t
3
1.5 m
0.6 s
d
1
t
1
2(100 m)
3 m/s
2
2d
a
at
2
2
at
2
2
100 m
10 m/s
d
v
avg
d
t
2(50 m)
3 m/s
2
2d
a
at
2
2
at
2
2
6 m/s
2 s
v
t
b) The forces are
balanced. The
force he provides
on the gun, F
m
,
will balance the
force of the
bullet.
c) The forces are not balanced, as
the penny still accelerates
downward, but at a slower rate.
d) These forces are balanced, and
the soldier falls downward at a
constant speed.
Section 1.12
1. a) F
1
m
1
a
1
a
1
a
1
a
1
5.0 m/s
2
b) F
1
2m
1
a
2
a
2
a
1
a
2
a
2
a
2
2.5 m/s
2
c) m
1
a
3
F
1
2m
1
a
3
a
3
a
3
a
3
2.5 m/s
2
2. F ma
F
g
F
f
ma
F
f
m( g a)
F
f
(90 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
6.8 m/s
2
)
F
f
270 N
3. v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
a
a
a 2.5 10
4
m/s
2
F ma
F (8.0 10
2
kg)(2.5 10
4
m/s
2
)
F 2000 N
4. For the first kilometre,
d v
1
t
1
2
a
1
t
2
d
1
2
a
1
t
2
a
1
a
1
a
1
4.54 m/s
2
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
v
2
2ad
v
2
2(4.54 m/s
2
) (1000 m)
v
2
95.3 m/s
For the last 1.4 km, the cars acceleration is:
v
2
2
v
1
2
2a
2
d
a
2
a
2
a
2
3.24 m/s
2
F
f
ma
2
F
f
(600 kg)(3.24 m/s
2
)
F
f
1.94 10
3
N
(0 m/s)
2
(9.53 m/s)
2
2(1.40 10
3
m)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2d
2(1000 m)
(21.0 s)
2
2d
t
2
(0 m/s)
2
(15 m/s)
2
2(4.5 10
3
m)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2d
5.0 m/s
2
2
a
1
2
F
1
2
5.0 m/s
2
2
a
1
2
F
1
m
1
F
1
2m
1
10 N
2.0 kg
F
1
m
1
Soldier
F
parachute
F
g
Penny
F
buoyant
F
g
Gun
F
support
F
m
F
B
F
g
During the first kilometre, the forces acting on
the car are the force due to the engine and the
frictional force:
F
engine
F
f
ma
1
F
engine
ma
1
F
f
F
engine
(600 kg)(4.54 m/s
2
)
(1.94 10
3
N)
F
engine
4.66 10
3
N
5. v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
a
a
a 1.12 10
3
m/s
2
F
mitt
ma
F
mitt
(0.25 kg)(1.12 10
3
m/s
2
)
F
mitt
280 N
Section 1.13
1. a) Action: Foot striking the ball east
Reaction: Ball pushing west on the foot
b) Action: Paddle pushing backward on the
water
Reaction: Water pushing forward on the
paddle
c) Action: Balloon compressing and pushing
air out
Reaction: Air pushing back the other way
on the balloon
d) Action: Earths gravity pulling down on the
apple
Reaction: Apples gravity pulling up on
Earth
e) Action: Gravitational force downward of
the laptop on the desk
Reaction: Normal force upward of the desk
on the laptop
3. a) F
T
m
T
a
F
T
(6000 kg 5000 kg 4000 kg)
(1.5 m/s
2
)
F
T
2.25 10
4
N
b) The tension force in the rope between
barges 1 and 2 is equal to the force
required to accelerate barges 2 and 3 at a
rate of 1.5 m/s
2
.
F
1-2
(m
2
m
3
)a
F
1-2
(5000 kg 4000 kg)(1.5 m/s
2
)
F
1-2
1.35 10
4
N
The tension force in the rope between
barges 2 and 3 can be found two ways:
i) The difference between the force
required to accelerate all the barges at
a rate of 1.5 m/s
2
minus the force
required to accelerate the first two
barges at the same rate:
F
2-3
F
T
F
12
F
2-3
2.25 10
4
N
(6000 kg 5000 kg)(1.5 m/s
2
)
F
2-3
6.0 10
3
N
ii) The force required to accelerate barge 3
at a rate of 1.5 m/s
2
:
F
2-3
m
3
a
F
2-3
(4000 kg)(1.5 m/s
2
)
F
2-3
6.0 10
3
N
4. a) F
T
m
T
a
F
sled
F
T
(m
1
m
2
)a
a
a
a 0.83 m/s
2
b) To find the tension force in the rope
joining the two toboggans, we consider the
forces acting on the second toboggan:
F
T
m
2
a
F
rope
F
f
m
2
a
F
rope
m
2
a F
f
F
rope
(300 kg)(0.83 m/s
2
) 100 N
F
rope
350 N
Section 1.14
1. a) Friction is the only force acting on the
truck, so
F
f
ma
a
F
f
F
f
F
f
6.7 10
3
N
(4000 kg)(0 m/s 16.7 m/s)
10 s
m(v
2
v
1
)
t
v
2
v
1
t
700 N 200 N
600 kg
F
sled
(F
f1
F
f2
)
m
1
m
2
(0 m/s)
2
(28 m/s)
2
2(0.35 m)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2d
b) F
f
k
F
n
F
n
mg
F
f
k
mg
k
0.17
2. a) Since the toy duck is travelling at a
constant velocity, it is not being acted upon
by an unbalanced force. Therefore, the
forces must have equal magnitudes and
opposite directions.
b) From a), we know that the applied force,
F
app
, is equal in magnitude to the force due
to friction, F
f
.
F
n
mg
F
app
F
f
F
app

k
F
n
F
app

k
mg
a
a
k
g
a (0.15)(9.8 m/s
2
)
a 1.5 m/s
2
3. F
f
ma
k
F
n
ma
k
mg ma
a
k
g
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
d
d
d 42 m
Section 1.15
1. F
g
F
g
F
g
5.5 10
67
N
2. F
g
F
g
F
g
F
g
2.1 10
20
N
3. a) F
g1
F
g2

F
g2
(F
g1
)
b) F
g2
F
g2

F
g2
(F
g1
)
c) F
g2
F
g2
F
g2
F
g1
4. (F
gEarth
) F
g2

r
2
2
2r
Earth
r
2
r
Earth
2
0
r
2
r
2
2.6 10
6
m
5. F
g
m
you
g
Jupiter
g
Jupiter
g
Jupiter
g
Jupiter
24 m/s
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
kg
2
)(1.9 10
27
kg)
(7.2 10
7
m)
2
Gm
Jupiter
r
Jupiter
2
Gm
you
m
Jupiter
r
Jupiter
2
Gm
you
m
Jupiter
r
Jupiter
2
2r
Earth
(2r
Earth
)
2
4 (1)( r
Earth
2
)
2
1
r
Earth
2
2r
Earth
r
2
r
2
2
1
2(r
Earth
2
)
Gm
you
m
Earth
(r
Earth
r
2
)
2
Gm
you
m
Earth
r
Earth
2
1
2
1
2
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
G4m
1
m
2
(2r)
2
2
9
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
2
9
G(2m
1
)m
2
(3r)
2
1
8
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
1
8
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
kg
2
)(0.013)(5.97 10
24
kg)
2
(3.82 10
8
m)
2
G(0.013)m
Earth
2
r
2
Gm
Earth
m
Moon
r
2
(6.67 10
11
N)(9.11 10
31
kg)
2
(0.01 m)
2
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
(0 m/s)
2
(22.2 m/s)
2
2(0.60)(9.8 m/s
2
)
v
2
2
v
1
2
2
k
g
F
app
m
6.7 10
3
N
(4000 kg)(9.8 m/s

2
)
F
f
mg
Section 2.1
1. d
A
[E35N] or [N55E]
d
B
[S12E] or [E78S]
d
C
[S45W] or [W45S]
d
D
[W80N] or [N10W]
2. a) In the N-S direction,
d
y
d cos
d
y
(50 m) cos 14 [S]
d
y
49 m [S]
In the E-W direction,
d
x
d sin
d
x
(50 m) sin 14 [E]
d
x
12 m [E]
b) In the N-S direction
v
y
v sin
v
y
(200 m/s) sin 30 [S]
v
y
100 m/s [S]
v
x
v cos
v
x
(200 m/s) cos 30 [W]
v
x
173 m/s [W]
c) In the N-S direction,
a
y
a sin
a
y
(15 m/s
2
) sin 56 [N]
a
y
12 m/s
2
[N]
a
x
a cos
a
x
(15 m/s
2
) cos 56 [E]
a
x
8.4 m/s
2
[E]
3. Horizontally,
v
x
v cos
v
x
(5.0 m/s) cos 25
v
x
4.5 m/s
Vertically,
v
y
v sin
v
y
(5.0 m/s) sin 25
v
y
2.1 m/s
4. v
g
v
w
v
b
v
g
4.0 m/s [forward] 3.0 m/s [upward]
Since v
w
and v
b
are perpendicular,
v
g
v
w
2
v
b
2
v
g
(4.0 m /s)
2
(3.0 m /s)
2
v
g
5.0 m/s
tan
tan
1

53
v
g
5.0 m/s [up 53 forward]
5. a) Component Method:
v
f
v
1
v
2
For the x components,
v
fx
v
1x
v
2x
v
fx
(50 m/s) cos 36 [W]
(70 m/s) cos 20 [E]
v
fx
(50 m/s) cos 36
(70 m/s) cos 20
v
fx
25.3 m/s [E]
For the y components,
v
fy
v
1y
v
2y
v
fy
(50 m/s) sin 36 [N]
(70 m/s) sin 20 [S]
v
fy
(50 m/s) sin 36
(70 m/s) sin 20
v
fy
5.45 m/s [N]
v
f
v
fx
2
v
fy
2
v
f
(25.3 m/s)
2
(5.4 5 m/s)
2
v
f
26 m/s
tan
tan
1

78
v
f
26 m/s [N78E]
Sine/Cosine Method:
54
90 54 20
16
v
f
2
v
1
2
v
2
2
2v
1
v
2
cos
v
f
2
(50 m/s)
2
(70 m/s)
2
2(50 m/s)(70 m/s) cos 16

v
f
26 m/s
To find direction,
32
25.9 m/s
sin 16
50 m/s
sin
v
f
sin
v
1
sin
25.3 m/s
5.45 m/s
v
fx
v
fy
4.0 m/s
3.0 m/s
v
w
v
b
To find ,
180 54
78
v
f
26 m/s [N78E]
b) 37 (parallel line theorem)
180 53 37 (supplementary
angles theorem)
90
Sine/cosine Method:
d
f
2
d
1
2
d
2
2
2d
1
d
2
cos
d
f
2
(28 m)
2
(40 m)
2
2(28 m)(40 m) cos 90

d
f
49 m
To find direction,
sin
35
To find ,
180 37
18
d
f
49 m [W18N]
c) Component Method:
F
net
F
1
F
2
F
3
For the x components,
F
netx
F
1x
F
2x
F
3x
F
netx
140 N [W] (200 N) cos 30 [E]
(100 N) sin 35 [W]
F
netx
140 N (200 N) cos 30
(100 N) sin 35
F
netx
24.15 N
F
netx
24.15 N [W]
For the y components,
F
nety
F
1y
F
2y
F
3y
F
nety
(200 N) sin 30 [N]
(100 N) cos 35 [S]
F
nety
(200 N) sin 30
(100 N) cos 35
F
nety
18.08 N [N]
F
net
F
netx
2
F
nety
2
F
net
(24.15 N)
2
(18.0 8 N)
2
F
net
30.1 N
tan
tan
1

53
F
net
30.1 N [N53W]
6. v
x
v
2
sin 40 v
1
sin 15
v
x
25.8 m/s [W]
v
y
v
2
cos 40 (v
1
cos 15)
v
y
1.17 m/s [N]
v (25.8 m/s)
2
(1.1 7 m/s)
2
v 26 m/s
tan
1

87
v
26 m/s [N87W]
Section 2.2
1. a) v
og
v
mg
v
om
cos
cos
76
The ships heading is [S76E].
b) v
2
og
v
2
om
v
2
mg
v
og
(20 km /h)
2
(5.0 k m/h)
2
og
19 km/h [E]
c) t
d
v
t
t 5.2 h
100 km
19 km/h
5.0 km/h
20 km/h
v
mg
v
om
25.8 m/s
1.17 m/s
24.15 N
18.08 N
F
netx
F
nety
d
f
d
2
d
53
37
28 m
49 m
28 m
sin
49 m
sin 90
d
1
sin
d
f
sin
20
36

2
v
1
v
f
2. a) sin
sin
1

9.6
The girls heading is [N9.6E].
b) The girl:
v
g
(3.0 m /s)
2
(0.50 m/s)
2
g
2.96 m/s [N]
t
t
t 169 s
The boy:
t
t
t 167 s
c) The boy travels an extra distance west of
the girls landing point, caused by the
horizontal component of his velocity (equal
to the rivers current).
d vt
d (0.50 m/s)(167 s)
d 83 m
d) The time required for the boy to run the
extra 83 m at 5.0 m/s is 17 s. The boys
total time is 167 s 17 s 184 s. The
girls time was 169 s. She wins the race.
3. v
pw
v
sw
v
ps
v
2
pw
v
2
sw
v
2
ps
v
2
pw
(10 km /h)
2
(6.0 k m/h)
2
v
pw
12 km/h
tan
59
v
pw
12 km/h [N59E]
4. a) v
og
v
om
v
mg
cos
cos
1

76
Terry must throw at [S76E].
b) v
om
(2.0 m /s)
2
(0.50 m/s)
2
om
1.9 m/s [E]
t
t
t 2.6 s
Section 2.3
1. a) d
y
v
iy
t a
y
t
2
15 m (0 m/s)t (9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
t
2
t 1.7 s
b) d
x
v
ix
t a
x
t
2
d
x
(25 m/s)(1.7 s) (0 m/s
2
)t
2
d
x
43 m
2. a) a
y
t
t
t 2.3 s
b) Since the curve Blasto travels is
symmetrical (a parabola), the time he takes
to reach maximum height is the same as
the time he takes to reach the ground.
t
total
2(2.3 s)
t
total
4.6 s
Solving for horizontal distance,
d
x
v
ix
t a
x
t
2
d
x
(35 m/s) cos 40(4.6 s)
d
x
120 m
3. a) To find the time required for the bomb to
reach the ground,
d
y
v
iy
t a
y
t
2
200 m (97.2 m/s) cos 25t
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
200 m (88.1 m/s)t (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
0 m/s (35 m/s) sin 40
9.8 m/s
2
v
2y
v
1y
a
v
2y
v
1y
t
1
2
1
2
30 m
9.8 m/s
2
1
2
1
2
5.0 m
1.9 m/s
d
v
om
0.50 m/s
2.0 m/s
v
mg
v
og
10 km/h
6.0 km/h
500 m
3.0 m/s
d
v
500 m
2.96 m/s
d
v
0.50 m/s
3.0 m/s
v
mg
v
om
0 (88.1 m/s)t (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2

200 m
t
t 2.0 s
To calculate the horizontal distance,
d
x
v
ix
t a
x
t
2
Since there is no horizontal acceleration,
d
x
v
ix
t
d
x
(97.2 m/s) sin 25(2.0 s)
d
x
82 m
b) The y component of the final velocity, v
fy
, is
v
fy
2
v
iy
2
2ad
v
fy
2
[(97.2 m/s) cos 25]
2
2(9.8 m/s
2
)(200 m)
v
fy
108 m/s
v
fx
(97.2 m/s) sin 25
v
fx
41.1 m/s
v
f
(108 m /s)
2
(41.1 m/s)
2
v
f
115.6 m/s
tan
21
v
f
116 m/s inclined at 21 to the vertical
4. Since the time it takes for the ball to hit the
green is not given, we can find two time-
related equations (one for the horizontal
component and one for the vertical
component), for the golf balls velocity, equate
both equations, and solve for horizontal
velocity. For the vertical component,
d
y
v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
Since the change in height is 0 m,
0 (v
ig
sin )t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
(4.9 m/s
2
)t v
ig
sin
t (eq. 1)
For the horizontal component,
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
250 m (v
ig
cos )t
t (eq. 2)
Equating equations 1 and 2,
v
ig
2
v
ig
2
v
ig
66 m/s
v
ig
66 m/s, 17 above the horizontal
Section 2.4
1. F
p
F
1
F
2
F
p
200 N [N] 300 N [W]
F
p
F
1
2
F
2
2
F
p
(200 N )
2
(3 00 N)
2
F
p
361 N
tan
tan
56
F
p
361 N [N56W]
For the frictional force,
F
f

k
mg
F
f
0.23(200 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
f
451 N
This is the maximum force of friction between
the stove and the floor. However, friction only
acts to oppose motion, so F
f
361 N [S56E].
F
net
F
p
F
f
F
net
361 N [N56W] 361 N [S56E]
F
net
361 N[N56W] 361 N [N56W]
F
net
0 N
F
net
ma
a
a
20
0
0
N
kg
a 0 m/s
2
Since the frictional force is stronger than the
force provided by the peoples pushing, the
stove does not move.
F
net
m
300 N
200 N
F
2
F
f
F
1
F
F
2
F
1
1225 m
2
/s
2
sin 17cos 17
(250 m)(4.9 m/s
2
)
sin cos
250 m
v
ig
cos
v
ig
sin
4.9 m/s
2
250 m
v
ig
cos
v
ig
sin
4.9 m/s
2
41.1 m/s
108 m/s
1
2
88.1 m/s (88.1 m/s)
2
4(4 .9 m/s
2
)(20 0 m)
2(4.9 m/s
2
)
2. a) F
net
F
1
F
2
F
3
F
net
25 N [S16E] 35 N [N40E]
45 N [W]
Adding the x components,
F
netx
F
1x
F
2x
F
3x
F
netx
(25 N) sin 16 [E]
(35 N) sin 40 [E] 45 N [W]
F
netx
(25 N) sin 16
(35 N) sin 40 45 N
F
netx
15.6 N
F
netx
15.6 N [W]
Adding the y components,
F
nety
F
1y
F
2y
F
3y
F
nety
(25 N) cos 16 [S]
(35 N) cos 40 [N]
F
nety
(25 N) cos 16
(35 N) cos 40
F
nety
2.78 N [N]
F
net
F
netx
2
F
nety
2
F
net
(15.6 N)
2
(2.78 N)
2
F
net
15.8 N
tan
tan
80
F
net
15.8 N [N80W]
b) F
net
ma
0.20 m/s
2
[N80W]
3. F
net
ma
net
(0.250 kg)(200 m/s
2
[W15S])
F
net
50.0 N [W15S]
F
net
F
1
F
2
F
2
F
net
F
1
F
2
50.0 N [W15S] 100 N [N25W]
F
2
50.0 N [W15S] 100 N [S25E]
Adding the x components,
F
2x
(50.0 N) cos 15 [W]
(100 N) sin 25 [E]
F
2x
6.03 N [W]
Adding the y components,
F
2y
(50.0 N) sin 15 [S] (100 N) cos 25 [S]
F
2y
103.6 N [S]
F
2
F
2x
2
F
2y
2
F
2
(6.03 N)
2
(103.6 N)
2
F
2
104 N
tan
tan
86.7
90 86.7
3.3
F
2
104 N [S3.3W]
4. The only two forces in the x direction are F
x
and F
f
.
F
net
F
x
F
f
F
x
F cos 45
F
x
(250 N) cos 45
F
x
177 N
F
f

k
F
n
F
n
F
g
F
y
F
n
mg F sin 45
F
n
(20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
) 177 N
F
n
372 N
F
f
(0.40)(372 N)
F
f
149 N
F
net
177 N 149 N
F
net
27.9 N
F
net
ma
a
a
a 1.38 m/s
2
Section 2.5
1. The only two unbalanced forces are F
||
and F
f
.
F
net
F
||
F
f
(eq. 1)
F
||
F
g
sin 25 (eq. 2)
F
f
F
n
F
f
F
g
cos 25 (eq. 3)
27.9 N
20 kg
F
net
m
103.6 N
6.03 N
F
2y
F
2x
16 N [N80W]
80 kg
F
net
m
15.6 N
2.78 N
F
netx
F
nety
Substituting equations 2 and 3 into equation 1,
F
net
F
g
sin 25 F
g
cos 25
F
net
F
g
(sin 25 cos 25)
F
net
(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(sin 25 cos 25)
F
net
(19.6 N)(sin 25 cos 25)
F
net
6.51 N
F
net
ma
6.51 N (2.0 kg)a
a 3.26 m/s
2
d v
i
t at
2
4.0 m (3.26 m/s
2
)t
2
t
t 1.6 s
2. Since there is no friction, the only force that
prevents the CD case from going upward is
the deceleration due to gravity, F
||
.
F
net
F
||
F
net
F
g
sin 20
Since F
net
ma,
ma mg sin 20
a g sin 20
a 3.35 m/s
2
a
t
t
t 1.2 s
3. To find the distance the skateboarder travels
up the ramp, we need to find the velocity of
the skateboarder entering the second ramp at
v
1
. Since there is no change in velocity on the
horizontal floor, v
1
v
2
.
For the acceleration on ramp 1,
F
net
F
||
ma mg sin 30
a g sin 30
a 4.9 m/s
2
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
v
2
2
0 m/s 2(4.9 m/s
2
)(10 m)
v
2
9.9 m/s
For the deceleration on ramp 2,
F
net
F
||
F
n
ma mg sin 25 (0.1)mg cos 25
a 5.02 m/s
2
For d,
v
3
2
v
2
2
2ad
(0 m/s)
2
(9.9 m/s)
2
2(5.02 m/s
2
)d
d 9.8 m
4. F
net
m(0.60g)
F
net
also equals the sum of all forces in the
ramp surface direction:
F
net
F
||
F
f
F
engine
m(0.60g) mg sin 30 F
n
F
engine
m(0.60g) mg sin 30 (0.28)mg cos 30
F
engine
F
engine
(0.60)mg mg sin 30
(0.28)mg cos 30
F
engine
mg(0.60 sin 30
(0.28) cos 30)
F
engine
3.36m N
Section 2.6
1. a) For m
1
,
F
net
m
1
a
T m
1
g m
1
a (eq. 1)
For m
2
,
F
net
m
2
a
m
2
g T m
2
a (eq. 2)
Adding equations 1 and 2,
m
2
g m
1
g a(m
1
m
2
)
a
a
a
5.1 m/s
2
[right]
Substitute a into equation 2:
T m
2
g m
2
a
T 71 N
b) For m
1
,
F
net
m
1
a
T m
1
g sin 35 m
1
g cos 35 m
1
a
(eq. 1)
For m
2
,
F
net
m
2
a
m
2
g T m
2
a (eq. 2)
(15 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
) 0.20(10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
25 kg
m
2
g m
1
g
m
1
m
2
4.0 m/s
3.35 m/s
2
v
2
v
1
a
v
2
v
1
t
8.0 m
3.26 m/s
2
1
2
1
2
m
2
g m
1
g sin 35 m
1
g cos 35
a(m
1
m
2
)
a
a
a
3.5 m/s
2
[right]
T m
2
g m
2
a
T (5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
) (5.0 kg)(3.5 m/s
2
)
T 32 N
c) For m
1
,
F
net
m
1
a
T m
1
g sin 40
1
m
1
g cos 40 m
1
a
(eq. 1)
For m
2
,
F
net
m
2
a
m
2
g sin 60 T
2
m
2
g cos 60 m
2
a
(eq. 2)
m
2
g sin 60
2
m
2
g cos 60
m
1
g sin 40
1
m
1
g cos 40
a(m
1
m
2
)
a
a
a
1.1 m/s
2
[right]
T m
1
a m
1
g sin 40
1
m
1
g cos 40
T (20 kg)(1.1 m/s
2
) (20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
sin 40 (0.20)(20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
cos 40
T 1.8 10
2
N
d) For m
1
,
F
net
m
1
a
m
1
g sin 30 T
1
m
1
a (eq. 1)
For m
2
,
F
net
m
2
a
T
1
T
2
m
2
a (eq. 2)
For m
3
,
F
net
m
3
a
T
2
m
3
g m
3
a (eq. 3)
Adding equations 1, 2, and 3,
m
1
g sin 30 m
3
g a(m
1
m
2
m
3
)
a
a
a
0.82 m/s
2
[left]
T
2
m
3
a m
3
g
T
2
(10 kg)(0.82 m/s
2
) (10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
T
2
106 N
T
1
m
2
a T
2
T
1
106 N (20 kg)(0.82 m/s
2
)
T
1
122 N
Section 2.7
1. a
c
a
c
a
c
21 m/s
2
2. v
d
t
v 25

a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
8.9 m/s
2
3. a
c
a) If v is doubled, a
c
increases by a factor of 4.
b) If the radius is doubled, a
c
is halved.
c) If the radius is halved, a
c
is doubled.
4. a) v
2
T
r
, where
r 3.8 10
5
km
r 3.8 10
8
m
T 27.3 days
T 2.36 10
6
s
v
2
r
2500
2
(1.3 m)
(60 s)
2
2500
2
r
t
2
v
2
r
2r
t
(25 m/s)
2
30 m
v
2
r
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)sin 30 (10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
60 kg
m
1
g sin 30 m
3
g
m
1
m
2
m
3
(9.8 m/s
2
)[(30 kg) sin 60 0.30(30 kg) cos 60 (20 kg) sin 40 0.20(20 kg) cos 40]
50 kg
g(m
2
sin 60
2
m
2
cos 60m
1
sin 40
1
m
1
cos 40)
m
1
m
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)[5.0 kg (3.0 kg) sin 35 0.18(3.0 kg) cos 35]
8.0 kg
g(m
2
m
1
sin 35 m
1
cos 35)
m
1
m
2
a
c
a
c
a
c
a
c
2.7 10
3
m/s
2
b) The Moon is accelerating toward Earth.
c) The centripetal acceleration is caused by
the gravitational attraction between Earth
and the Moon.
5. r 60 mm
r 0.06 m
a
c
1.6 m/s
2
a
c
v a
c
r
v 0.31 m/s
6. Since d 500 m, r 250 m
v
f
T
1
v 2rf
a
c
g
a
c
g 4
2
rf
2
f
f 0.0315 rotations/s
f (0.0315 rotations/s)

f 2724 rotations/day
Section 2.8
1. a) v
d
t
v
v 3.5 m/s
b) F
c
ma
c
F
c
(10 kg)
F
c
24 N
c) Friction holds the child to the merry-go-
round and causes the child to undergo
circular motion.
2. Tension acts upward and the gravitational
force (mg) acts downward. F
c
F
net
and
causes Tarzan to accelerate toward the point
of rotation (at this instant, the acceleration is
straight upward).
F
c
ma
c
T mg
T m
T (60 kg)
9.8 m/s
2
T 9.7 10
2
N
3. Both tension and gravity act downward.
F
c
ma
c
T mg
When T 0,
mg
v gr
v (9.8 m /s
2
)(1. 2 m)
v 3.4 m/s
4. a)
b) F
c
mg tan 20
mg tan 20
v rg tan 20
v (100 m )(9.8 m /s
2
) ta n 20
v 19 m/s
c) The horizontal component of the normal
force provides the centre-seeking force.
mv
2
r
N
N
cos 20
N
sin 20
20
mg
mv
2
r
mv
2
r
(4 m/s)
2
2.5 m
v
2
r
mv
2
r
v
2
r
20(2r)
180 s
24 h
1 day
60 min
1 h
60 s
1 min
9.8 m/s
2
4
2
(250 m)
g
4
2
r
v
2
r
2r
T
v
2
r
4
2
(3.8 10
8
m)
(2.36 10
6
s)
2
4
2
r
T
2
v
2
r
d) If the velocity were greater (and the radius
remained the same), the car would slide up
the bank unless there was a frictional force
to provide an extra centre-seeking force.
The normal force would not be sufficient
to hold the car along its path.
e) Friction also provides a centre-seeking
force.
5. G 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
, m
E
5.98 10
24
kg
F
c
m
M
a
c
Gm
E
v
2
r
Gm
E
, where v
T
T 1.97 10
6
s
T 22.8 days
6. G 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
,
m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, r
E
6.37 10
6
m
F
c
m
H
a
c
Gm
E
v
2
r
v
r height of orbit r
E
r 6.00 10
5
m 6.37 10
6
m
r 6.97 10
6
m
v
v 7.57 10
3
m/s
7. G 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
m
M
(0.013)m
E
m
M
7.77 10
22
kg
r
M
1.74 10
6
m
F
c
m
Apollo
a
c
Gm
M
v
2
r
Gm
M
, where v
r height of orbit r
M
r 1.9 10
5
m 1.74 10
6
m
r 1.93 10
6
m
T
T 7.4 10
4
s
400
2
(1.93 10
6
m)
3
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(7.77 10
22
kg)
400
2
r
3
Gm
M
10(2r)
T
400
2
r
3
T
2
m
Apollo
v
2
r
Gm
M
m
Apollo
r
2
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
6.97 10
6
m
Gm
E
r
Gm
E
r
m
H
v
2
r
Gm
E
m
H
r
2
4
2
(3.4 10
8
m)
3
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
4
2
r
3
Gm
E
2r
T
4
2
r
3
T
2
m
M
v
2
r
Gm
E
m
M
r
2
Section 3.3
1.
Horizontal:
T
h
T cos 60
T
h
(1.0 10
4
N) cos 60
T
h
5.0 10
3
N
Vertical:
T
v
T sin 60
T
v
(1.0 10
4
N) sin 60
T
v
8.7 10
3
N
2.
F
net
T
v
T
A
T
A
F
net
ma
F
net
0
T
v
T
A
T
A
T
v
2T
A
T
v
2(100.0 N) cos 70
T
v
68.4 N
3. a)
b) d
v
(1.5 m) sin 1.5
d
v
0.039 m
d
v
3.9 cm
c) F
net
2T
v
F
g
F
net
ma
F
net
0
F
g
2T
v
m
m
m 0.45 kg
4. a)
tan
71.1
F
net
mg 2F
Bv
F
net
ma
F
net
0
0 mg 2F
B
sin
F
B

F
B

F
B
20.7 N
b) F
h
F
B
cos
F
h
(20.7 N) cos 71.1
F
h
6.71 N
c) F
v
F
B
sin
F
v
(20.7 N) sin 71.1
F
v
19.6 N [down] (not including the
weight of the beams)
6.
F
||
mg sin
F
f
mg cos
F
net
T F
f
F
||
F
net
ma
F
f
F
n
F
||
F
T
boat
(4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2 sin 71.1
mg
2 sin
1.90 m
0.650 m
pail
F
B
F
B
mg
+
F
g
1.90 m
0.65 m
=
2(85 N) sin 1.5
9.8 N/kg
2T sin
g
bag
F
g mg
+
5 5
=
T T = 85 N = 85 N
T
v
T
a
T
a
+
70 70
= 100.0 N
= 100.0 N
60
T
v
T
h
T
h
= 1.0 10
4
N
F
net
0
T F
||
F
f
T mg sin mg cos
T mg(sin cos )
T (400.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(sin 30 (0.25) cos 30)
T 1.11 10
3
N
Section 3.4
1. a)
b) rF sin
rmg sin
(1.50 m)(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 40
425 Nm
2. a) 2.0 10
3
Nm
r 1.5 m
90
F ?
rF sin
F
F
F 1.3 10
3
N
3.
a) V
w
10.0 L
w
1000 kg/m
3
V
w
(10.0 L)

V
w
0.0100 m
3
m
w

w
V
w
m
w
(1000 kg/m
3
)(0.0100 m
3
)
m
w
10.0 kg
F
g
mg
F
g
(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
g
98.0 N
b) Position B provides the greatest torque
because the weight is directed at 90 to the
wheels rotation.
c)
A
rF sin
A
(2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 45
A
1.7 10
2
Nm
B
rF sin
B
(2.5 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 90
B
2.4 10
2
Nm
C

A
C
1.7 10
2
Nm
d) A larger-radius wheel or more and larger
compartments would increase the torque.
Section 3.5
1.
90
r
1
?
m
1
45.0 kg
m
2
20.0 kg

m
2
5.0 kg
r
2

r
2
0.375 m
m
3
20.0 kg m
2
m
3
15.0 kg
0.75 m
2
0.75
3.0
20.0 kg P
0.75 m
3.0 m
1 m
3
1.00 10
6
cm
3
1000 cm
3
1 L
10.0 L
2.5 m
B
C
A
2.0 10
3
Nm
(1.5 m) sin 90
r sin
1.50 m
50
45.0 kg
F
g mg
=
r
3

r
3
1.12 m
0
1

2

3
0 r
1
F
1
sin
1
r
2
F
2
sin
2
r
3
F
3
sin
3
r
1

r
1

r
1
0.332 m
2. a)
t-t
rF sin
t-t

t-t
147 Nm
This torque applies to both sides of the
teeter-totter, so the torques balance each
other.
b)
H

L
0
L

H
r
L

r
L

r
L
2.63 m
c)
cos
75.5
At the horizontal position:
H
(1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
H
7.7 10
2
Nm
At maximum height:
H
(1.75 m)(45 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75.5
H
7.5 10
2
Nm
% 100
% 2.6%
3.
a)
2
0
r
1
F
1
sin r
cm
F
g
sin
F
1

F
1
1
24.5 N
b) F
rv
F
v2
0
F
rv
F
v2
F
rv
(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
rv
49 N [up]
F
rh
F
h1
0
F
rh
F
h1
F
rh
24.5 N
F
rh
24.5 N [left]
The vertical reaction force is 49 N [up]
and the horizontal reaction force is 24.5 N
[left].
4.
3
0
r
1
F
1
r
2
F
2
r
3
F
R3
0
r
1

r
1
0.375 m
0.75 m
2
F
4
F
3
F
2
P
0.4 m 1.6 m
F
1
(0.375 m)(5.00 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.75 m
r
cm
F
g
sin
r
1
sin
40
50
40
P
F
g
F
1
(7.7 10
2
Nm 7.5 10
2
Nm)
7.7 10
2
Nm
0.5 m
2.0 m
2.0 m
0.50 m
(1.75 m)(45.0 kg)
30.0 kg
r
H
m
H
g
m
L
g
r
h
= 1.75 m
r
l
= ?
(1.0 m)(30.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2
1.7 m
4.0 m
(1.12 m)(15.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.375 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

r
3
F
3
r
2
F
2
F
1
3.0 m 0.75 m
2
r
2

r
2
1.0 m
r
3
1.60 m
90
sin 1
F
3

F
3

F
3
306 N [up]
F
4
F
1
F
2
F
3
F
4
(120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 306 N
F
RP
919 N [up]
Left saw horse: 919 N [up]
Right saw horse: 306 N [up]
Section 3.6
1.
45
r
w
48.0 cm
r
w
0.480 m
m
w
10.0 kg
r
L

r
L
24.0 cm
r
L
0.240 m
m
L
5.00 kg
L
0

w

L
(r
w
F
w
sin 45)
(r
L
F
L
sin 45)
(0.480 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
sin 45 (0.240 m)(5.00 kg)
(9.8 N/kg) sin 45
41.6 Nm[clockwise]
2.
2
0
2

1
2

1
r
2
F
2
sin
2
r
1
F
1
sin
1
F
2

F
2

F
2
529.2 N
F
2
5.3 10
2
N
The angle makes no difference it cancels
out.
3.
a)
s
0
m

b

s
0
m

b

s
r
m
F
m
sin
m
r
b
F
b
sin
b
r
s
F
s
sin
s
F
m

F
m

F
m

F
m

F
m
5.57 10
3
N (tension)
(75 10
2
m)(9.8 N/kg) sin 75[(0.57)85 kg19.0 kg]
(45 10
2
m) sin 11
rg sin (m
b
m
s
)
r
m
sin
m
r
b
m
b
g sin
b
r
s
m
s
g sin
s
r
m
sin
m
r
b
F
b
sin
b
r
s
F
s
sin
s
r
m
sin
m
15
11
30 cm
45 cm
P
F
gs
F
m
F
gb
(8.0 10
2
m)(27 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin
(4.0 10
2
m) sin
r
1
F
1
sin
1
r
2
sin
2
1
F
1
F
n
F
2
P

+
8 cm
4 cm
=
48.0 cm
2
F
w
F
L
+
45
48 m
(0.375 m)(120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (1.0 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1.60 m
r
1
F
1
r
2
F
2
r
3
2.0 m
2
Reaction forces:
0 F
py
F
my
F
by
F
sy
F
py
F
my
F
by
F
sy
F
py
(5.57 10
3
N)(sin 4)
(19.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(0.57)(85 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
py
1049.6 N
F
py
1.05 10
3
N [up]
0 F
px
F
mx
F
bx
F
sx
F
px
F
mx
F
bx
F
sx
F
px
(5.57 10
3
N)(cos 4) 0 0
F
px
5.55 10
3
N [right]
Horizontal force: 1.49 10
3
N [right]; vertical
force: 7.65 10
2
N [up]
Section 3.7
1. a) sin 43
h
tipped

h
tipped
49.8 cm
b) tan 43
h
straight

h
straight
36.5 cm
2. Four-wheeled ATV:
tan
T

T
31.0
Three-wheeled ATV:
tan
25.64
sin
x (0.55 m)(sin 25.64)
x 0.237 m
tan
T

tan
T
13.3
0.237 m
1.00 m
x
0.55 m
0.60 m
1.25 m
1.25 m
0.6 m
0.6 m
0.7 m
0.55 m
1.0 m
Back View
x
x
T
T
Top View
0.60 m
1.0 m
1
.
0

m

0.6 m
34.0 cm
tan 43
34.0 cm
h
straight
34.0 cm
sin 43
34.0 cm
h
tipped
Section 3.8
1. k 16.0 N/m
x 30.0 cm
x 30.0 10
2
m
a) F kx
F (16.0 N/m)(30.0 10
2
m)
F 4.80 N
b) F ma
a
m
F
a
a 1.78 10
3
m/s
2
2. F
g
(67.5 kg)(9.8 N/m)
F
g
661.5 N
F kx
k
k
k 66150 N/m
k 6.61 10
4
N/m
F
g-truck
mg
F
g-truck
(2.15 10
3
kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
g-truck
2.1 10
4
N
This weight is distributed equally over four
springs.
F
s

F
s
5267.5 N/spring
x
x
x 0.0796 m
x 8.0 10
2
m
3. F kx
F (120 N/m)(30.0 10
2
m)
F 36 N
Section 3.9
1. d 0.29 mm
L 0.90 m
L 0.22 mm
E
steel
200 10
9
N/m
2
A
E
E
F
F
F
F 0.807 N
For nylon,
E
nylon
5 10
9
N/m
2
d 2
d 2
d 1.83 mm
d 1.83 10
3
m
2. E
marble
50 10
9
N/m
2
A 3.0 m
2
m 3.0 10
4
kg
a) Stress
A
F
Stress
Stress 9.8 10
4
N/m
2
b) E
Strain
Strain
Strain 2.0 10
6
9.8 10
4
N/m
2
50 10
9
N/m
2
Stress
E
Stress
Strain
(3.0 10
4
kg)(9.8 N/kg)
3.0 m
2
4(0.807 N)(0.90 m)
(5 10
9
N/m
2
)(0.22 10
3
m)
4FL
EL
0.29
2
10
3
m
2
(200 10
9
N/m
2
)(0.22 10
3
m)
4(0.90 m)
d
2
2
EL
4L
AEL
L
FL
AL
A
F
L
L
d
2
4
5267.5 N/spring
6.6150 10
4
N/m
F
s
k
2.1 10
4
N
4 springs
661.5 N
1.0 10
2
m
F
x
4.80 N
2.7 10
3
kg
c) L 15 m
L ?
Strain
L
L
L L(Strain)
L (15 m)(2.0 10
6
)
L 3.0 10
5
m
3. a) Compressive strength of bone
17 10
7
N/m
2
d
bone
4.0 10
2
m
Bone cross-sectional area is:
A r
2
A (2.0 10
2
m)
2
A 1.26 10
3
m
2
F
b

F
b

Breakage occurs if Strength
Strength
m
m
m 4.4 10
4
kg
2(17 10
7
N/m
2
)(1.26 10
3
m
2
)
9.8 N/kg
2(Strength)A
m
2
g
m
2
g
A
F
b
A
F
b
A
mg
2
F
g
2
F
g
F
g
200 kg
2
Section 4.2
1. p
mv
(8 kg)(16 m/s [W20N])

p
128 kgm/s [W20N]

p
1.3 10
2
kgm/s [W20N]
2. p
9.0 10
4
kgm/s [E]
v
(72 km/h [E])

v
20 m/s [E]
m
m
m 4.5 10
3
kg
3. a) p
mv
(0.5 kg)(32 m/s [S])

p
16 kgm/s [S]
Using a scale factor of 1 mm 1 kgm/s,
b) p
mv
(0.5 kg)(45 m/s [N])

p
22.5 kgm/s [N]

c) p
2
p
1
p
22.5 kgm/s [N] 16 kgm/s [S]

p
22.5 kgm/s [N] 16 kgm/s [N]

p
38.5 kgm/s [N]

Section 4.3
1. a) J
t
J
(3257 N [forward])(1.3 s)
J
4234.1 Ns [forward]
J
4.2 10
3
Ns [forward]
b) J
t
J
ma
t
J
m

t
J
m(v
2
v
1
)
J
(0.030 kg)(200 m/s 0 m/s)

J
6.0 Ns [out of gun]

c) J
t
J
ma
t
J
(0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg [down])(3.0 s)

J
14.7 Ns [down]
J
15 Ns [down]
2. p
2
p
1
p
mv
2
mv
1
p
m(v
2
v
1
)
p
(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [down])

p
(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [up])

p
(54 kg)(45 m/s [up])

p
2.4 10
3
Ns [up]
3. a) F
F
F 1.3 10
4
N
b) v
1
0
v
2
120 km/h
v
2
33.3 m/s
a
a
a 166.7 m/s
2
d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
d (0 m/s)(0.2 s)
1
2
(166.7 m/s
2
)(0.2 s)
2
d 3.3 m
33.3 m/s 0 m/s
0.2 s
v
2
v
1
t
2.5 10
3
Ns
0.2 s
J
t
v
2
v
t
p

= 38.5 kgm/s [N]
p

= 22.5 kgm/s [N]
p

= 16 kgm/s [S]
9.0 10
4
kgm/s
20 m/s
p
v
1 h
3600 s
1000 m
1 km
4. a) J
1
2
bh
J

1
2
(5 s)(25 N [S])
J
62.5 Ns [S]
b) J Area under triangle rectangle
J

1
2
(500 250 N [W])(3 s)
(250 N [W])(6 s)
J
1875 Ns [W]
c) J Area above area below (counting the
squares: approximately)
J (13 squares above) (4 squares
below)
J 9 squares
Multiplying 9 by the length and width of
each square,
J
9(0.05 s)(100 N [E])

J
45 Ns [E]
Section 4.4
1. m
1
1.2 kg, v
1o
6.4 m/s, v
1f
1.2 m/s,
m
2
3.6 kg, v
2o
0, v
2f
?
p
o
p
f
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(1.2 kg)(6.4 m/s) (1.2 kg)(1.2 m/s)
(3.6 kg)v
2f
v
2f
2.5 m/s [forward]
2. m
1
30 g 0.03 kg, v
1o
0, v
1f
750 m/s,
m
2
1.9 kg, v
2o
0, v
2f
?
p
o
p
f
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
v
2f
v
2f

v
2f
11.8 m/s [back]
3. m
1
400 g 0.400 kg,
v
1o
3.0 m/s [forward],
v
1f
1.0 m/s [forward],
m
2
0.400 kg, v
2o
0, v
2f
?
p
o
p
f
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
v
2f
v
2f

v
2f
2.0 m/s [forward]
4. m
1
m, m
2
80m, m
(12)
81m, v
(12)o
?,
v
1f
1.5 10
6
m/s, v
2f
4.5 10
3
m/s,
p
o
7.9 10
17
kgm/s
p
o
p
f
p
o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
7.9 10
17
kgm/s m(1.5 10
6
m/s)
80m(4.5 10
3
m/s)
7.9 10
17
kgm/s m[1.5 10
6
m/s
80(4.5 10
3
m/s)]
m
m 6.9 10
23
kg
5. m
1
5m, v
1o
v, v
(12)f
?, m
2
4m, v
2o
0
p
o
p
f
m
1
v
1
m
2
v
2
(m
1
m
2
)v
(12)f
(5m)(v) (4m)(0) (5m 4m)v
(12)f
5mv 9mv
(12)f
v
(12)f

5
9
v
Section 4.5
1. m
1
m
2
2.0 kg, v
1o
5.0 m/s [W], v
2o
0,
v
1f
3.0 m/s [N35W], v
2f
?
p
1o
(2.0 kg)(5.0 m/s [W])
p
1o
10 kgm/s [W]
p
1f
(2.0 kg)(3.0 m/s [N35W])
p
1f
6.0 kgm/s [N35W]
p
o
p
f
p
1o
p
2o
p
1f
p
2f
, where p
2o
0
p
1o
p
1f
p
2f
Using the cosine law,
p
2f
2
(10 kgm/s)
2
(6.0 kgm/s)
2
2(10 kgm/s)(6.0 kgm/s) cos 55

p
2f
8.2 kgm/s
p mv
v
2f

v
2f
4.1 m/s
8.2 kgm/s
2 kg
35
p
1f
= 6.0 kgm/s
p
1o
= 10 kgm/s
p
2f
7.9 10
17
kgm/s
1.5 10
6
m/s 80(4.5 10
3
m/s)
(0.400 kg)(3.0 m/s [forward]) (0.400 kg)(0) (0.400 kg)(1.0 m/s [forward])
0.400 kg
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
(0.03 kg)(0) (1.9 kg)(0) (0.03 kg)(750 m/s)
1.9 kg
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
Using the sine law to find direction,
37
v
2f
4.1 m/s [W37S]
2. m
1
85 kg, v
1o
15 m/s [N],
p
1o
1275 kgm/s [N], m
2
70 kg,
v
2o
5 m/s [E], p
2o
350 kgm/s [E]
p
o
p
f
p
1o
p
2o
p
f
Using Pythagoras theorem to solve for p
f
,
p
f
2
(1275 kgm/s)
2
(350 kgm/s)
2
p
f
1322 kgm/s
tan
15.4
p
f
m
f
v
f
v
f

v
f
8.5 m/s [N15E]
3. m
1
0.10 kg, v
1f
10 m/s [N],
p
1f
1.0 kgm/s [N], m
2
0.20 kg,
v
2f
5.0 m/s [S10E],
p
2f
1.0 kgm/s [S10E], m
3
0.20 kg,
v
3f
?
p
To
0
p
To
p
Tf
0 p
1f
p
2f
p
3f
p
3f
2
(1.0 kgm/s)
2
(1.0 kgm/s)
2
2(1.0 kgm/s)(1.0 kgm/s)(cos 10)

p
3f
0.1743 kgm/s
v
3f

v
3f
0.87 m/s
85
v
3f
0.87 m/s [S85W] or 0.87 m/s [W5S]
4. m
1
0.5 kg, v
1o
2.0 m/s [R],
p
1o
1.0 kgm/s [R], m
2
0.30 kg, v
2o
0,
p
2o
0, v
1f
1.5 m/s [R30U],
p
1f
0.75 kgm/s [R30U], v
2f
?, p
2f
?
p
To
p
Tf
p
1o
p
2o
p
1f
p
2f
, where p
2o
0
p
1o
p
1f
p
2f
p
2f
2
(1.0 kgm/s)
2
(0.75 kgm/s)
2
2(1.0 kgm/s)(0.75 kgm/s)cos 30

p
2f
0.513 kgm/s
p mv
v
2f

v
2f
1.7 m/s
47
v
2f
1.7 m/s [R47D] or 1.7 m/s [D43R]
Section 4.6
1. a) 1.5 m from both objects
b)

(60 cm)
17.1 cm from the larger mass
c)

(20 km)
6.67 km from the larger satellite
200
600
2.0 kg
5.0 kg 2.0 kg
3.0 m
2
sin 30
0.513 kgm/s
sin
0.75 kgm/s
0.513 kgm/s
0.30 kg
p
1f
= 0.75 kgm/s
p
1o
= 1.0 kgm/s
30
p
2f
sin 10
0.1743 kgm/s
sin
1.0 kgm/s
0.17 kgm/s
0.2 kg
p
3f
p
1f
= 1.0 kgm/s
p
2f
= 1.0 kgm/s
10
1322 kgm/s [N15E]
85 kg 70 kg
350 kgm/s
1275 kgm/s
p
2o
= 350 kgm/s
p
1o
= 1275 kgm/s
p
f
sin 55
8.2 kgm/s
sin
6.0 kgm/s
2. a) p
1o
(2.0 kg)

p
1o
0.22 kgm/s [S20E]
p
2o
(1.0 kg)

p
2o
0.17 kgm/s [S10W]
p
1f
(2.0 kg)

p
1f
0.26 kgm/s [S5W]
p
2f
(1.0 kg)

p
2f
0.15 kgm/s [S30E]
p
cm
(3.0 kg)

p
cm
0.39 kgm/s [S8E]
b) i)
ii)
c) The total momentum before and after
collision is the same as the momentum of
the centre of mass. The total momentum
vectors have the same length and direction
as the momentum of the centre of mass.
5
30
p
1f
p
2f
p
Tf
10
70
p
1o
p
2o
p
To
0.013 m
0.1 s
0.015 m
0.1 s
0.013 m
0.1 s
0.017 m
0.1 s
0.011 m
0.1 s
Section 5.2
1. a) W Fd
W (40 N)(0.15 m)
W 6.0 J
b) W Fd
W mgd
W (50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.95 m)
W 9.6 10
2
J
c) W Fd cos
W (120 N)(4 m)(cos 25)
W 4.4 10
2
J
2. 45 km/h 12.5 m/s
To find d,
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
d
d
d 31.25 m
W Fd
W (5000 N)(31.25 m)
W 1.6 10
5
J
3. W Fd cos
W (78 N)(10 m)(cos 55)
W 4.5 10
2
J
4. a
a
a 2.2 m/s
2
F ma
F (52 000 kg)(2.2 m/s
2
)
F 114 400 N
d
d
d 97.5 m
W Fd
W (114 400 N)(97.5 m)
W 1.1 10
7
J
5. a) W Fd
W (175 N)(55 m)
W 9625 J
b) The triangular areas above and below the
axis are identical and cancel out, therefore,
W (0.040 m)(20 N)
W 0.80 J
6. F ma
F (3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F 29.4 N
d
d
d 16 m
Section 5.3
1. a) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(20 000 kg)(7500 m/s)
2
E
k
5.6 10
11
J
b) 20 km/h 5.6 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(1.0 kg)(5.6 m/s)
2
E
k
15.4 J
c) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(0.030 kg)(400 m/s)
2
E
k
2.4 10
3
J
2. E
k

1
2
mv
2
3900 J
1
2
(245 kg)v
2
v
v 5.6 m/s
3. E
k

1
2
mv
2
m
m
m 6.5 kg
4. p 2mE
k
p 2(9.11 10
31
kg)( 6000 e V)(1.6 10
19
J/eV )
p 4.2 10
23
Ns
2(729 J)
(15 m/s)
2
2E
k
v
2
(3900 J)(2)
245 kg
480 J
29.4 N
W
F
[(14 m/s)
2
(25 m/s)
2
]
2(2.2 m/s
2
)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2a
(14 m/s 25 m/s)
5.0 s
(v
2
v
1
)
t
(12.5 m/s)
2
0
2(2.5 m/s
2
)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2a
5. E
k
E
k2
E
k1
E
k

1
2
(60 kg)(5.0 m/s)
2
1
2
(60 kg)(14 m/s)
2
E
k
5.1 10
3
J
6. a) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(0.350 kg)(25.0 m/s)
2
E
k
1.1 10
2
J
b) a
a
a 1.3 10
4
m/s
2
F ma
F (0.350 kg)(1.3 10
4
m/s
2
)
F 4557 N
W Fd
W (4557 N)(0.024 m)
W 1.1 10
2
J
c) F
avg
ma
F
avg
4557 N
F
avg
4.6 10
3
N
Section 5.4
1. a) E
g
mgh
E
g
(3.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.2 m)
E
g
4.1 10
1
J
b) E
g
mgh
E
g
(2000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0)
E
g
0 J
c) E
g
mgh
E
g
(2000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.9 m)
E
g
3.7 10
4
J
2. a) v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad (or use the conservation
of energy)
v
2
2
(0) 2(9.8 m/s
2
)(27 m)
v
2
23 m/s
b) E
final
E
initial
E
kf
E
go
E
ko
1
2
(65 kg)v
f
2
(65 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(27 m)
1
2
(65 kg)(3.0 m/s)
2
v
f
23 m/s
3. a) Using the law of conservation of energy,
E
total
5460 J
1
2
mv
2
mgh 5460 J
1
2
(3.0 kg)v
2
(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(5.0 m) 5460 J
v 60 m/s
b) E
g
mgh
5460 J (3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)h
h 185.7 m from the ground
h 180.7 m from the pad
c) v
2
v
1
at
v
2
(60 m/s) (9.8 N/kg)(2.0 s)
v
2
40.4 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(3.0 kg)(40.4 m/s)
2
E
k
2.4 10
3
J
E
p
E
total
E
k
E
p
5460 J 2448.24 J
E
p
3.0 10
3
J
4. F kx
k
k
k
k 1.2 10
6
N/m
For only one spring:
k
k 3.0 10
5
N/m
Section 5.5
1. a) k
k
k 200 N/m
k 2.0 10
2
N/m
20 N
0.1 m
rise
run
1 225 000 N/m
4
(5000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.04 m
mg
x
F
x
0 (25.0 m/s)
2
2(0.024 m)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
b) Maximum elastic potential energy occurs
at x 0.1 m.
E
p

1
2
kx
2
E
p

1
2
(200 N/m)(0.1 m)
2
E
p
1.0 J
c) E
e
E
e2
E
e1
E
1
2
(200 N/m)(0.04 m)
2
1
2
(200 N/m)(0.03 m)
2
E
e
7.0 10
2
J
2. F
g
F
e
mg kx
(0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(0.04 m)
k 122.5 N/m
3. a) W E
W E
2
E
1
where E
1
0
W E
2
W
1
2
kx
2
W
1
2
(55 N/m)(0.04 m)
2
W 4.4 10
2
J
b) W E
W E
2
E
1
where E
1
0
W E
2
W
1
2
kx
2
W
1
2
(85 N/m)(0.08 m)
2
W 2.7 10
1
J
4. E
e
E
k
1
2
kx
2

1
2
mv
2
(200 N/m)(0.08 m)
2
(0.02 kg)v
2
v 8.0 m/s
5. E
e
E
k
1
2
kx
2

1
2
mv
2
(5 10
6
N/m)x
2
(2000 kg)(4.5 m/s)
2
x 9 cm
6. The loss in elastic potential energy is equal to
the gain in kinetic energy.
E
e
E
k
Let the subscript 1 represent the initial
compressed spring and subscript 2 represent
the moment after the spring has been released
when the cart has a velocity of 0.42 m/s.
(E
e2
E
e1
) E
k2
E
k1
kx
1
2
kx
2
2
mv
2
2
0
x
2
x
2
x
2
0.056 m
x
2
5.6 cm
Section 5.6
1. The energy required to heat the water is
E
w
(4.2 10
3
J/C/L)(65C 10C)(2.3 L)
E
w
5.31 10
5
J
The energy expended by the stove is
P
E
s
Pt
E
s
(1000 W)(600 s)
E
s
6.0 10
5
J
The energy lost to the environment is
E E
s
E
w
E 6.9 10
4
J
2. a) E
p
mgh
E
p
(83.0 kg)(9.8 N/m)(13.0 m)
E
p
1.057 10
4
J
P
P
P 590 W
b) E
p
1.057 10
4
J
E
p
10 600 J
3. Once the radiation of the Sun reaches Earth,
it has spread out into a sphere surrounding
the Sun. This sphere has a surface area of:
SA 4r
2
SA 4(1.49 10
11
m)
2
SA 2.79 10
23
m
2
1.057 10
4
J
18.0 s
E
t
E
t
(65 N/m)(0.08 m)
2
(1.2 kg)(0.42 m/s)
2
65 N/m
kx
1
2
mv
2
2
k
1
2
1
2
1
2
The ratio of this area to the area of Earth
exposed to the radiation will be equal to the
ratio of the power radiated by the Sun to the
power absorbed by Earth.
x
x 2 10
17
W
Therefore, Earth intercepts 2 10
17
J of
energy from the Sun each second.
4. The total time is 3(20 min)(60 s/min) 3600 s
The time the player spends on ice is
(3600 s)(0.25) 900 s
P
E Pt
E (215 W)(900 s)
E 1.935 10
5
J
While sitting on the bench, the player expends
100 W of power.
He spends 3600 s 900 s 2700 s on the
bench.
E (100 W)(2700 s)
E 2.7 10
5
J
E
T
(1.935 10
5
J) (2.7 10
5
J)
E
T
4.6 10
5
J
Section 5.7
3. a) m
1
3000 kg
v
1o
20 m/s [W]
v
1f
10 m/s [W]
m
2
1000 kg
v
2o
0
v
2f
?
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(3000 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (3000 kg)(10 m/s)
(1000 kg)v
2f
v
2f
30 m/s
b) Since E
ko
E
kf
, the collision is elastic
(E
kTotal
6 10
5
J).
c) W E
ktruck
W
1
2
(3000 kg)(10 m/s)
2
1
2
(3000 kg)(20 m/s)
2
W 4.5 10
5
J
4. m
p
0.5 kg
m
g
75 kg
d
p
0.03 m
v
po
33.0 m/s
v
go
0
v
gf
0.30 m/s
a) p
go
mv
p
go
(75 kg)(0)
p
go
0
E
kgo
0
p
po
mv
p
po
(0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s)
p
po
16.5 kgm/s
E
kpo

1
2
(0.5 kg)(33.0 m/s)
2
E
kpo
272.25 J
b) p
o
p
f
p
po
p
go
p
pf
p
gf
m
p
v
po
0 m
p
v
pf
m
g
v
gf
(0.500 kg)(33.0 m/s) (0.500 kg)v
pf
(75 kg)(0.30 m/s)

v
pf
12 m/s
c) E
kp

1
2
m
p
v
pf
2
E
kp

1
2
(0.500 kg)(12 m/s)
2
E
kp
36 J
E
kg

1
2
m
g
v
gf
2
E
kg

1
2
(75 kg)(0.30 m/s)
2
E
kg
3.4 J
d) The collision is inelastic due to the loss of
kinetic energy.
E
t
(3.9 10
26
W)(1.48 10
14
m
2
)
2.79 10
23
m
2
3.9 10
26
W
x
2.79 10
23
m
2
(6.87 10
6
m)
2
3.9 10
26
W
x
2.79 10
23
m
2
(
d
E
2
arth
)
2
Suns radiation
absorbed radiation
SA
Sun
A
Earth
5. m
1
10 g
m
2
50 g
v
1o
5 m/s
v
2o
0
v
1f
v
1o
v
1f
(5 m/s)
v
1f
3.3 m/s
v
2f
v
1o
v
2f
(5 m/s)
v
2f
1.7 m/s
6. m
1
0.2 kg
m
2
0.3 kg
v
1o
0.32 m/s
v
2o
0.52 m/s
Changing the frame of reference,
v
1o
0.84 m/s
v
2o
0 m/s
v
1f
(0.84 m/s)
v
1f
0.168 m/s
v
2f
(0.84 m/s)
v
2f
0.672 m/s
Returning to the original frame of reference,
v
1f
0.168 m/s 0.52 m/s
v
1f
0.69 m/s
v
2f
0.672 m/s 0.52 m/s
v
2f
0.15 m/s
8. a) E
stored

1
2
bh
E
stored

1
2
(0.06 m 0.02 m)(50 N)
E
stored
1.0 J
b) E
lost
1.0 J
1
2
(0.005 m)(30 N)
(0.005 m)(20 N)
1
2
(0.035 m)(20 N)
E
lost
1.0 J 0.075 J 0.1 J 0.35 J
E
lost
0.475 J
9. a) Counting the squares below the top curve,
there are about 16.5 squares, each with an
area of (0.01 m)(166.7 N) 1.6667 J. The
amount of energy going into the shock
absorber is (16.5)(1.6667 J) 27.5 J.
b) There are roughly 6 squares below the
lower curve. The energy returned to the
shock absorber is (6)(1.6667 J) 10 J
c) % energy lost 100
% energy lost 64%
27.5 J 10 J
27.5 J
2(0.2 kg)
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
0.2 kg 0.3 kg
2(10 g)
10 g 50 g
2m
1
m
1
m
2
10 g 50 g
10 g 50 g
m
1
m
2
m
1
m
2
Section 6.1
1. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, m
S
1.99 10
30
kg,
r 1.50 10
11
m
a) E
k
E
k
E
k
2.65 10
33
J
b) E
p
E
p
E
p
5.29 10
33
J
c) E
T
E
k
E
p
E
T
2.65 10
33
J (5.29 10
33
J)
E
T
2.65 10
33
J
2. a
g
a
g
a
g
7.32 m/s
2
3. v
1000 km
6.0 km/s 6.0 10
3
m/s,
h 1000 km 1 10
6
m
a) v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
10 397 m/s
Since the rocket has only achieved
6000 m/s, it will not escape Earth.
b) E
k 1000 km

1
2
mv
2
E
k 1000 km
1
2
m(6000 m/s)
2
E
k 1000 km
1.8 10
7
m J
Since all kinetic energy is converted to
gravitational potential energy at maximum
height,
E
k
E
p
E
k
E
2
E
1
1.8 10
7
m J

r
2
r
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
1.8 10
7
J
r
2
1.1 10
7
m
h
max
r
2
r
E
h
max
1.1 10
7
m 6.38 10
6
m
h
max
4.7 10
6
m
Section 6.2
1. a) M
Sun
1.99 10
30
kg,
T 76.1 a 2.4 10
9
s
T
2
ka
3
a

1
3
1
3
a 2.7 10
12
m
b) 0.97
c) v
v
v 7031 m/s
2. r
altitude
10 000 km 1 10
7
m,
r
Jupiter
7.15 10
7
m, m
Jupiter
1.9 10
27
kg
v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
56 000 m/s
3. m
Moon
7.36 10
22
kg,
m
Earth
5.98 10
24
kg, r 3.82 10
8
m
a) v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
1445 m/s
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
3.82 10
8
m
2GM
r
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(1.9 10
27
kg)
7.15 10
7
m 1 10
7
m
2GM
r
2(2.69 10
12
m)
2.4 10
9
s
d
t
(2.4 10
9
s)
2
4
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(1.99 10
30
kg)
(2.4 10
9
s)
2
G
4
M
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
6.38 10
6
m 1 10
6
m
GM
1.8 10
7
J
G
r
M
1
GMm
r
1
GMm
r
2
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(6.38 10
6
m 1 10
6
m)
2GM
r
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(6.38 10
6
m 1 10
6
m)
2
GM
r
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(1.99 10
30
kg)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(1.50 10
11
m)
GMm
r
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(1.99 10
30
kg)(5.98 10
24
kg)
2(1.50 10
11
m)
GMm
2r
To find the current speed of the Moon,
mv
2
v 1022 m/s
To find the additional speed required for
escape,
v
add esc
1445 m/s 1022 m/s
v
add esc
423 m/s
b) E
k
mv
esc
2
mv
2
E
k
(7.36 10
22
kg)[(1445 m/s)
2
(1022 m/s)
2
]
E
k
3.84 10
28
J
c) This value is comparable to a 900-MW
nuclear power plant (e.g., Darlington)
running for 2.35 10
11
years!
4. Geostationary Earth satellites orbit constantly
above the same point on Earth because their
period is the same as that of Earth.
5. M 5.98 10
24
kg, r 6.378 10
6
m,
v 25 m/s
To find the semimajor axis,
E
T
E
p
E
k
mv
2
v
2

a
a
a 3.19 10
6
m
To find the period,
T
2
ka
3
, where k
T
T 1792 s
Section 6.3
1. a) At the equilibrium point, the bobs kinetic
energy accounts for all the energy in the
system. This total energy is the same as the
maximum elastic potential energy.
E
k equil
E
T
E
k equil
E
pmax
E
k equil
1
2
kx
2
E
k equil
1
2
(33 N/m)(0.23 m)
2
E
k equil
0.87 J
b) 0
c) E
k

1
2
mv
2
v
v 1.9 m/s
2. a) To find the period of an object in simple
harmonic motion,
T 2
T 2
T 0.76 s
b) At 0.16 m, the elastic potential energy of
the bob is
E
p 0.16m

1
2
kx
2
E
p 0.16m

1
2
(33 N/m)(0.16 m)
2
E
p 0.16m
0.42 J
E
T
E
k
E
p
E
k
E
T
E
p
E
k
0.87 J 0.42 J
E
k
0.45 J
0.485 kg
33 N/m
m
k
2(0.87 J)
0.485 kg
2E
k
m
4
2
(3.19 10
6
m)
3
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
4
2
GM
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)(6.378 10
6
m)
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg) (25 m/s)
2
(6.378 10
6
m)
GMr
2GM v
2
r
2GM v
2
r
GMr
1
a
v
2
GM
2
r
1
a
2GM
r
GM
a
1
2
GMm
r
GMm
2a
1
2
1
2
1
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
3.82 10
8
m
GM
r
GMm
2r
1
2
E
k

1
2
mv
2
v
v 1.36 m/s
c) E
k
0.45 J, from part b
3.
D
i
s
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t

(
m
)
Position vs. Time
Time (s)
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.2 0 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4
2(0.45 J)
0.485 kg
2E
k
m
Section 7.2
1. a) 0.17 rad
b) 1.0 rad
c) 1.6 rad
d) 3.07 rad
e) 4.47 rad
2. a) ( rad)(57.3/rad) 180
b)
rad
(57.3/rad) 45
c) (3.75 rad)(57.3/rad) 675
d) (11.15 rad)(57.3/rad) 639
e) (40 rad)(57.3/rad) 2.3 10
3
3. a) Earth rotates 2 radians every 24 h.

6.0 h 1.57 rad
b) Earth moves 2 rad every 365 days.
265 d 4.56 rad
c) The second hand moves 2 rad every 60 s.
25 s 2.62 rad
d) A runner moves 2 rad for every lap.
25.6 laps 161 rad
Section 7.3
2. a) a
c
v a
c
r
v (9.8 m /s
2
)(12 00 m)
v 108 m/s
v 1.1 10
2
m/s
b)

0.090 rad/s
The angular acceleration is zero because
the angular velocity is constant.
3. a)
0.12566 rad/s
0.13 rad/s
b) r 1500 m
a
c
r
2
a
c
(1500 m)(0.12566 rad/s)
2
a
c
24 m/s
2
c) The angular acceleration is zero because
the angular velocity is constant.
d) a
c-space-station
24 m/s
2
a
c-Earth
9.8 m/s
2
2.4
Section 7.4
1. a) (3.35 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
21.0 rad/s
t
2 min
(50 sec)
t 170 s

t
(21.0 rad/s)(170 s)
3.58 10
3
rad
b)

44 rad/s
2
2. a) t
t
t 8.3 s
b) t
(8.3 s)
7.3 rad
c) There are 2 radians in one cycle.
number of cycles
number of cycles 1.16
7.3 rad
2 rad/cycle
(1.75 rad/s 0)
2
(
1

2
)
2
(0 1.75 rad/s)
0.21 rad/s
2
(22.0 rad/s 0)
0.5 s
t
60 s
1 min
24 m/s
2
9.8 m/s
2
1 min
60 s
2 rad
1 rev
1.2 rev
1 min
108 m/s
1200 m
v
r
v
2
r
2 rad
1 lap
2 rad
60 s
2 rad
365 d
2 rad
24 h
4
256
57.3/rad
176
57.3/rad
90
57.3/rad
60
57.3/rad
10
57.3/rad
d) 0.58 cycles
(0.58 cycles)(2 rad/cycle)
3.6 rad

2
t
1
2
t
2
3.6 rad 0
1
2
(0.21 rad/s
2
)t
2
t 5.9 s
3. a) t
t 2
t 6.026 s
t 6.03 s
b)

0.266 rad/s
2
Section 7.5
2. a) I
(0.045 kgm
2
)(1.90 rad/s
2
)
0.086 Nm
b) For 78 rpm:
1
0
2
8.2 rad/s
2
2

1
2
2

17.69 rad
18 rad
number of turns
number of turns 2.8
For 45 rpm:
1
0
2
4.7 rad/s
2
2

1
2
2

5.813 rad
5.8 rad
number of turns
number of turns 0.93
For 33
1
3
rpm:
1
0
2
3.5 rad/s
2
2

1
2
2

3.223 rad
3.2 rad
number of turns
number of turns 0.51
3. I
I
I 0.693 kgm
2
4. a) I
1
2
mr
2
(moment of inertia for a disk)
I
1
2
(5.55 kg)(1.22 m)
2
I 4.13 kgm
2
b) rF
(1.22 m)(15.1 N)
18.4 Nm
c)

4.46 rad/s
2
18.4 Nm
4.13 kgm
2
8.45 Nm
12.2 rad/s
2
3.223 rad
2 rad/turn
(3.5 rad/s)
2
0
2(1.90 rad/s
2
)
(
2
2

1
2
)
2
1 min
60 s
2 rad
1 rev
1
3
00
rev
1 min
5.813 rad
2 rad/turn
(4.7 rad/s)
2
0
2(1.90 rad/s
2
)
(
2
2

1
2
)
2
1 min
60 s
2 rad
1 rev
45 rev
1 min
17.69 rad
2 rad/turn
(8.2 rad/s)
2
0
2(1.90 rad/s
2
)
(
2
2

1
2
)
2
1 min
60 s
2 rad
1 rev
78 rev
1 min
14.5 rad/s 16.1 rad/s
6.026 s
t
92.2 rad
(16.1 rad/s 14.5 rad/s)
(
1
2
)
1.16 cycles
2
Section 7.6
1. a) rF
(0.20 m)(23.1 N)
4.62 Nm
4.6 Nm
W
R

W
R
(4.62 Nm)(2 rad)
W
R
29 J
b) W
R

W
R
(4.62 Nm)(1.5 rad)
W
R
6.9 J
c) 95
1.66 rad
W
R

W
R
(4.62 Nm)(1.66 rad)
W
R
7.7 J
2. a) 45

4
rad
W
R

W
R
rF
W
R
(0.556 m)(12.2 N)
4
rad
W
R
5.3 J
b) The work done does not change.
Section 7.7
1. I
2
5
mr
2
I
2
5
(0.0350 kg)(0.035 m)
2
I 1.7 10
5
kgm
2
E
rot

1
2
I
2
E
rot

1
2
(1.7 10
5
kgm
2
)(165 rad/s)
2
E
rot
0.23 J
2. a) (5.3 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
33.3 rad/s
E
rot
4
1
2
I
2
E
rot
4
1
2
(0.900 kgm
2
)(33.3 rad/s)
2
E
rot
2.0 10
3
J
b) v r
v (0.320 m)(33.3 rad/s)
v 10.7 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(1000 kg)(10.7 m/s)
2
E
k
5.7 10
4
J
Section 7.8
1. a)
v
r

78 rad/s
E
rot
4
1
2
I
2
E
rot
2(0.900 kgm
2
)(78 rad/s)
2
E
rot
1.1 10
4
J
b) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(1300 kg)(25 m/s)
2
E
k
4.1 10
5
J
c) E
T
E
k
E
rot
E
T
(4.1 10
5
J) (1.1 10
4
J)
E
T
4.2 10
5
J
2. v
1
0
1
0
h
1
12.0 m
m 2.2 kg
r 0.056 m
I mr
2
(moment of inertia for a hollow
cylinder)
a) E
T
mgh
1
E
T
(2.2 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(12.0 m)
E
T
2.6 10
2
J
b) To find the gravitational potential energy
halfway down:
E
g
mgh
2
E
g
mg

E
g
(2.2 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)

E
g
1.29 10
2
J
12.0 m
2
h
1
2
25 m/s
0.320 m
To find the velocity halfway down:
E
T1
E
T2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
I
2
mgh
2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
mr
2

2
mgh
2
mgh
1
mv
2
2
mgh
2
mv
2
2
mgh
1
mgh
2
v
2
2
gh
1
g

2v
2
2
2gh
1
gh
1
2v
2
2
gh
1
v
2
v
2
v
2
7.67 m/s
c)
v
r

1.9 10
2
rad/s
Section 7.9
1.
1.99 10
7
rad/s
I
2
5
mr
2
(moment of inertia for a sphere)
L I
L
2
5
mr
2
L
2
5
(5.98 10
24
kg)(6.38 10
6
m)
2
(1.99 10
7
rad/s)
L 1.94 10
31
kgm
2
/s
2.
25.7 rad/s
r
r 0.9 m
I
2
5
mr
2
(moment of inertia for a sphere)
L I
L
2
5
mr
2
L
2
5
(85 kg)(0.9 m)
2
(25.7 rad/s)
L 7.1 10
2
kgm
2
/s
3. At perihelion,
v 5472.3 m/s
r 4.4630 10
12
m
m 1.027 10
26
kg

v
r

1.2261 10
9
rad/s
L I
L
2
5
mr
2
L
2
5
(1.027 10
26
kg)(4.4630 10
12
m)
2
(1.2261 10
9
rad/s)
L 1.003 10
42
kgm
2
/s
At aphelion:
v 5383.3 m/s
r 4.5368 10
12
m
m 1.027 10
26
kg

v
r

1.1866 10
9
rad/s
L I
L
2
5
mr
2
L
2
5
(1.027 10
26
kg)(4.5368 10
12
m)
2
(1.1866 10
9
rad/s)
L 1.003 10
42
kgm
2
/s
Section 7.10
2.
1
1
2.94 10
6
rad/s
2 rad
2.14 10
6
s
t
5383.3 m/s
4.5368 10
12
m
5472.3 m/s
4.4630 10
12
m
1.8 m
2
2 rad
1 cycle
4.5 cycles
1.1 s
2 rad
1 rev
1 h
3600 s
1 d
24 h
1 rev
365 d
10.8 m/s
0.056 m
(9.8 m/s
2
)(12.0 m)
2
gh
1
2
h
1
2
v
2
r
I
1
1
I
2
2
mr
1
2
1
mr
2
2
2
r
1
2
1
r
2
2
2
4.69 10
4
rad/s
T
2
T
2
T
2
1.34 10
4
s
3. r
a
1.52 10
11
m
r
p
1.47 10
11
m
v
p
30 272 m/s
I
a
a
I
p
p
mr
a
2

mr
p
2

r
a
v
a
r
p
v
p
v
a
v
a
v
a
2.93 10
4
m/s
v
a
29.3 km/s
Section 7.11
3. R 0.040 m
r 0.0070 m
a
a
g
1
a
9.8 m/s
2
1
a 0.64 m/s
2
1
2
(0.040 m)
2
(0.0070 m)
2
1
2
mR
2
mr
2
g
m
I
r
2
1
(1.47 10
11
m)(30 272 m/s)
1.52 10
11
m
r
p
v
p
r
a
v
p
r
p
v
a
r
a
2 rad
4.69 10
4
rad/s
2 rad
2
(6.95 10
8
m)
2
(2.94 10
6
rad/s)
(5500 m)
2
r
1
2
r
2
2
2
5
2
5
Section 8.4
1. q
1
3.7 10
6
C, q
2
3.7 10
6
C,
d 5.0 10
2
m, k 9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
F
F
F 49 N
F 49 N (attraction)
2. F 2(49 N)
F 98 N
r
r 3.5 10
2
m
3. a)
b)
c) How close do the dust balls get and what is
the charge on the tethered dust ball?
m 2.0 10
10
kg , l 0.42 m,
d
wall-1
0.35 m, q 3.0 10
6
C, 21
d
wall-2
0.35 m 0.42 m(sin 21)
d
wall-2
0.35 m 0.15 m
d
wall-2
0.20 m
From the force vector diagram we see that,
tan
F
e
mg tan
mg tan
q
1
q
1
q
1
1.1 10
15
C
The dust balls are 0.20 m apart, and the
charge on the tethered dust ball is
1.1 10
15
C.
Section 8.5
1. a)
b)
c)
+
(0.20 m)
2
(2.0 10
10
kg)(9.8 N/kg)(tan 21)
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.0 10
6
C)
r
2
mg tan
kq
2
kq
1
q
2
r
2
F
e
mg
mg
T
F
e
F
e
T
mg
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.7 10
6
C)(3.7 10
6
C)
98 N
kq
1
q
2
F
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.7 10
6
C)(3.7 10
6
C)
(5.0 10
2
m)
2
kq
1
q
2
d
2
Section 8.6
1. a) q 1.0 10
6
C,
1.7 10
6
N/C [right]
Let right be the positive direction.
F
e
q
F
e
(1.0 10
6
C)(1.7 10
6
N/C)
F
e
1.7 N
F
e
1.7 N [left]
b) q 1.0 10
6
C,
2(1.7 10
6
N/C) [right]
If right is still the positive direction,
F
e
q
F
e
(1.0 10
6
C)[2(1.7 10
6
N/C)]
F
e
3.4 N
F
e
3.4 N [right]
2.
q 1.0 10
6
C,
1.7 10
6
N/C [right]
F
e
mg tan
F
e
1.7 N [left]
3. a)
The field lines radiate outward, away from
the charge.
b) k 9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
, q 3.0 10
6
C
At 2 cm away from the charge:

6.8 10
7
N/C
At 4 cm away:

1.7 10
7
N/C
At 6 cm away:

7.5 10
6
N/C
c) Doubling the distance,
1

1
4
Tripling the distance,
2

1
9
1
decreases to
1
4
and
2
decreases to
1
9
of
the original strength.
d) . The field strength varies as the
inverse square of the distance away from
the charge.
e) q
1
1.0 10
6
C, q
2
3.0 10
6
C,
r 8.0 10
2
m

4.22 10
6
N/C
F
e
q
F
e
(1.0 10
6
C)(4.22 10
6
N/C)
F
e
4.22 N [right]
4. a) q
1
q
2
1.0 10
6
C, r 0.20 m
Let the positive direction be left.
At point A:
r
1
0.05 m, r
2
0.25 m
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.0 10
6
C)
(8.0 10
2
m)
2
kq
1
r
2
1
r
2
kq
(3r)
2
kq
(2r)
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.0 10
6
C)
(6.0 10
2
m)
2
kq
r
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.0 10
6
C)
(4.0 10
2
m)
2
kq
r
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.0 10
6
C)
(2.0 10
2
m)
2
kq
r
2
+
mg
F
e
T
Stationary charge
creating a field

TA

TA

TA
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.0 10
6
C)
TA
3.7 10
6
N/C [left]
At point B:
r
1
0.10 m, r
2
0.10 m
The addition of these two distances as was
done in the previous question will yield a
zero quantity.
TB
0 N/C
At point C:
r
1
0.15 m, r
2
0.05 m
TC

TC

TC
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.0 10
6
C)
TC
3.2 10
6
N/C [left]
b) At the centre point,
1
is equal in
magnitude but opposite in direction to
2
,
therefore there is no net field strength as
the fields cancel out.
c) For all field strengths to cancel out, the
magnitudes of the ratio of must be
equal and pointing in opposite directions.
Section 8.7
1. a) E
e
E
e
E
e
6.8 10
1
J
b) V
V
V 4.5 10
5
V
c) V
V
V 9.0 10
5
V
V V
2
V
1
V 9.0 10
5
V (4.5 10
5
V)
V 4.5 10
5
V
2. a) m
1
m
2
5.0 10
9
g 5.0 10
12
kg,
q
1
4.0 10
10
C, q
2
1.0 10
10
C
On particle 1:
W
1
qV
W
1
(4.0 10
10
C)(50 V)
W
1
2.0 10
8
J
On particle 2:
W
2
qV
W
2
(1.0 10
10
C)(50 V)
W
2
5.0 10
9
J
b) W E
k
W mv
2
v
The similar masses cancel.
2
3. a) Extensive: electric force, potential energy
Intensive: field strength, electric potential
b) Electric force Charge and the field
strength
Potential energy Charge and the electric
potential
c) Extensive properties
Product cost (per package)
Mass
Volume
Length
Force of gravity
Etc.
Intensive properties
Unit product cost (per unit weight or measure)
Density
Heat capacity
v
1
v
2
2.0 10
8
J
5.0 10
9
J
v
1
v
2
W
1
W
2
v
1
v
2
2
m
W
1
1
2
m
W
2
2
v
1
v
2
2W
m
1
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(5.0 10
6
C)
5.0 10
2
m
kq
r
6.8 10
1
J
1.5 10
6
C
E
e
q
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(5.0 10
6
C)(1.5 10
6
C)
10 10
2
m
kq
1
q
2
r
q
r
2
1
(0.15 m)
2
1
(0.05 m)
2
kq
1
r
2
1
kq
2
r
2
2
1
(0.25 m)
2
1
(0.05 m)
2
kq
2
r
2
2
kq
1
r
2
1
Indices of refraction
Gravitational field strength
Etc.
Section 8.8
1. q
A
2e, q
B
79e,
E
k
7.7 MeV
(7.7 10
6
eV)(1.602 10
19
J)
E
e
E
k
E
e
r
r
r 2.96 10
14
m
r 3.0 10
14
m
3. q 1.5 10
5
C
1
2
mv
2
q(V
2
V
1
)
v
6.0 m/s [left]

4. a) V 1.5 10
3
V, m 6.68 10
27
kg,
q 2e 3.204 10
19
C
E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2
Vq
v
v 3.8 10
5
m/s
b)
1
2
mv
2

1
2
Vq
v
v 2.7 10
5
m/s
5. a) V 20 kV 2.0 10
4
V,
q 1.602 10
19
C, m 9.11 10
31
kg
E
k
E
e
E
k
Vq
E
k
(2.0 10
4
V)(1.602 10
19
C)
E
k
3.2 10
15
J
b) E
k

1
2
mv
2
v
v 8.4 10
7
m/s
Section 8.9
1. W 2.4 10
4
J, q 6.5 10
7
C
V
V
V 3.7 10
2
V
2. d 7.5 10
3
m, V 350 V,

4.7 10
4
N/C
3. m 2.166 10
15
kg, V 530 V,
d 1.2 10
2
m
F
e
F
g
mg
q
q
q 4.8 10
19
C
(2.166 10
15
kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.2 10
2
m)
530 V
mgd
V
qV
d
350 V
7.5 10
3
m
V
d
2.4 10
4
J
6.5 10
7
C
W
q
2(3.2 10
15
J)
9.11 10
31
kg
2E
k
m
(1.5 10
3
V)(3.204 10
19
C)
6.68 10
27
kg
Vq
m
2(1.5 10
3
V)(3.204 10
19
C)
6.68 10
27
kg
2Vq
m
2(1.5 10
5
C)(12 V)
(1.0 10
5
kg)
2q(V
2
V
1
)
m
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
2
(2)(79)
(7.7 10
6
eV)(1.602 10
19
J)
kq
A
q
B
E
e
kq
A
q
B
r
Section 9.5
1. L 0.30 m
I 12 A
B 0.25 T
90
F BIL sin
F (0.25 T)(12 A)(0.30 m) sin 90
F 0.90 N
2. L 0.15 m
F 9.2 10
2
N
B 3.5 10
2
T
90
I
I
I 18 A
3. a) L 50 m
I 100 A
F 0.25 N
45
B
B
B 7.1 10
5
T
b)
4. B 3.0 10
5
T
L 0.20 m
N 200
4 10
7
Tm/A
I
I
I 2.4 10
2
A
5. a) I 100 A
L 50 m
B 3.0 10
5
T
45
r
r
r 0.67 m
b) Referring to the diagram in question 3,
Earths field lies in a line that is crossing
the wire at 45 below the horizontal. The
magnetic field would form a circular ring
in the clockwise direction (rising on the
south side of the wire, descending on the
north with a radius of 0.67 m). Therefore,
the field will cancel that of Earth on the
south side below the wire, as shown in the
diagram.
2x
2
(0.67 m)
2
x 0.47 m
The fields will cancel 4.7 10
1
m south
and 4.7 10
1
m below the wire.
6. a) r 2.4 10
3
m
I 13.0 A
L 1 m
F
F
F 1.4 10
2
N/m
7. q 20 C
B 4.5 10
5
T
v 400 m/s
90
F qvB sin
F (20 C)(400 m/s)(4.5 10
5
T) sin 90
F 0.36 N
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(13.0 A)
2
(1 m)
2(2.4 10
3
m)
I
2
L
2r
N
45
x
x
0.67 m
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(100 A)
2(3.0 10
5
T)
I
2B
(3.0 10
5
T)(0.20 m)
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(200)
BL
N
Tower
Direction
of Force
Wire
(cross-section)
Earth's
Magnetic
Field 45
S N
45
(0.25 N)
(100 A)(50 m) sin 45

F
IL sin
(9.2 10
2
N)
(3.5 10
2
T)(0.15 m) sin 90
F
BL sin
8. q 1.602 10
19
C
v 4.3 10
4
m/s
B 1.5 T
90
F qvB sin
F (1.602 10
19
C)(4.3 10
4
m/s)(1.5 T) sin 90
F
1.0 10
14
N [south]
Section 10.2
1. a) T
T
T 75 min
b) T
T 0.67 s
c) T
T 1.80 s
d) T
T 0.838 s
2. a) f
f
f 60 Hz
b) f
f 0.75 Hz
c) f
f 0.009 26 Hz
d) f
f 1.35 Hz
3. a) i) f
f
f 2.22 10
4
Hz
ii) f
f 1.49 Hz
iii) f
f 0.556 Hz
iv) f
f 1.19 Hz
b) i) T
T
T 0.0167 s
ii) T
T 1.33 s
iii) T
T 108 s
iv) T
T 0.74 s
5. a) x (30 cm) cos
x (30 cm) cos 30
x 26 cm
b) x (30 cm) cos 180
x 30 cm
c) x (30 cm) cos 270
x 0 cm(equilibrium)
d) x (30 cm) cos 360
x 30 cm
e) x (30 cm) cos
x 21 cm
Section 10.3
4. a) v f
f
f
f 4.7 10
14
Hz
b) f
f 2.5 10
8
Hz
c) f
f 1.5 10
17
Hz
5. a) v f

2.0 10
5
m
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.5 10
13
Hz
v
f
3.0 10
8
m/s
2 10
9
m
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.2 m
3.0 10
8
m/s
640 10
9
m
v
1.35 Hz
1
0.009 26 Hz
1
0.75 Hz
1
60 Hz
1
f
1
0.838 s
1
1.80 s
1
0.67 s
1
75 60 s
1
T
65
48 s
40
1.2 60 60 s
45
60 s
120
2.0 s
cycles
t
57 s
68
60 s
33.3
6.7 s
10
375 min
5
t
cycles
b)
0.15 m
c)
1.0 10
14
m
Section 10.4
4. a) n
v
v
v 2.26 10
8
m/s
b) v
v 1.24 10
8
m/s
c) v
v 1.99 10
8
m/s
5. a) n
n
n 1.43
b) n
n 2.0
c) n
n 1.27
6. a) n
1
sin
1
n
2
sin
2
2
sin
1

2
sin
1

2
18.5
b)
2
sin
1

2
10.1
c)
2
sin
1

2
16.3
Section 10.5
5. a) n
v
o ray
v
o ray
v
o ray
1.81 10
8
m/s
v
e ray
v
e ray
v
e ray
2.02 10
8
m/s
b) 100%
111.6%
Therefore, the speed of the e ray is 11.6%
greater than the speed of the o ray.
v
e ray
v
o ray
2.02 10
8
m/s
1.81 10
8
m/s
v
e ray
v
o ray
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.486
c
n
e ray
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.658
c
n
o ray
c
v
sin 25
1.51
sin 25
2.42
sin 25
1.33
n
1
sin
1
n
2
3.0 10
8
m/s
0.79(3.0 10
8
m/s)
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.5 10
8
m/s
3.0 10
8
m/s
2.1 10
8
m/s
c
v
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.51
3.0 10
8
m/s
2.42
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.33
c
n
c
v
3.0 10
8
m/s
3.0 10
22
Hz
3.0 10
8
m/s
2.0 10
9
Hz
Section 11.4
2. d 5.6 m
x
2
28 cm
L 1.1 m
m 2

7.13 10
7
m
713 nm
3. 510 nm
d 5.6 m
L 1.1 m
x
x
x 0.10 m
x 10 cm
4. m 3
d 5.6 m
L 1.1 m
713 nm
x
m
x
3
x
3
0.42 m
x
3
42 cm
Section 11.5
2. PD 3
n
g
1.52
624 nm
t
t
t 1.8 10
6
m
t 1.8 m
Section 11.6
2. m 22
625 nm
t
t
t 6.87 10
6
m
t 6.9 m
3. t 1.75 10
5
m
625 nm
2t
m
m
m 55.5
m 55
Section 11.8
1. w 5.5 10
6
m
550 nm
L 1.10 m
m 2
a) sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.2
2
11.5
b) x
m
L sin
m
x
m
(1.10 m)(0.2)
x
m
0.22 m
x
m
22 cm
2. a) x
x
x 0.22 m
x 22 cm
2(5.50 10
7
m)(1.10 m)
(5.5 10
6
m)
2L
w
(2)(5.50 10
7
m)
5.5 10
6
m
m
w
1
2
2(1.75 10
5
m)
(6.25 10
7
m)
1
2
2t
2
(22)(6.25 10
7
m)
2
m
2
(6.24 10
7
m)(3)
2(0.52)
PD
2(n
g
1)
(3)(7.13 10
7
m)(1.1 m)
(5.6 10
6
m)
mL
d
(5.10 10
7
m)(1.1 m)
5.6 10
6
m
L
d
(5.6 10
6
m)(0.28 m)
(2)(1.1 m)
dx
m
mL
b) sin
1
2
sin
1
2
sin
1
2
0.1
11.5
3. x
x
x 0.11 m
x 11 cm
6.
R
1 10
7
rad
d 2.4 m
a)

1.97 10
7
m
197 nm
b) sin =
L
x
L
L 5000 m
L 5 km
Section 11.9
1. N 8500
w 2.2 cm
530 nm
d
d
d 2.59 10
6
m
sin
m
sin
1
sin
1
0.205
1
12
sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.410
2
24
sin
m
sin
3
sin
3
0.614
3
38
2. a) m
m
m 4
b) m
m
m 4.7
m 4
c) m
m
m 5.7
m 5
3. m 2
2
8.41
o
614 nm
a) d
d
d 8.396 10
6
m
d 8.40 m
b) w 1.96 cm
N
N
N 2334 slits
1.96 10
2
m
8.396 10
6
m
w
d
(2)(6.14 10
7
m)
sin 8.41
m
sin
m
2.59 10
6
m
4.50 10
7
m
d
2.59 10
6
m
5.50 10
7
m
d
2.59 10
6
m
6.50 10
7
m
d
3(5.30 10
7
m)
2.59 10
6
m
m
d
2(5.30 10
7
m)
2.59 10
6
m
m
d
5.30 10
7
m
2.59 10
6
m
m
d
2.2 10
2
m
8500
w
1
2
(1.0 10
3
m)
sin(1 10
7
rad)
(1 10
7
rad)(2.4 m)
1.22
R
d
1.22
(5.50 10
7
m)(1.10 m)
(5.5 10
6
m)
L
w
5.50 10
7
m
5.5 10
6
m
w
Section 11.10
1. 300 000 lines/m
100 000 lines/m
Therefore, 3000 lines/cm produces the best
resolution.
3. sin
Red
sin
Red
sin
Red
0.386
Red
22.7
sin
Violet
sin
Violet
sin
Violet
0.211
Violet
12.2
sin
Green
sin
Green
sin
Green
0.269
Green
15.6
This can be similarly proven for the next 3
orders using the appropriate m.
The sequence is violet, green, red.
At the fourth order, green and red maxima are
no longer visible.
5. d 2.5 10
10
m
12
o
m 2

5.198 10
11
m
52 pm
6.
sin
sin
sin 0.208
168, 192
(5.2 10
11
m)(2)
2(2.5 10
10
m)
m
2d
2d sin
m
2(2.5 10
10
m) sin 12
2
2d sin
m
(1)(5.10 10
7
m)
1.89 10
6
m
m
d
(1)(4.00 10
7
m)
1.89 10
6
m
m
d
(1)(7.30 10
7
m)
1.89 10
6
m
m
d
100 cm
1 m
20 000 lines
20 cm
100 cm
1 m
3000 lines
1 cm
Section 12.2
1. T 12 000 K
a) The maximum wavelength can be found
using Wiens law:
max
max
max
2.4 10
7
m
The peak wavelength of Rigel is
2.4 10
7
m. It is in the ultraviolet
spectrum.
b) It would appear violet.
c) No: the living cells would be damaged by
the highly energetic UV photons.
2. T 900 K
a) The maximum wavelength can be found
using Wiens law:
max
max
max
3.2 10
6
m
The peak wavelength of the light is
3.2 10
6
m.
b) It would appear in the infrared spectrum.
c) Since the peak is in infrared, more energy
is required to produce the light in the
visual spectrum.
Section 12.3
1. V

f
0
eV hf
0
W
0
Choosing two pairs of values from the table
and subtracting,
(1.6 10
19
C)(0.95 V) h(7.7 10
14
Hz) W
0
(1.6 10
19
C)(0.7 V) h(7.2 10
14
Hz) W
0
(1.6 10
19
C)(0.25 V) h(0.5 10
14
Hz)
h 8 10
34
Js
W
0
4.64 10
19
J
W
0
2.9 eV
2. a) Increasing the work function by 1.5 would
cause a vertical shift of the line. Hence,
potential would have to be greater, but the
frequencies would not change.
b) The term
h
e
is constant and hence the
slope would not change.
3. 230 nm 2.3 10
7
m
The energy can be found as follows:
E
W
0
E

4.64 10
19
J
E
5.79 10
19
J
Section 12.4
2. E 85 eV, 214 nm 2.14 10
7
m
a) Momentum of the original electron can be
found using:
p
p
p 4.53 10
26
Ns
b) Momentum of the resultant electron can be
found using:
p
p
p 3.1 10
27
Ns
c) The energy imparted can be found by:
E E
hc
6.626 10
34
Js
2.14 10
7
m
h
(85 eV)(1.6 10
19
C)
3.0 10
8
m/s
E
c
(8 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2.3 10
7
m
hc
3
2
1
0
7 8
V
s
t
o
p

(
V
)
f
0
(10
14
Hz)
V
stop
vs. f
0
9 10 11 12 13
W
0
e
h
e
2.898 10
3
900 K
2.898 10
3
T
2.898 10
3
12 000 K
2.898 10
3
T
E (85 eV)(1.6 10
19
C)
E 1.27 10
17
J
The energy imparted to the electron was
1.27 10
17
J.
d) The energy imparted increased the speed
of the electron. Hence, it can be found
using:
v
v 5.27 10
6
m/s
The speed increase of the electron is
5.27 10
6
m/s.
Section 12.5
1. v 1 km/s 1000 m/s
The wavelength can be found using
de Broglies equation:

7.27 10
7
m
Hence, the wavelength of the electron is
7.27 10
7
m.
Section 12.6
2. We shall first compute the change in energies
and the wavelength of spectral lines emitted in
each case. From that, the wavelength
separation can be computed.
The energy change when the electron
transfers from 8 to 1 is:
E
81
E
8
E
1
E
81

E
81
2.15 10
18
J
The wavelength of the spectral lines is:
81
81
81
9.25 10
8
m
Similarly, the energy change when the
electron transfers from 7 to 2 is:
E
72
E
7
E
2
E
72

E
72
5 10
19
J
72
72
72
3.98 10
7
m
Hence the wavelength separation is

72

81
3.98 10
7
m 9.25 10
8
m
3.05 10
7
m
3. The change in energy can be computed using:
E E
f
E
i
E
For the Lyman series, the lower boundary is
when the electron jumps from the second to
the first orbital:
E
min

E
min
10.2 eV
The higher boundary for the Lyman series is
when the electron jumps from infinity to the
first orbital:
E
max

E
max
13.6 eV
For the Balmer series, the lower boundary is
when the electron jumps from the third to the
second orbital:
E
min

E
min
1.89 eV
13.6 eV
2
2
13.6 eV
3
2
13.6 eV
1
2
13.6 eV
2
13.6 eV
1
2
13.6 eV
2
2
13.6 eV
n
i
2
13.6 eV
n
f
2
(6.26 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
5 10
19
J
hc
E
72
2.18 10
18
J
2
2
2.18 10
18
J
7
2
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2.15 10
18
J
hc
E
81
2.18 10
18
J
1
2
2.18 10
18
J
8
2
6.626 10
34
Js
(9.11 10
31
kg)(1000 m/s)
h
mv
2(1.27 10
17
J)
9.11 10
31
kg
2E
m
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2.14 10
7
m
The higher boundary for the Balmer series is
second orbital:
E
max

E
max
3.4 eV
For the Paschen series, the lower boundary is
when the electron jumps from the fourth to
the third orbital:
E
min

E
min
0.66 eV
The higher boundary for the Paschen series is
third orbital:
E
max

E
max
1.51 eV
For the Brackett series, the lower boundary is
when the electron jumps from the fifth to the
fourth orbital:
E
min

E
min
0.31 eV
The higher boundary for the Brackett series is
fourth orbital:
E
max

E
max
0.85 eV
Thus, the boundaries for the four series are:
Lyman: 10.2 eV to 13.6 eV
Balmer: 1.89 eV to 3.4 eV
Paschen: 0.66 eV to 1.51 eV
Brackett: 0.31 eV to 0.85 eV
Section 12.8
1. v 1 m/s 1 10
6
m/s,
m
p
1.673 10
27
kg
The uncertainty in position can be found
using:
y
y
y 6.3 10
2
m
Hence, the uncertainty in position is
6.3 10
2
m.
2. In the equation Et h
, the units are Js.

This coincides with the units of h in h
,
where 2 is a constant.
6. E
k
1.2 keV 1.92 10
16
J,
m
p
1.673 10
27
kg
First we shall find the velocity using:
v
v 4.8 10
5
m/s
The uncertainty in position can be found
using:
y
y
y 1.32 10
13
m
The uncertainty in the position is
1.32 10
13
m.
7. The uncertainty does not affect the object
at a macroscopic level.
1.0546 10
34
Js
(1.673 10
27
kg)(4.8 10
5
m/s)
h
mv
2(1.92 10
16
J)
1.673 10
27
kg
2E
k
m
p
h
2
1.0546 10
34
Js
(1.673 10
27
kg)(1 10
6
m/s)
h
mv
13.6 eV
4
2
13.6 eV
2
13.6 eV
4
2
13.6 eV
5
2
13.6 eV
3
2
13.6 eV
2
13.6 eV
3
2
13.6 eV
4
2
13.6 eV
2
2
13.6 eV
2
Section 13.1
1. For Nadia:
m
RL
v
0
m
R
v
R2
m
L
v
R2
(6 kg)(0 m/s) (3 kg)(2 m/s)
(3 kg)(2 m/s)
0 kgm/s 0 kgm/s
For Jerry:
m
RL
v
0
m
R
v
R2
m
L
v
R2
(6 kg)(2 m/s) (3 kg)(2 2 m/s)
(3 kg)(2 2 m/s)
12 kgm/s 12 kgm/s
Section 13.2
1. v 0.5c or 1.5 10
8
m/s
2. The classical addition of velocities gives:
k
v
p
k
v
u
u
v
p
k
v
p
0.5c [R] 0.6c [R]
k
v
p
1.1c
This answer violates the second postulate of
special relativity.
3. E
k-gained
E
e-lost
1
2
mv
2
Vq
v
v 5.93 10
8
m/s
This value is almost double the speed of light.
Section 13.3
1. The muon travels farther due to the time
dilation from 2.2 s to 3.1 s that occurs at
its speed of v 0.7c. The extra path length is:
d d
2
d
1
d vt
2
vt
1
d v(t
2
t
1
)
d (0.7c)(3.1 s 2.2 s)
d 189 m
2. For Phillip, at rest relative to the experiment:
t
t
0
t
0
t
0
2.0 10
8
s
For Barb, the stationary observer watching the
experiment travel by at v 0.6c:
t
t
t 2.5 10
8
s
3. For Marc, the time for one beat is:
1.1538 s
The dilated time for the earthly observers is:
t
t
t 1.2019 s
The new rate is:
49.9 bpm
4. The contracted distance L, measured by
Katrina, is given by:
L 0.5L
0
L L
0
0.5L
0
L
0
0.25 1
0.75
v 0.866c
v 2.60 10
8
m/s
v
c
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
60 s/min
1.20 s/beat
1.1538 s
1
(0
.2
c
2
8c)
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
60 s/min
52 beats/min
2.0 10
8
s
1
(0
.
c
6
2
c)
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
2(3.0 m)
3.0 10
8
m/s
2h
c
d
v
2(1.00 10
6
V)(1.6 10
19
C)
(9.11 10
31
kg)
2Vq
m
6. L
0
5.75 10
12
m
The time you take:
t
0
t
0
(vt
0
)
2
L
0
2
c
L
t
0
0
2
v
2
c
2
v
2
v
v 2.95 10
8
m/s
Section 13.4
1. L
0
7 ca
t
L
v
0
7 a 3 a
7
v
ca
v
1
7
0
ca
a
v 0.7c
2. The age or time difference for the twins is:
5 a t
S
t
T
5 a
d
v
S

d
v
T
5 a
5 a
v 2c 2c
v 2c 2c
v
2
4vc 4c
2
4c
2
4v
2
v(5v 4c) 0
v 0.8c
since v 0
3. L
0
200 ca
v 0.9986c
t
0
t
0
t
0
10.59 a
6. For Rashad:
(s)
2
c
2
(t)
2
(x)
2
(s)
2
(3 10
8
m/s)
2
(1.5 s)
2
0
2
(s)
2
2.05 10
17
m
2
For Kareem:
(s)
2
c
2
(t)
2
(x)
2
x c
2
(t)
2
(s )
2
x (3 1 0
8
m/s )
2
(2 s)
2
(2 .025 10
17
m
2
)
x 3.97 10
8
m
Section 13.5
1. m
0
5.98 10
24
kg
v 2.96 10
4
m/s
m
m
m 5.980 000 03 10
24
kg
2. m
At 0.9c:
m
m 2.294m
0
At 0.99c:
m
m 7.089m
0
At 0.999c:
m
m 22.366m
0
Therefore, there is a much greater increase in
mass when accelerating from 0.99c to 0.999c.
m
0
1 (0 .999)
2
m
0
1 (0 .99)
2
m
0
1 (0 .9)
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
5.98 10
24
kg
1
(
(
2
3
.9
.0
6
1
1
0
0
8
4
m
m
/
/
s
s
)
)
2
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
200 ca1 (0 .9986)

2
0.9986c
L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
10 ca
1
v
c
2
2
v
10 ca
v
2L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
2L
0
v
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
1
(3.0 10
8
m/s)(3600 s)
(5.75 10
12
m)
c
2
1
c
L
t
0
0
v
2
c
2
L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
distance measured
velocity
3. Using the low-speed mass dilation approximation,
m
m
m 3.3 10
14
kg
4. Since cost, C, is proportional to energy
3
, E
3
,

3
C
2
($100 million)

3
C
2
$100 billion
5. The radius for charges moving at right angles
to a magnetic field is r
m
Bq
v
. The ratio of the
radius of a fast to slow electron is
r
r
s
f

m
m
s
f
v
v
f
s
.
Assuming m
s
m
0
(its rest mass), and
m
f
, the ratio becomes .
6. As in question 5, the ratio of radii is:
and since v
p
v
e
:
r
p
r
p
r
p
1833r
e
7. m
0
1.67 10
27
kg
v 0.996c
B 5.0 10
5
T
r
r
r 6.98 10
5
m
Section 13.6
2. Using the relativistic formula for velocity
addition:
v
L
v
L
v
L
c
3. The speed of the bullet relative to Earth is:
b
v
E
b
v
E
3
c

2
c
1

b
v
E
b
v
E
b
v
E
0.714c
Therefore, the bullet will never reach the
bandits because its speed is less than 0.75c.
4. Putting the limiting velocity v c into
Hubbles law:
v Hr
gives the limiting case of:
r
r
r 1.76 10
10
ca
Section 13.7
1. For momentum dilation,
p
At v 0.2c:
p
p 0.204m
0
c
At v 0.5c:
p
p 0.577m
0
c
At v 0.8c:
p
p 1.33m
0
c
m
0
(0.8c)
1
(0
.
c
8
2
c)
2
m
0
(0.5c)
1
(0
.
c
5
2
c)
2
m
0
(0.2c)
1
(0
.
c
2
2
c)
2
m
0
v
1
v
c
2
2
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.7 10
2
m/s/ca
c
H
5c
5
6
c
1
1
6
3
c

2
c
c
2
b
v
c

c
v
E
1
b
v
c
c
2
c
v
E
c 0.999c
1
(c)(0
c
.9
2
99c)
v
N
N
v
L
v
N
c
2
N
v
L
(1.67 10
27
kg)(0.996c)
(1.6 10
19
C)(5.0 10
5
T)1 (0 .996)
2
m
0
v
qB
1
v
c
2
2
(1.67 10
27
kg)r
e
9.11 10
31
kg
m
p
r
e
m
e
m
p
v
p
m
e
v
e
r
p
r
e
v
f
v
s
1
v
c
2
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
5000 MeV
500 MeV
E
2
E
1
C
2
C
1
(60 kg)(10 m/s)
2
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
1
2
m
0
v
2
c
2
1
2
2. E m
0
c
2
E
k
Case A:
125 J m
0
c
2
87 J
m
0
38c
2
J
Case B:
54 J m
0
c
2
15 J
m
0
39c
2
J
Therefore, B has the greater rest mass.
3. The energy used by the bulb is:
E mc
2
E Pt
m
m
m 2.80 10
8
kg
m 2.80 10
5
g
4. E mc
2
E (65 kg)(3 10
8
m/s)
2
E 5.85 10
18
J
Section 13.8
1. E mc
2
E (106 MeV/c
2
)c
2
E 106 MeV
E 106 MeV
E 1.696 10
11
J
The equivalent mass is:
m
m
m 1.88 10
28
kg
2. A mass, m, is equivalent to an energy:
E mc
2
E (1.67 10
27
kg)(3 10
8
m/s)
2
E 1.503 10
10
J
1 eV 1.6 10
19
J
m
m 939.37 10
6
eV/c
2
m 939.4 MeV/c
2
3. E
2
(pc)
2
(m
0
c)
2
(mvc)
2
(mc
2
)
2
(m
0
c)
2
mc
2
(m
0
c
2
E
k
)
mc
2
m
0
c
2
5m
0
c
2
mc
2
6m
0
c
2
(mvc)
2
(6m
0
c
2
)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
(mvc)
2
35m
0
2
c
4
m
2
v
2
35m
0
2
c
2
Since m ,
v
2
35
c
2
v
2
35c
2
35v
2
36v
2
35c
2
v
c
2
v 0.986c
v 2.96 10
8
m/s
4. Given the dilated mass of the proton,
m 4 10
6
m
0
m
4 10
6
Since v
2
c
2
, we can use the high-speed
approximation:
1
v
c
4 10
6

1
v
c

1 3.13 10
14
c v 3.13 10
14
c
c v 9.38 10
6
m/s
The protons are travelling 9.38 10
6
m/s
slower than c.
v
c
1
(4 10
6
)2
1
1
v
c
v
2
c
2
1
1
v
c
2
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
35
36
v
2
c
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
1.503 10
10
J
1.6 10
19
J/eV
1.696 10
11
J
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
E
c
2
1.6 10
19
J
1 eV
1 10
6
eV
1 MeV
(80 W)(365 24 60 60 s)
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
Pt
c
2
Section 14.1
3. a) Binding energy is:
B [Zm(
1
H) Nm
n
m(
2
H)]c
2
B 938.78 MeV 939.57 MeV
1876.12 MeV
B 2.23 MeV
b) 1.12 MeV/nucleon
4. Average atomic mass of Cl is
0.758(35 u) 0.242(37 u) 35.48 u,
compared to 35.453 u in the periodic table.
Section 14.2
2. Since
A
Z
X
A4
Z2
Y:
a)
234
90
Th b)
244
94
Pu c)
219
84
Po d)
240
92
U e)
60
27
Co
3. Since
A
Z
X
A
Z1
Ye
:
a)
32
16
S b)
11
23
Na c)
35
17
Cl d)
21
45
Sc e)
64
30
Zn
4. Since
A
Z
X
A
Z1
Ye
:
a)
19
9
F b)
10
22
Ne c)
46
23
V d)
239
92
U e)
64
28
Ni
Section 14.3
1. The amount eaten is:

. The amount left is 1
or

8
.
2. T
1
2
1.28 10
9
a, N
0
5 mg, N 1 mg
N N
0

log

log

t T
1
2
t (1.28 10
9
a)
t 2.97 10
9
a
3. T
235
7.04 10
8
a, T
238
4.45 10
9
a,
0.0044,

0
0.030
0.0044 (0.030)
1
2
t
(
7.04
1
10
8
a

4.45
1
10
9
a
)
log

t(1.196 10
9
a
1
) log

t
t 2.3 10
9
a
Section 14.4
1. Bismuth or
209
83
Bi
2.
1800 doses
4. annual dose dose equivalent activity
time
D (1.3 10
6
eV)(1.602 10
19
J/eV)(1)
(29 000 Bq/kg) (365 24 60 60 s)
D 0.1905 J/kg
D 191 mSv
Section 14.5
2. In a head-on elastic collision with the target,
3
H at rest, the recoil velocity is:
v v

v v

v 0.5v
Tritium is 50% effective in slowing down the
fast neutrons.
4. power amount of energy/mole
number of moles used/12 h
(12 3600)
1
h/s
P (1699 GJ/mol)
or

P 7.87 GW
1
43200 s
600 g
3 g/mol
400 g
2 g/mol
1 u 3 u
1 u 3 u
m
n
m
x
m
n
m
x
360 mSv
0.20 mSv
unobservable annual dosage
dosage per dental x-ray

0.8337
(0.3010)(1.196 10
9
a
1
)
1
2
0.0044
0.030
(
235
N)
0
1
2
T
t
235
(
238
N)
0
1
2
T
t
238
235
N
238
N
235
N
238
N
235
N
238
N
log
1
5
m
m
g
g
log
1
2
log
N
N
0
log
1
2
2
t
1
2
N
0
t
T
1
2
2
1
2
1
256
255
256
255
256
1
256
1
128
1
32
1
16
1
8
1
4
1
2
2.23 MeV
2 nucleons
B
A
5. Since 1 neutrino is created along with
1 deuterium atom, and 2 deuterium atoms are
needed to create an
4
He ion, 2 neutrinos are
created.
Section 14.6
1. Using Einsteins energy triangle:
(mvc)
2
(m
0
c
2
E
k
)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
mvc (0.511 MeV 310 0 MeV )
2
(0 .511 M eV)
2
mvc (3100.5 MeV)(1.602 10

13
J/MeV)
mv
mv 1.6557 10
18
Ns
The de Broglie wavelength is:

4.0 10
16
m
2. f
f
f 11 kHz
3. a) In Einsteins energy triangle,
(mc
2
)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
(mvc)
2
[see Chapter 13]
m
0
c
2
938.27 MeV
mc
2
m
0
c
2
E
k
mc
2
938.27 MeV 10 MeV
mc
2
948.27 MeV
In the triangle,
cos
cos
8.328
sin
sin 8.328
v 0.1448c
v 4.35 10
7
m/s
b) r
r
r 0.216 m
Section 14.7
2. a) uud 1
b) u
d 1
c) ud 1
d) udd 0
e) su
1
3. a) proton (baryon)
b) antiproton (baryon)
c) pion (meson)
d) neutron (baryon)
e) kaon (meson)
4. udd 0
5. The mass defect of a
0
meson is:
m
d
m
b
m
(8 4700 5279) MeV/c

2
571 MeV/c
2
Section 14.8
1. i) An electron and a positron annihilate each
other, releasing two gamma rays.
ii) A neutron undergoes
decay to an
antineutrino, a positron, and an electron.
iii)A planet orbits the Sun via the exchange of
a graviton.
1
3
1
3
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
2
3
1
3
2
3
2
3
4.35 10
7
m/s
2(32 10
6
Hz)
v
2f
v
c
mvc
mc
2
938.27 MeV
948.27 MeV
m
0
c
2
mc
2
3.0 10
8
m/s
2(4300 m)
v
2r
6.63 10
34
Js
1.6557 10
18
Ns
h
mv
4.9670 10
10
J
3.0 10
8
m/s
PART 2 Answers to End-of-chapter Conceptual Questions
Answers to End-of -chapter Conceptual Questi ons 61
Chapter 1
1. It is possible for an object to be accelerating
and at rest at the same time. For example, con-
sider an object that is thrown straight up in
the air. During its entire trajectory it is accel-
erating downward. At its maximum height it
has a speed of zero. Therefore, at that point it
is both accelerating and at rest.
2. A speedometer measures a cars speed, not its
velocity, since the speedometer gives no indi-
cation as to the direction of the cars motion.
3.
4. Displacement, velocity, and acceleration are
all vector quantities. Therefore, a negative dis-
placement, velocity, or acceleration is a nega-
tive vector quantity, which indicates that the
vectors direction is opposite to the direction
designated as positive.
5. The seconds are squared in the standard SI
unit for acceleration, m/s
2
, because accelera-
tion is the change in velocity per unit of time.
Therefore, the standard SI unit for accelera-
tion is (m/s)/s, which is more conveniently
written as m/s
2
.
6. Assume for all cases that north is positive and
south is negative.
a) Positiontime graph: The object sits
motionless south of the designated zero
point. The object then moves northward
with a constant velocity, crossing the zero
point and ending up in a position north of
the zero point.
Velocitytime graph: The object moves
southward with a constant velocity. The
object then slows down while still moving
southward, stops, changes direction, and
speeds up northward with a constant
acceleration.
b) Positiontime graph: The object starts at
the zero point and speeds up while moving
northward, then continues to move north-
ward with a constant velocity.
Velocitytime graph: The object starts at
rest and speeds up with an increasing
acceleration while moving northward. The
object then continues to speed up with a
constant acceleration northward.
c) Positiontime graph: The object starts
north of the zero point and moves south-
ward past the zero point with a constant
velocity. The object then abruptly slows
down and continues to move southward
with a new constant velocity.
Velocitytime graph: The object slows
down while moving northward, stops,
changes direction, and speeds up south-
ward with a constant acceleration. The
object then abruptly reduces the magni-
tude of its acceleration and continues to
speed up southward with a new constant
acceleration.
d) Positiontime graph: The object starts at
the zero point and moves northward and
slows down to a stop, where it sits motion-
less for a period of time. The object then
quickly speeds up southward and moves
m
V
e
l
o
c
i
t
y

i
n

M
e
t
r
e
s

p
e
r

S
e
c
o
n
d
Time in Seconds
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2 3 4 5 6 7 t
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t
m
2
3
4
5
P
o
s
i
t
i
o
n

i
n

M
e
t
r
e
s
Position-Time
Time in Seconds
southward with a constant velocity, going
past the zero point.
Velocitytime graph: The object starts at
rest and speeds up while moving north-
ward. The acceleration in this time period
is decreasing. The object then continues to
move northward with a constant velocity.
The object then slows down while moving
northward, stops, changes direction, and
speeds up southward with a constant accel-
eration.
7. a) v
avg

3.3 ms
b) v
avg

4.2 ms
c) v
avg

3.7 ms
d) The answer for c) is the average speed of
the bus over the whole trip, whereas half
the sum of its speed up the hill and its
speed down the hill is an average of the
average speeds up and down the hill.
8. In flying from planet A to planet B, you would
need to burn your spacecrafts engines while
leaving planet A in order to escape its gravita-
tional pull and then to make any necessary
course corrections, and while arriving at
planet B in order to slow down and stop.
Assuming there were no forces acting on the
craft in between, it would travel with constant
velocity once the engines were turned off.
9. A free-body diagram shows the forces acting
on an object, as these are the only forces that
can cause the body to accelerate. Since, by
Newtons third law, for every action force
there is a reaction force, equal in magnitude
and opposite in direction, then each of the
forces acting on an object is half of an
actionreaction pair. If both the action forces
and the reaction forces were included in a
free-body diagram, then all the forces would
cancel. For example, a free-body diagram for a
ball being kicked must not include the reac-
tion force provided by the ball on the foot, or
else the forces would cancel and the ball
would not accelerate.
10.
11. Dear Cousin,
You asked me to explain Newtons first law of
motion to you. Newtons first law of motion
states that an object will keep moving at a
constant speed in the same direction unless a
force makes it slow down, speed up, or change
direction. Heres an example. Suppose youre
pushing a hockey puck across the carpet.
When you let go, the puck quickly stops mov-
ing. This is because the carpet is not very slip-
pery; we say that it has a lot of friction. The
force of friction is making the puck slow
down. What if you slide the puck across a sur-
face with less friction, like ice? The puck will
take longer to stop moving, because the force
of friction is much less than on the carpet.
Now suppose you slide the puck across an air
hockey table. The force of friction is so small
that the puck will slide for a much, much
longer time. So, you can imagine sliding a
puck on a surface with no friction at all. The
puck never stops, because there is no force to
slow it down! Perhaps youre wondering
about a motionless object that isnt experienc-
ing a force why isnt it moving at a con-
stant speed in the same direction? But it is!
Zero is a constant speed.
Motor-
cycle
F
n
F
m
F
f
F
g
2000 m
(9)(60 s)
d
tot
t
tot
1000 m
(4)(60 s)
d
tot
t
tot
1000 m
(5)(60 s)
d
tot
t
tot
62 Answers to End-of -chapter Conceptual Questi ons
12. The gravitational force applied by the Moon
on Earth does not cancel with the gravita-
tional force applied by Earth on the Moon
because these forces act on different bodies.
Only forces applied on the same body can pos-
sibly cancel one another.
13. When you fire a rifle, the forces applied to the
bullet and the rifle make up an actionreac-
tion pair. By Newtons third law, the force
applied to the bullet is equal and opposite to
its reaction force, the force applied to the rifle.
This reaction force causes the rifle and you to
recoil in the opposite direction.
14. While in the air, the balls vertical acceleration
is constant and equal to g 9.8 m/s
2
. The
ball travels the same distance upward as
downward, and therefore the balls speed is
the same when it reaches the ground as when
it leaves the ground, since its acceleration is
constant. Suppose the lengths of time it takes
the ball to travel upward and downward are t
1
and t
2
, respectively. We can use the equations
d
1
and d
2

for the distances travelled upward and down-
ward, respectively, where v
1i
and v
1f
are the
initial and final velocities during the upward
flight, respectively, and v
2i
and v
2f
are the ini-
tial and final velocities downward, respec-
tively. Since d
1
d
2
, we can write the
following equation:

On the left side, the final velocity upward, v
1f
,
is equal to zero. On the right side, the initial
velocity downward, v
2i
, is equal to zero. The
equation simplifies:

But v
1i
is equal to v
2f
and is not zero, and
therefore t
1
t
2
.
15. The ball is undergoing uniform circular
motion, as it is travelling in a circle at a con-
stant speed. Because its trajectory is curved, it
cannot be undergoing uniform motion, which
requires an object to be travelling at a con-
stant speed in a straight line.
Chapter 2
1. Frictional forces are forces that oppose motion.
A frictional force will only try to prevent an
object from moving, it will not actually cause
an object to move.
2. It is not possible to swing a mass in a horizon-
tal circle above your head. Since gravity is
always pulling down on the mass, an upward
component of the tension force is required to
balance gravity. As the speed of rotation
increases, the angle relative to the horizontal
may approach 0 but will never reach 0.
3. If the gravitational force downward and the
normal force upward are the only two vertical
forces acting on an object, we can be certain
that they are balanced if the object is not accel-
erating. If one of these forces were greater
than the other, the object would accelerate in
the direction of the greater force.
4. The most common way to describe directions
in three dimensions is by the use of three unit
vectors (and their opposites). Traditionally,
the three unit vectors used are labelled as i
, j
,
and k
. One of these unit vectors will represent

right, one will represent up, and one will
t
2
(v
2f
)
2
t
1
(v
1i
)
2
t
2
(v
2i
v
2f
)
2
t
1
(v
1i
v
1f
)
2
t
2
(v
2i
v
2f
)
2
t
1
(v
1i
v
1f
)
2
F
n
F
g
Puck
on
frictionless
surface
F
n
F
f
F
g
Puck
on
air table
F
n
F
f
F
g
Puck
on
ice
F
n
F
f
F
g
Puck
on
carpet
represent coming out of the plane of the page
toward you.
5. The bullets reach the ground in the same
amount of time. Recall that the horizontal and
vertical motions of each bullet are independent
of each other. Since both identical objects are
accelerating downward at the acceleration due
to gravity and they are both dropped from the
same height, it takes the same time for them to
reach the ground.
6. Dear Wolfgang,
You asked whether the time it takes to paddle
a canoe across a river depends on the strength
of the current. When you are paddling a canoe
across a river, the variables that determine
how long it takes are the width of the river
and the forward velocity of the canoe due to
your paddling. The canoes forward velocity
and the current velocity are perpendicular to
each other, so they dont affect each other. As
a result, the current does not affect the length
of time required to cross the river. The only
effect of the current on the motion of the
canoe is to cause it to move downstream from
where it would otherwise have landed.
7. The student who wants to apply the force
above the horizontal has the better idea. The
horizontal component of the applied force in
the direction of motion will be the same
regardless of whether the force is applied
above or below the horizontal. It is in the stu-
dents best interest to minimize the amount of
friction. Recall that the frictional force is
directly proportional to the normal force. If
they apply the force above the horizontal, this
will reduce the magnitude of the normal force
needed to be supplied by the floor on the sofa,
which will therefore reduce the frictional force
and make it easier to move the sofa. On the
other hand, if they apply the force below the
horizontal, this will increase the normal force
required and thereby increase the frictional
force, making it harder to move the sofa.
8. a) The baseballs velocity will be upward with a
magnitude less than its initial velocity. The
acceleration will be downward at 9.8 m/s
2
.
b) The baseballs velocity will be zero. The
2
.
c) The baseballs velocity will be downward
with the same magnitude as in a). The
2
.
9. You would still need a pitchers mound on the
Moon because the ball would still accelerate
downward due to gravity. Since the Moon has
a smaller mass than Earth, the acceleration
due to gravity on the Moon is less than that on
Earth. As a result, the height of the mound
would not have to be as great as that on Earth.
10. She could jump twice as far on a planet that
has one-half the gravity of Earth. If we assume
that her initial speed and the direction for
launch are the same, and that her initial
vertical displacement is zero, we can write
the following.
d
y
v
1y
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
0 v
1y

1
2
a
y
t
t
If the acceleration, a
y
, is halved, then the time
in flight, t, will be doubled. Therefore, the
horizontal distance travelled will also be dou-
bled, assuming that her horizontal speed is
constant.
11. As your bicycles rear tire spins, it takes water
with it due to adhesion. Inertia causes the
water to try to move in a straight line. As a
result, the water leaves the wheel with a veloc-
ity tangential to the tire and may spray your
back if your bicycle does not have a protective
rear fender.
12. Inertia causes the water in your clothing to try
to move in a straight line. If the drum in the
washing machine were solid, it would apply a
centripetal force on the water, which would
keep it moving in a circle. Since the drum has
holes in it, however, the water is able to leave
the drum as it spins.
2v
1
y
a
y
13. The aircraft can be flown in one of two ways,
or a combination of these, to provide weight-
lessness. If the aircraft accelerates downward
at the acceleration due to gravity, the astro-
nauts inside the aircraft will experience
weightlessness. The other possibility is to
travel in a vertical arc. If the aircraft flies in a
vertical arc at such a speed that at the top of
the arc the gravitational force provides all the
centripetal force required to keep the aircraft
and its occupants travelling in a circle, they
will experience weightlessness.
Chapter 3
1. Hydro lines and telephone cables cannot be
run completely horizontally because the force
of gravity acts downward on the entire wire
and there is very little means of counterbal-
ancing this force using supports.
2. a) The ladder is pushing directly into the wall
on which it is resting, normal to the sur-
face of the wall. With no friction, there is
no force to prevent the ladder from sliding
down the wall.
b) The force exerted by the ladder on the
ground is exactly equal to the force of grav-
ity (weight) of the ladder because there is
no vertical force due to friction. The only
force that acts vertically, upward or down-
ward, is the force of gravity.
3. Standing with your feet together or wide apart
makes no difference to the condition of static
equilibrium, since in both cases all forces are
balanced. In terms of stability, the wider
stance is more stable. A wider stance means a
lower centre of mass and a wider footprint.
This means there is a greater tipping angle for
this wider stance.
4. High-heeled shoes force the centre of mass of
the person wearing to move forward from its
normal position. To maintain balance, the
person must move the centre of mass back
again, usually by leaning the shoulders back-
ward. This effort can cause fatigue in the back
muscles.
5. Line installers allow a droop in their lines
when installing them because the droop
allows a moderate upward vertical application
of force as the wire curves upward to the sup-
port standards. This allows an upward force
to support the wire when loaded with freezing
rain and ice buildup. This droop means that
the tension to support the load can be much
less because of the greater angle.
6. A wrench can be made to more easily open a
rusty bolt by adapting the wrench so as to
apply more torque. More torque can be applied
by the same force by adding length to the
wrench handle.
7. The higher up on a ladder a person is, the far-
ther he is from the pivot point, which is the
point where the ladder touches the ground.
Therefore, the ladder will be more likely to
slide down the wall if the person stands on a
higher rung.
8. The torque varies as sin , where is the
angle between the pedal arm and the applied
force. The torque is at a minimum (zero)
when the pedals are vertical (one on top of
the other), because the force (weight) is
applied at 0 to the pedal arm, and sin 0 0.
The maximum torque is applied when the
pedals are horizontal, because the angle
between the pedal arm and the applied force is
90, and sin 90 1.
9. There is no extra benefit for curls to be done
to their highest position. As the forearm is
raised, the angle of the force of gravity vector
decreases at the same rate as the angle
between the muscle of effort and the arm. As
the forearm is raised, the effort required to lift
the arm decreases, but so does the muscles
ability to provide the effort.
10. Your textbook is sitting in stable equilibrium
when flat on your desk. When the book is bal-
anced on its corner, it is in unstable equilib-
rium. Motion in any direction will cause a
lowering of the centre of mass and a release of
gravitational potential energy, making the tip-
ping motion continue and thus making the
book fall.
11. In terms of stability, a walking cane provides a
wider base (footprint) over which the person
is balancing. It is harder to force the persons
centre of mass outside this wider support base.
12. When standing up from a sitting position, we
first must lean forward to move our centre of
mass over our feet to maintain stability.
Unless we first lean forward, our centre of
mass is already outside our support base and
it is impossible to stand up.
13. A five-legged chair base is more stable because
of the wider support base (footprint). The
extra leg effectively increases the tipping
angle, making the chair more stable.
14. Tall fluted champagne glasses must have a
wide base to improve the stability of the glass.
Recall that the tipping angle is given by the
expression tan
1
.
Therefore, the taller the glass, the greater the
height of the centre of mass, and the smaller
the tipping angle. A wider base increases the
tipping angle by compensating for the taller
glass.
15. The extra mass helps to mimic the mass of
the cargo and lowers the centre of mass of the
ship. Without this extra mass, the ship would
be top-heavy and more prone to capsizing,
especially in rough weather.
16. This figure is so stable because the design of
the toy places the effective centre of mass
below the balance point. A gentle push actu-
ally raises the centre of mass like a pendulum,
which increases the gravitational potential
energy, which tends to return the toy to its
stable equilibrium position.
17. The bone that has the smaller length will frac-
ture first if the same twisting stress is applied
to two bones of equal radius but different
lengths. This is due to the fact that the strain

on the longer bone will be much
smaller than that on the shorter bone, because
the length term appears in the denominator of
the expression for strain.
18. Lumber is used this way to support greater
spans because of the greater dimensions of
wood in the vertical direction. More wood
provides a means of supporting a greater
weight through a tension force throughout the
wood.
19. Concrete would not be an ideal material for a
cantilevered structure because of the differ-
ence in the way that this material deals with
tension and compression forces. A cantilever
would require a great tensile strength in the
upper layer and a great compressive strength
in the lower layer. Concrete has great com-
pressive strength but poor tensile strength.
Chapter 4
1. Momentum is the product of mass and velocity;
p
mv
. Since velocity is a vector quantity, so

is momentum.
2. A system represents all the objects involved in
a collision. In a closed system, the boundary is
closed (that is, there are no interactions with
the external environment) and therefore the
net external force acting on the systems
objects as a group is zero. In an open isolated
system, the boundary is not closed but the net
external force acting on the system is zero.
3. The net force is used in the calculation of
impulse; J Ft.
4. Impulse is the change in momentum; J p.
5. In an isolated system, the net external force, F,
acting on the system is zero. Therefore, the
impulse, J, is zero (J Ft), and the change in
momentum, p, is zero (J p).
6. The law of conservation of (linear) momen-
tum states that the total momentum of an
isolated system before a collision is equal to
the total momentum of the system after the
collision. This can be expressed algebraically
as p
totalinitial
p
totalfinal
. Equivalently, in an isolated
system the change in momentum is zero;
p 0.
7. Yes, a ball thrown upward loses momentum as
it rises because there is a net external force
downward (gravity) acting on the ball, slow-
ing it down.
L
L
(0.5)(width of base)
height of centre of mass

8. Assuming that the net external force acting on
the grenade during the explosion is zero
(ignoring gravity), the sum of the 45 momen-
tum vectors after the explosion is equal to the
momentum vector of the grenade before the
explosion, since p
totalinitial
p
totalfinal
.
9. Assume that the astronauts initial momen-
tum is zero as he floats in space. By throwing
the monkey wrench in the opposite direction
of the space station, he would be propelled
toward the space station. This is an example
of Newtons third law: The total momentum
of the astronautwrench system would still be
zero after he threw the wrench.
10. A rocket can change its course in space by
ejecting any object or matter such as a gas.
Assuming that the total momentum of the
rocketgas system is conserved, the momen-
tum of the rocket will change as the gas is
ejected. This change in momentum will corre-
spond to an impulse, which will change the
course of the rocket.
11. Assume that the total momentum of the sys-
tem is conserved:
p
To
p
Tf
p
1o
p
2o
p
1f
p
2f
mv
1o
mv
2o
mv
1f
mv
2f
mv
1o
m(v
1o
) mv
1f
mv
2f
(substituting v
2o
v
1o
)
0 m(v
1f
v
2f
)
Therefore, the general equation for the total
momentum before and after the collision is
p
To
0 m(v
1f
v
2f
) p
Tf
.
12. As rain falls into the open-top freight car, the
car will slow down. Assuming that momen-
tum is conserved as the rain falls into the car,
the combined mass of the car and the water
will move along the track at a slower speed.
13. Object A is moving faster before the collision.
Assuming that the momentum of the A-B
system is conserved, the final velocity of the
objects, v
f
, is equal to the average of their
initial velocities, v
Ao
and v
Bo
:
p
To
p
Tf
mv
Ao
mv
Bo
mv
Af
mv
Bf
v
Ao
v
Bo
v
f
v
f
v
f
Since the angle between v
Bo
and v
f
is greater
than the angle between v
Ao
and v
f
, the magni-
tude of v
Ao
is greater than the magnitude of v
Bo
.
14. The component method would be preferred
for solving momentum problems in which
trigonometry could not be used readily for
instance, problems involving more than two
objects colliding, or non-linear problems.
15. a) Grocery clerks lean back when carrying
heavy boxes so that their centres of mass
stay in line with their feet.
b) The centre of mass of a system of masses is
the point where the masses could be con-
sidered to be concentrated or balanced
for analyzing their motion. This concept
can simplify momentum problems since
the momentum of the centre of mass is
equal to the total momentum before, and
after, a collision, and is conserved during
the collision.
Chapter 5
1. When you are holding your physics book
steady in your outstretched arm, there is no
work done because there is no displacement
(W Fd).
2. The momentum, p, of an object with mass m
is related to its kinetic energy, E
k
, according to
the equation p 2mE
k
. If a golf ball and a
football have the same kinetic energy then the
football has the greater momentum, since the
mass of the football is greater than the mass of
the golf ball.
3. A negative area under a forcedisplacement
graph represents negative work, which means
that the displacement is in the opposite direc-
tion of the force applied. For example, when
friction is slowing down a car, there is a posi-
tive displacement but a negative force.
4. After work is done on an object, it has gained
energy.
v
Ao
v
Bo
2
5. When a spring diving board is compressed by
a diver jumping on it, the diving board pos-
sesses elastic potential energy. As the diving
board straightens out, it transfers its elastic
potential energy to the diver, who gains
kinetic and gravitational potential energy. As
the diver rises in the air, her kinetic energy is
transformed into potential energy until she
only has gravitational potential energy as she
reaches her highest point. As she descends
toward the pool, her potential energy is trans-
formed into kinetic energy and she increases
her speed as she falls. As she enters the pool
and slows down in the water, her kinetic
energy is transferred to the water as kinetic
energy, potential energy, and heat energy.
6. E
k
mv
2
( J) (kg)[(ms)
2
]
( J) (kgm
2
s
2
)
( J) (kgms
2
m)
( J) (Nm)
( J) ( J)
7. The equation E
e
E
k
means that a loss
of elastic potential energy becomes a gain in
kinetic energy.
8. Yes, since gravitational potential energy is
measured relative to a point which could
change. That point could be the ground level,
the basement level, or any other arbitrary
point.
9. In an elastic collision the total kinetic energy
is conserved, whereas in an inelastic collision
the total kinetic energy is not conserved. An
example of an (almost) elastic collision is a
collision between two billiard balls. An exam-
ple of an inelastic collision is a collision
between two vehicles in which their kinetic
energy is transferred to heat energy, sound
energy, and energy used to permanently
deform the vehicles.
10. No, the equation E
k
shows that if an
object has momentum then it must have
kinetic energy. The converse is also true, as
the equation also shows.
Chapter 6
1. We do not require the more general form of
Newtons law of universal gravitation because
for situations on or near the surface of Earth,
the values of G, M, and r can be assumed to
be specified constants. After these simplifica-
tions are made, the general form becomes
equivalent to the simpler form.
2. Due to the direction in which Earth rotates,
more energy would be required to reach the
same orbit if a spacecraft was launched
westward, since an eastward launch aids the
spacecraft.
3. The near side of the Moon is more massive
than the far side, possibly due to impacted
meteors. Over time this side was more
attracted to Earth, so that eventually the more
massive side came to face Earth all the time.
This is also true for the moons of Jupiter and
Saturn relative to their planets.
4. The force of gravity is the derivative of gravi-
tational potential energy, E
p
. Equivalently, the
force of gravity is the slope of the graph of E
p
versus x.
5. Assuming that the spacecraft is initially in
orbit and that jettisoning a large piece of itself
does not significantly alter its momentum, it
will continue in the same orbit.
6. The velocity of a spacecraft in orbit is con-
stantly changing due to the centripetal force
acting on it. Therefore, if one spacecraft
points toward another and rockets in that
direction, the two spacecraft will not meet
because the added velocity vector of the first
spacecraft does not change as is required for
convergence.
7. a) The escape speed required to leave Earth
is approximately 11 km/s. The necessary
upward acceleration, a, of a spacecraft
during firing from an 80-m cannon is given
p
2
2m
1
2
by a 756 250 m/s
2
.
This is more than 77 000 times the magni-
tude of the acceleration due to gravity,
and would be experienced for about
t 0.015 s. The
mission would not be survivable.
b) The downward force of the guns recoil
would be roughly equal to the upward
force on the spacecraft. If the spacecraft
had a mass of 5000 kg, the force of the
recoil would be approximately
(5000 kg)(756 250 m/s
2
) 3.781 10
9
N.
8. Given:
h
max
2 m
k 500 N/m
x
max
0.45 m
m 80 kg
First, calculate the maximum energy that our
knees can absorb without damage.
V
g
mgh
V
g
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(2 m)
V
g
1568 J
Next, calculate the maximum energy that the
springs can absorb.
V
e

1
2
kx
2
V
e

1
2
(500 N/m)(0.45 m
2
)
V
e
51 J
Finally, calculate the maximum height from
which we could survive a fall without damage.
V
g
mgh
h
h
h 2.07 m
With the springs attached, we could survive a
fall of at most 2.07 m without damage.
9. The force of gravity would be
(9.8 m/s
2
)(80 kg) 1837 N downward,
whereas the force of the springs would be
only (500 N/m)(0.45 m) 225 N upward.
The net force acting on us would act down-
ward, so we would not bounce off the ground.
10. Three everyday examples of SHM are: an
idling engine, as periodic power from combus-
tion keeps piston movement in a state of
SHM; someone rocking in a rocking chair,
where periodic foot pushes or shifts in the
centre of mass counteract dampening; the
motion of a toy bird that drinks water, pro-
vided that there is a constant supply of water.
11. Three examples of damping in oscillatory sys-
tems are: engine braking (desired) as the
fuel supply to the cylinders is lessened, so is
the power, which dampens piston movement;
swinging on a swing (undesired) the
height of successive swings becomes smaller
and smaller due to friction and air resistance;
air bags (desired) when deployed, they
gradually dampen the effects of a collision on
a persons body, as opposed to a steering
wheel or dashboard, which do so almost
instantaneously.
Chapter 7
1. All objects on Earth that are stationary rela-
tive to Earths surface have the same angular
velocity, since they all complete one rotation
about Earths axis in the same amount of
time. However, they do not all have the same
tangential velocity, since they are not all the
same distance from Earths axis of rotation. If
is the angular velocity of an object on
Earths surface and r is the objects distance
from Earths axis of rotation then the objects
tangential velocity, v, is given by v r.
2. A differential mechanism is necessary to
allow a car to turn smoothly. The wheels on
the inside of a turn move through a smaller
radius than the wheels on the outside, thus
travelling a smaller arc distance in the same
amount of time. Therefore, the inside wheels
rotate at a smaller angular speed. In the
absence of a differential, however, the inside
and outside drive wheels (connected to the
motor) must rotate at the same angular speed.
To turn, you would have to lock up the inside
drive wheel, causing an uncontrolled turn.
1568 J 51 J
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s

2
)
V
g
mg
11 000 m/s
756 250 m/s

2
(11 000 m/s)
2
2(80 m)
The differential allows the drive wheels to
turn at different angular speeds.
3. The top of the CN Tower, with the tower
located at the highest altitude on the equator,
would have the greatest tangential speed,
because in that case the top of the tower
would be the greatest distance from the axis
of rotation of Earth. However, since the height
of the CN Tower is negligible compared to the
radius of Earth, the variation in tangential
speed among different parts of the tower is
negligible.
4. A larger car tire has a greater moment of
inertia (greater radius and mass), thus in
principle more energy would be needed to
start turning the tire. Once the tire was mov-
ing, the law of inertia would apply and a
greater force would be needed to slow and
stop the tire, thus less energy would be
needed to keep the tire moving.
5. a) Yes, changing the tire size affects the
odometer reading. For example, a tire with
a larger radius than the calibrating tire cov-
ers a greater distance in the same number
of turns. In that case, the car will travel a
greater distance than what the odometer
indicates.
b) Yes, the speedometer reading is affected,
for the same reason. For example, a car
with larger tires will travel at a greater
speed than what the speedometer indicates.
6. The angular equivalents to force and displace-
ment are torque and angular displacement. No
linear work is done on an object if an applied
force does not change the displacement of the
object in the direction that the force is
applied. No rotational work is done if an
applied torque does not result in a change in
angular displacement.
7. No, angular momentum is conserved because
the diver is in fact still rotating as she enters
the water. There is no external torque applied
to the diver after she leaves the diving board.
Because the diver increases her moment of
inertia by extending out straight from a
tuck, her angular spin decreases. This is
not visually apparent as the diver then enters
the water out of sight of the spectators and
judges.
8. No, the centripetal force acting on a rider
varies depending on the radius of turn: the
larger the radius, the larger the centripetal
force. The riders on the outer part of the ride
swing out farther than the inner riders
because of the larger centripetal force.
9. According to the law of conservation of angu-
lar momentum, the total angular momentum
before the tape recorder was turned on high
speed was equal to the total angular momen-
tum after. When the tape recorder was turned
on high speed, the angular momentum of the
system had an added component in the angu-
lar direction of the turning tape. Voyager 2
rotated in the opposite direction to compen-
sate, although not as fast, since its moment of
inertia was much larger than the tape
recorders.
10. a) The hollow cylinder has a greater moment
of inertia than the solid one because the
hollow cylinders mass is concentrated far-
ther from the axis of rotation. However,
since there is no friction, there is no force
available to create the torque necessary to
turn the cylinders. Translational motion
does not depend on the distribution of
mass, so both objects accelerate at the same
rate and reach the base of the incline at the
same time.
b) As in part a), in the absence of friction the
cylinder does not roll. Therefore, both
objects slide down the ramp, accelerating at
the same rate (ignoring the effect of wind
resistance on the different shapes).
Translational motion does not depend on
the distribution of mass, so both objects
reach the ground at the same time.
11. A spinning projectile behaves like a gyroscope.
The spin means that the object possesses
angular momentum about its axis of rotation.
This allows the object to resist forces acting
on it as it travels, which in turn allows the
object to maintain its projectile motion.
Without the spin, uneven airflow over the sur-
face of the object would make it tumble, expe-
rience greater air resistance, and travel a
shorter distance.
12. If the wheel does not slip as it rolls then the
translational distance, d, that the axle moves is
equal to the arc length, s, along the outside of
the wheel. This is not true in the case of
squealing your tires.
13. Rotation axes can be anywhere, but for sim-
plicitys sake consider only some symmetric
ones. Ranked from least to greatest moment of
inertia, the rotation axis can pass through the
centre of the top and bottom (shown),
through the centre of the spine, through the
centre of the front and back cover, or run
diagonally from one corner to another.
14. The angular momentum of a Sunplanet sys-
tem is conserved. The force acting on the
planet is that of gravity due to the Sun. At any
instant in time, this force acts through the axis
about which the planet instantaneously
rotates. This means that the moment arm is
zero and no torque acts on the planet.
Therefore, the angular momentum of the
planet remains constant and the total momen-
tum of the system does not change.
15. It is easier to balance on a moving bike than
on a stationary one because of a combination
of the aspect called trail and gyroscopic
action.
16. The law of conservation of angular momen-
tum applies when a motorcycle is in mid-air.
In the absence of an external torque, the
increased angular momentum of the faster-
spinning rear wheel causes the entire motor-
cycle to rotate in the other direction in order
to keep the total angular momentum the same
as it was when the motorcycle left the ground.
Chapter 8
1. A neutral object is attracted to a charged
object because the charged object induces a
charge separation in the neutral object. The
electrons in the neutral object are forced away
from or toward the charged object, depending
on whether the charged object has a negative
or positive charge, inducing an opposite
charge which acts to attract the two objects by
way of the law of electric forces.
2. The function of an electroscope is to detect an
electric field. An electric field will cause the
movement of electrons within an electroscope,
inducing similar charges to cluster at each of
the two pieces of dangling foil. The two pieces
of foil will repel each other, indicating the
presence of the electric field.
3. Rubbing the balloon against your dry hair
charges the balloon electrostatically. When the
balloon approaches the wall, the negative
charge forces the electrons in the ceiling away,
leaving the positive charges close to the sur-
face. The result is that the negatively charged
balloon attracts the now positively charged
ceiling surface.
4. The electrostatic series identifies silk as hav-
ing a greater affinity for electrons than acetate
does. When acetate and silk are rubbed
together, electrons move from the acetate to
the silk because of the different affinity the
materials have for electrons.
5. Choose two materials listed at either end of
the electrostatic series, such as acetate and
silk, and rub them together to place the pre-
dictable negative charge on the silk.
Neutralize the acetate and then rub it with the
mystery substance. Place the mystery sub-
stance next to the silk and judge whether the
mystery substance has a negative charge
(repulsion) or a positive charge (attraction).
A negative charge would place the mystery
substance below acetate in the electrostatic
series. Similarly, rubbing the mystery sub-
stance with silk would help to place the
+

+ + +
+
Force of
Attraction
Balloon
Ceiling
mystery substance in the series compared to
silk. By selectively choosing different sub-
stances, you could narrow down the appropri-
ate spot for the mystery substance in the
electrostatic series.
6. Computer technicians touch the metallic part
of a computer before repair, assuming it is still
plugged into the wall outlet, so that they
ground themselves from any excess charge.
Otherwise, a static electric discharge could
damage the computers micro-circuitry.
7. Criterion Newtons law Coulombs law
of universal gravitation of electrostatic forces
Equation F
Gm
r
2
1
m
2
F
kq
r
1
2
q
2
Constant of G 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
k 9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
proportionality
Type of Attraction only Attraction and repulsion
force(s)
Conditions Acts between any Acts between any two
for use two masses electrostatic charges
8. Field lines show the direction of the net force
on a test charge in an electric field. Two
crossed field lines would mean that there
would be two net forces acting on a test
charge in two different directions at the same
time. This is impossible, since there is only
one net force at any point, which is only one
force in one direction by definition.
9. In an electric field, charges always move along
the direction described by the field lines. The
direction in which a charge moves along a
field line depends on the sign of the charge.
A positive charge will move in the direction
described by the arrows in a field diagram,
whereas a negative charge will move in the
opposite direction.
10. a) When a polar charged rod is placed perpen-
dicular to electric field lines, the rod will
tend to rotate such that it will become par-
allel to the field lines. The positive end of
the rod will point in the same direction in
which the field lines are oriented.
b) When a polar charged rod is placed parallel
to electric field lines, the rod will tend to
stay in the same orientation if its positive
end is pointing in the same direction as the
field lines. Otherwise, the rod will tend to
rotate 180 and point in the opposite direc-
tion (still parallel to the field lines).
11. Each point charge experiences an identical
force of repulsion from all of the other point
charges, so that they are all repelled symmetri-
cally outward from the centre of the orienta-
tion. A test charge placed outside of the circle
would experience a net force directed along
radial lines inward to the centre of the circle,
as shown in the diagram. A test charge placed
inside of the circle would experience no net
force, and therefore there would be no electric
field inside the circle at all.
This charge distribution models the electric
field inside a coaxial cable because the outer
braided conductor in a coaxial cable acts as
the site modelled by the ring of charge
described above. This ring acts to eliminate
the field within the entire cable.
12. By definition, the electric potential is the same
at any point along an equipotential line.
Therefore, no force is required, and no work
is done, to move a test charge along this line.
In a situation like this, a constant force causes
the constant acceleration of the test charge.
13. We use the term point charge to imply that
the charge has no larger physical dimensions.
Larger dimensions would mean that the
charge would exist within a region of space
instead of at a specific location. This implica-
tion reduces the number of variables and
simplifies questions that deal with the distri-
bution of charges within a three-dimensional
space. Any other approach would require
some way of accounting for the variability of
distances between charges.

14. Statement: In each case the field gets
stronger as you proceed from left to right.
False
Reasoning: The field lines remain the same
distance apart as you move from left to right
in the field in (b), so the field does not change
in strength.
Statement: The field strength in (a) increases
from left to right but in (b) it remains the
same everywhere. True
Reasoning: The field lines become closer
together as you move from left to right in the
field in (a), so the field does increase in
strength, whereas the field lines in (b) are par-
allel, so the field strength does not change.
Statement: Both fields could be created by a
series of positive charges on the left and nega-
tive ones on the right. False
Reasoning: Although true for (b), (a) must
be created by a single positive point charge at
the base of the four arrows.
Statement: Both fields could be created by a
single positive point charge placed on the
right. False
Reasoning: As described above, a point
charge could be responsible for (a), but (b)
would require rows of parallel opposites such
as those in oppositely charged parallel plates.
15. Electric fields are more complicated to work
with because the forces that charges exert on
each other are all significant. In contrast, the
gravitational force between small masses is
negligible compared with the gravitational
force exerted on them by large masses like
Earth.
16. The field shape around a single negative point
charge is exactly like that around a single posi-
tive point charge with the exception that for a
negative point charge, the arrows are all point-
ing inward instead of outward, as shown in
the following diagram.
17. Doubling the value of the test charge will do
nothing to the measurement of the strength of
the electric field. The force on the test charge
will double because of the change to the test
charge, but the field strength is measured as
the force experienced per unit charge,

q
F
t
.
Therefore, the doubling of the test charge and
the doubling of the force will cancel, leaving
the measurement of the field strength
unchanged.
18. The stronger an electric field is, the closer
together the field lines are. Therefore, a weak
electric field has field lines that are farther
apart than the field lines of a strong electric
field.
19. Both gravitational fields and electric fields are
made up of lines of force that are directed in a
way that a test item would be forced.
Gravitational fields are created by and influ-
ence masses, whereas electric fields involve
charges. Gravitational fields are always attrac-
tive. Electric fields can be attractive or repul-
sive, since they can exert forces in opposite
directions depending on the charge of the
object that is experiencing the field.
20. The direction of an electric field between a
positive charge and a negative charge is from
the positive charge toward the negative charge,
since electric fields are always directed the
way that a positive test charge would be
forced.
21. The electric potential energy is greater
between two like charges than between two
unlike charges the same distance apart
because of the differing sign of the electric
potential energy. The calculation of the

electric potential energy involves multiplying
the two charges. The product of two like
charges is positive and therefore greater than
the product of two unlike charges, which is
negative.
22. A high-voltage wire falling onto a car pro-
duces a situation in which there is a high-
potential source (the wire) very close to a
low-potential region (the ground). The people
in the car will be safe from electrocution as
long as they do not complete a circuit between
this high and low electric potential. They
should not open the car door, for example, and
step to the ground while maintaining contact
with the car.
23. Although opposite electric charges occur at
the two plates of a parallel-plate apparatus
when it is connected to a power supply, the
overall charge on the apparatus remains zero.
For every charge at one plate, there is an oppo-
site charge at the other plate, which balances
the overall charge to zero.
24. a) If the distance between the plates is dou-
bled then the field strength between the
plates will be halved.
b) If the charge on each plate is doubled then
the field strength will double.
c) If the plates are totally discharged and neu-
tral then the field strength will drop to
zero.
25. Two point charges of like charge and equal
magnitude should be placed side by side so
that both the electric field strength and the
electric potential will be zero at the midpoint
between the charges. If one of the two like
charges were doubled, the field strength and
the potential would both be zero at a point
two-thirds the separation distance away from
the doubled charge.
26. In the presence of electric fields, a field
strength and a potential of zero would exist at
a point where the sum of all electric forces
was zero. In question 25, the sum of the repul-
sive forces from each of the two like charges is
zero at some point between the two charges.
27. If a proton and an electron were released at a
distance and accelerated toward one another,
the electron would reach the greater speed just
before impact. The reason is that both parti-
cles would be acted upon by the same force of
attraction, but the electron has less mass. The
acceleration of each particle is
described by the formula a

m
F
, which
shows that for the same force, the smaller
mass would have the greater acceleration over
the same time period and therefore the greater
final speed.
28.
This type of motion is like upside-down pro-
jectile motion, since the charge moves in a
parabolic path. This is the type of motion that
an object would take if it were thrown hori-
zontally in Earths gravitational field. The
only difference here is that this charge appears
to be falling upward instead of downward.
29. No, a parallel-plate capacitor does not have
uniform electric potential. It does have uni-
form field strength between the two plates,
but the potential varies in a linear fashion
from one plate to the other. By definition, the
electric potential is uniform along any equipo-
tential line, which in this case is any line par-
allel to the two plates.
30. Charge Distribution Equipotential Lines
(a) (iii)
(b) (i)
(c) (ii)
31. a) The electrostatic interaction responsible
for the large potential energy increase at
very close distances is the repulsion
between the two positive nuclei.
b) This repulsion of the nuclei, and the asso-
ciated increase in electric potential energy,
is one of the main stumbling blocks for
generating energy through nuclear fusion.
This repulsion between nuclei means that
q
a very large amount of energy is required
to begin the reaction process.
c) The smaller increase in electric potential
energy upon separation of the two atoms is
caused by the attraction between the posi-
tively charged nucleus in each atom and
the negatively charged electron in the other
atom.
d) A stable bond is formed when two hydro-
gen atoms are about 75 pm apart because
this is the distance at which the electric
potential energy is minimized any closer
and the repulsion between nuclei pushes
the atoms apart, any farther away and the
nucleus-electron attraction draws the
atoms closer together.
32. A positive test charge moving along a line
between two identical negative point charges
would experience a topography similar to a
vehicle moving up a hill (away from one
charge), increasing the vehicles gravitational
potential energy, and then rolling down the
other side of the hill (toward the other
charge).
a) If the two identical point charges were
both positive, the hill would change to a
valley with the lowest part in the middle.
b) If a negative test charge was placed
between the two identical positive charges,
the topography would still resemble a val-
ley but now there would be a very deep
crater at the lowest part of the valley.
Chapter 9
1. The law of magnetic forces states that like
(similar) magnetic poles repel one another
and different (dissimilar) poles attract one
another, even at a distance.
2. A magnet can attract non-magnetic materials
as long as they are ferromagnetic in nature.
The magnet causes the internal domains
(small magnets) of a ferromagnetic substance
to line up in such a way that a new magnet is
induced in the substance such that there are
opposite magnetic poles which attract one
another.
3. A material that is attracted to a magnet or that
can be magnetized is called ferromagnetic.
Examples of ferromagnetic materials include
materials made from iron, nickel, or cobalt.
These materials are ferromagnetic because
they have internal domains that can be readily
aligned, due to the fact that these materials
have unpaired electrons in their outermost
electron energy level.
4. Magnets can lose their strength over time
because their domains, which initially are
aligned (pointing in the same direction), can
become randomized and point in other direc-
tions. This randomizing of the domains
reduces the overall strength of the entire mag-
net.
5. When a magnet is dropped or heated up, the
domains of the magnet, which initially are
aligned (pointing in the same direction), can
be disrupted and forced to point in other, ran-
dom directions. This randomizing of the
domains reduces the overall strength of the
entire magnet.
6. a)
b)
7. The electrons in the beam that is illuminating
your computer monitors screen are directed
from the back of the monitor forward to the
front of the screen, toward your face.
Therefore, conventional (positive) current
points in the opposite direction, away from
your face and back into the computer monitor.
This is the direction of the thumb of the right
F F
Currents in opposite directions
wires forced apart
T
x
F F
Currents in the same direction
wires forced together
T
hand when applying right-hand rule #1 for
current flow. From your perspective, the mag-
netic field forms circular formations in the
clockwise direction in and around the com-
puter monitor. Relative to the direction of the
electron beam, the magnetic field is directed in
the counterclockwise direction around the
beam.
8. A wire possessing an eastbound conventional
(positive) current has an associated circular
magnetic field that points upward on the
north side of the wire and downward on the
south side.
9. The magnetic field strength of a coil (an insu-
lated spring) varies inversely with the length
of the coil. Therefore, a reduction in the coil
length to half its original length will cause a
doubling of the magnetic field strength. This
all depends on the assumption that the length
of the coil is considerably larger than its diam-
eter.
10. a) For the force applied to a current-carrying
conductor to be at a maximum, the mag-
netic field must cross the conductor at an
angle of 90.
b) For the force applied to a current-carrying
conductor to be at a minimum, the mag-
netic field must cross the conductor at an
angle of 0.
11. According to right-hand rule #3 for the motor
principle, the direction of the force on the con-
ductor will be to the north.
12. An electron moving vertically downward that
enters a northbound magnetic field will be
forced toward the west.
13. A current-carrying solenoid produces a mag-
netic field coming directly out of one end of
the coil and into the other end. An electron
passing by either end of this coil experiences a
force that is at right angles to its motion. As
this force changes the direction of motion (a
centripetal force), the electron takes on a
curved path (circular motion). Application of
the appropriate right-hand rules predicts that
the electrons motion will curve in the same
direction as the direction of conventional cur-
rent flow through the coil.
14. The cathode rays will be deflected away from
the current-carrying wire, moving in a plane
that contains the wire.
15. Current passing through a helical spring will
produce a situation very similar to having two
parallel conductors with a current flowing in
the same direction. Application of the appro-
priate right-hand rules predicts that the mag-
netic field interaction between each pair of
the helical loops will force the spring to com-
press, reducing its length.
16. Current passing through a highly flexible wire
loop will tend to result in magnetic field inter-
actions that will force apart nearby sections of
the wire, so that the wire loop will most likely
(if the proper conditions exist) straighten out.
17. Faradays principle states that a magnetic field
that is moving or changing in intensity in the
region around a conductor causes or induces
electrons to flow in the conductor. To improve
the electromotive force induced in a conduc-
tor, we can increase the magnetic field
strength, the length of the conductor, and the
strength of the current flowing through the
conductor.
18. Current can be induced to flow in a conductor
if the conductor is moving with respect to a
magnetic field. The maximum induced current
occurs if the conductor and the field cross
each other at right angles.
19. Lenzs law states that the direction of the
induced current creates an induced magnetic
field that opposes the motion of the inducing
magnetic field. Lenz derived this law by rea-
soning that a decrease in kinetic energy in the
inducing magnetic field must compensate for
the increase in the electric potential energy of
the charges in the induced current, according
to the law of conservation of energy. This
decrease in kinetic energy is felt as an opposi-
tion to the inducing magnetic field by an
induced magnetic field.
20. The induced current can only create a mag-
netic field that opposes the action of move-
ment (conductor or field) in order to follow
the law of conservation of energy and Lenzs
law. If the motion were not opposed and the
induced magnetic field instead boosted the
motion, this would increase the kinetic energy
of the moving conductor or magnet, which
would violate the law of conservation of
energy.
21. a) Electromagnetic brakes might work by
using the undesirable motion of the vehicle
to provide the energy to induce current
flow in a conductor. The resulting creation
of electrical energy would be at the expense
of the kinetic energy of the vehicle, which
would slow down. This would be a case of
energy being transformed from one form to
another, following the law of conservation
of energy.
b) Electromagnetic induction brakes would be
capable of recovering some of the kinetic
energy of a vehicle that is normally lost as
heat in conventional brakes, thereby saving
money. The electrical energy generated
could be used to recharge the battery for an
electric vehicle/hybrid.
Chapter 10
1. The motion of a vibrating spring can be mod-
elled mathematically by a sine wave, which
resembles (visually) an electromagnetic wave.
As well, both waves are periodic.
2. The magnetic field is induced by the electric
field and thus they would both decrease. If
one component vanishes then the electromag-
netic radiation ceases to exist.
3. Visible light is relative to the human being
perceiving it. Also, some other animals see
in other regions such as the infrared and
ultraviolet.
4.
5. When metallic objects are placed in a
microwave oven, they can absorb electromag-
netic microwaves, which dislocate loose elec-
trons in the metal and allow charges to build
up on the surfaces, until the cumulative
charge is large enough to jump across an air
gap to another conductive material in the
oven, causing a spark.
6. Simple harmonic motion refers to a physical
state where the restoring force, acting on an
object when it is pulled away from some equi-
librium position, is proportional to the dis-
placement of the object from the equilibrium
position. Since there is a net force acting on
the object, it experiences an acceleration, and
thus the speed cannot be constant.
7. If a circle is viewed edge-on, with a dot
painted on the edge, and the circle is spun, the
dot will seem to exhibit simple harmonic
motion as it moves around the circle. From
the edge it will seem as if the dot is moving
back and forth, constantly passing the equilib-
rium position.
8. Electron oscillators absorb energy from the
incoming wave, causing it to be retarded.
When this secondary wave interferes with the
incident wave, a phase lag is created retarding
the wavefront, slowing it down.
9. Newtons theory of refraction predicts that
light speeds up as it changes direction. This is
incorrect since light decreases its speed when
bending toward the normal. You can show his
theory by rolling a marble across a boundary
between a flat area and an incline. As the
marble crosses the boundary, it bends toward
a line drawn perpendicular to the edge but it
speeds up.
r
i
Normal
10. One example of an invisible medium is a vac-
uum. The refractive index of a vacuum is
1.00. When the refractive index is 1.00, there
is no component of an incoming light ray that
is reflected. Since no light is reflected, the
medium is invisible. Another possibility is
that the medium is of the same refractive
index as the environment.
11. Using a laser, which is a powerful coherent
source of visible light, you can measure the
refraction of the ray as it enters a medium, or
the extent of polarization upon reflection
and/or transmission, all of which can be com-
bined to calculate the optical density of the
medium.
12. Because the refractive index is wavelength
dependent, when white light refracts through
a material, each component of light bends
slightly differently. This separates the light.
If the separation is great enough, dispersion
occurs.
13. As light passes through a prism, both refrac-
tions cause the light to refract in the same spa-
tial direction. This accentuates the spreading
of the colours.
14. No, sound waves cannot be polarized. Sound
waves are mechanical waves and refer to com-
pressions and rarefactions within a medium.
Sound waves have only one component, not
two like electromagnetic waves, and thus
polarization is impossible.
15. A polarizer and an analyzer are both thin
pieces of film. They are given different names
based on the order in which a wave enters
them. If two pieces of thin film are positioned
side by side, the first one struck by the wave is
known as the polarizer and the second one
the analyzer. If the two are flipped, the ana-
lyzer will become the polarizer and the polar-
izer will become the analyzer.
16. The lenses in polarized sunglasses are nor-
mally oriented in such a way as to restrict the
passage of plane-polarized light reflecting off
the surface of the ground and water (glare). If
the lenses are rotated, they will no longer
block the glare.
17. Yes, the effectiveness of Polaroid sunglasses
varies as the relative positions of the Sun and
the horizon vary, since the distribution of
scattered angles varies as well. The amount of
polarization is angle dependent, hence the
effectiveness of the glasses varies.
18. No, Polaroid sunglasses are not effective on
circularly polarized light, which is composed
of the two polarization directions combined in
a specific phase relationship causing the direc-
tion of the electric field vector to rotate
around. The linear polarizer cannot block out
both components, hence light is transmitted.
19. With a powerful light source, you can easily
notice that light reflects off dust particles in
the air. Sometimes, depending on the size of
the particles, certain frequencies of the elec-
tromagnetic spectrum are deflected/reflected
more than others. This effect causes a certain
colour to appear in the medium (for example,
the blue colour of the sky). By noting the
colour, you can determine the frequency and
thus the wavelength of light associated with
that colour. Once you know the wavelength,
you can calculate the approximate size of the
particles that would deflect waves of those fre-
quencies. Also, you can use the intensity of
the colour to estimate the density of the parti-
cles in the air.
20. Polarization: Electric fields of electromagnetic
radiation behave sinusoidally. The direction of
these fields is randomly oriented in any direc-
tion for unpolarized light. Two components
are obtained by using plane polarizers. The
two components can be combined using the
wave equation ( sin t) to form circularly or
elliptically polarized light.
Scattering: The wavelength of light, , compa-
rable to the size of particles in the air creates
the maximum scattering. The extent of scat-
tering of light by air molecules is proportional
to
4
.
Refraction: Using wavefronts, Snells law of
refraction is derived. Based on phase relation-
ships between the incident wave and the
transmitted wave, light is bent and slowed
down in different mediums.
Chapter 11
1. Refraction, polarization, interference, and
diffraction
2. Refraction, diffraction, and interference can
be demonstrated using water waves in ripple
tanks. Polarization cannot.
3. The film on a soap bubble is thicker at the
bottom than at the top, forming a wedge
shape, since gravity pulls the soap down. As
the films thickness changes, the interference
changes (destroys some wavelengths) and the
colours change.
4. As the gasoline evaporates, it becomes thin-
ner, changing the interference pattern and the
colours.
5. A camera lens has a thickness and material
designed to block out certain colours, whereas
a car windshield does not. These properties of
a lens produce interference patterns and a
colour change. Camera lenses are designed to
correct chromatic aberration caused by differ-
ent wavelengths bending at different angles
while being refracted.
6. a) Newton believed that light was a particle.
b) Changing peoples environments through
innovation can leave people feeling not in
control, especially in cases where a new
technology has the possibility of replacing
people in jobs.
c) Accepting theories prematurely hinders
progress, since it discourages research.
8. No, there are no interference patterns because
the two car headlights are not coherent light
sources and do not form a double slit.
9. Any imperfections are in the order of magni-
tude of the wavelengths of light used for the
experiment. This washes out the effect with
its own random interference patterns.
10. Sound waves are comparable in wavelength
size to the openings, increasing the diffractive
effect. Light waves have much smaller wave-
lengths and hence do not show these effects.
11. The resolving power of your eyes restricts
your ability to distinguish between objects at
great distances. This is because your pupils
are circular, allowing diffraction to occur.
12. No, diffraction patterns place a limit on
resolving power as well as the magnitude of
the wavelength of light used.
13. Both spectroscopes separate white light into
its colour components, but the prism spectro-
scope uses refraction and dispersion while the
grating spectroscope uses diffraction.
14. Continuous spectra involve an extensive range
of frequencies (example: sunlight spectrum).
With line spectra, on the other hand, discrete
frequencies are observed (example: molecular
gas spectrum).
15. Each piece of a hologram contains the com-
plete interference pattern of the object from
which the hologram was created, whereas a
piece of a normal photograph contains only
local information and nothing about the com-
plete photograph.
16. Diffraction gratings and interference gratings
are really the same thing. Diffraction gratings
actually use the interference superposition
formula. Gratings show both effectsthose
due to the width of a single opening and the
combination of all the openings.
17. Close spacing in a grating provides strong
mutual coupling, increasing the effect of inter-
ference. The separation of the maxima increases.
18. Gratings with many slits have high resolving
power. This means that the individual max-
ima become sharper.
19. Yes, because increasing the number of slits
decreases the slit separation. If the slit separa-
tion is reduced beyond what is comparable to
the wavelength of light, no light will get
through.
20. A single slit has a double central maximum,
with the intensities of the maxima dropping
off dramatically with order number. A diffrac-
tion grating has a single central maximum and
the intensities do not drop off as dramatically.
21. Diffraction occurs as light enters the pupil.
This places a limit on the eyes resolving
power. As you move away from the picture,
sooner or later you cannot distinguish
between the dots and they blend together to
form a continuous picture.
22. Electrons have a smaller wavelength to
that of visible light, and therefore have a
higher resolution. This also minimizes
diffraction. In fact, the beams of electrons
have an effective wavelength that is 10
5
times
that of visible light. This is a 100 000-fold
increase in resolution.
Chapter 12
1. A photon is a unit particle (as opposed to
wave) of electromagnetic radiation that moves
at the speed of light. Its energy is proportional
to the frequency of the radiation.
2. Ultraviolet radiation from the Sun is very
energetic due to its high frequency. The pho-
tons that possess this energy are the cause of
sunburn. These photons are energetic enough
to remove electrons from our body cells, caus-
ing a change in our skin biology and in severe
cases causing cancer.
3. Visual light is mostly in the infrared-visual
spectrum. The energy of these photons is not
sufficient to damage skin cells.
4. If h 0, quantization would not exist. There
would be no energy levels in atoms. Electrons
in atoms would therefore not attain any real
value for energy, resulting in the absence of
orbitals in atoms.
5. The electron volt (eV) corresponds to the
energy of an electron at a potential of one
volt. Hence, one electron volt is the energy
equalling the charge of an electron multiplied
by the potential of one volt: 1 eV q
e
1 V.
6. Wiens law relates the wavelength of photons
to the temperature of the black body.
7. W
0
, the work function, is the amount of energy
required to produce the photoelectric effect in a
given metal. It is the minimum energy required
to liberate electrons from a metal.
8. Since the photons have detectable linear
momentum, their mass equivalence can be
computed. Momentum is an intrinsic property
of matter, therefore we can assume that mass
equivalency is correct.
9. An empirical relationship is a relationship
that is determined experimentally. It is not
backed up by theory.
10. Determinacy is a condition of a measurement
being characterized definitely. An example of
an everyday event could be a repetitive meas-
urement of the length of a table. Each time the
measurement is made, errors are encountered.
If determinacy existed at the macroscopic
level, we would get the same length every
time.
11. The computation of uncertainties using
Heisenbergs uncertainty principle yields
minute values for speed and position. The lim-
itations of human perception prevent us from
experiencing such minute variances at the
macroscopic level.
12. Another device besides the STM that operates
using the principle of quantum tunnelling is
the electron tunnelling transistor, which is an
on-off switch that uses the ability of an elec-
tron to pass through impenetrable energy
obstacles.
13. The energy of an orbital varies as the inverse
square of the radius. Hence, the spectral lines
are closer together farther away from the
nucleus.
14. a) The peak wavelength emitted by a mercury
lamp lies in the visual spectrum. However,
this implies that there is a tail in the ultra-
violet spectrum. The ultraviolet photons
are energetic enough to damage skin cells.
b) An appropriate shielding that blocks ultra-
violet light but allows photons in the visual
spectrum to pass through could be used.
15. Consider two particles that have the same de
Broglie wavelength and masses m
1
and m
2
such that m
1
m
2
. According to de Broglies
equation, and , where v
1
and v
2
are the velocities of the two particles.
h
m
2
v
2
h
m
1
v
1
Since is the same for both particles, the fol-
lowing equation can be written:
This equation can be simplified:

m
1
v
1
m
2
v
2
Since m
1
m
2
, it follows that v
2
v
1
. If the
mass of the first particle is much greater than
that of the second particle, the velocity of the
second particle must be much greater than
that of the first particle.
16. According to Planck, the energy is quantized.
The angular momentum is certainly related to
the energy. Hence, the angular momentum
needs to be quantized as well. To quantize L,
Bohr had to quantize both the velocity, v, and
the radius, r.
17. Although the initial and the final speed and
the scatter angles are known, the manner in
which the actual collision occurs cannot be
precisely predicted, and the exact position of
the particles during the collision is not
known. Hence, the uncertainty principle is
not violated.
Chapter 13
1. Your car is in an inertial frame when it is
stopped, or when it is moving at a steady
speed in a straight line. Your car is in a
non-inertial frame when it is accelerating,
such as when you are braking, or when you
are making a turn.
2. Donovans reference frame is inertial because
the 100-m dash is in a straight line. Leahs
frame is non-inertial because the 400-m oval
requires her to constantly change direction.
3. No, without reference to the outside world,
it would be difficult to determine whether
the cruise ship was at rest or moving with a
constant velocity.
4. Suppose v swim speed and w water
speed. To swim upstream and back down,
it would take a total time of:
.
To swim straight across the stream (perpendi-
cular to the current) and back, it would take a
total time of:
2

.
But v v
2
w
2
, so
.
Therefore it would take longer to swim
upstream and back down than to swim across
the stream and back.
5. The Michelson-Morley null result led to the
development of special relativity, a tool needed
in the understanding of high-energy physics.
6. Analogous to the Doppler shift of sound, the
constant speed of light in a vacuum, c, requires
the wavelength of the approaching amber light
to shorten or become more yellowish.
7. In terms of Einsteins first postulate involving
relative motion, the two situations are equiva-
lent. The same physics occurs whether a mag-
net is moved into a stationary coil or a coil is
moved around a stationary magnet.
8. Proper time is the time measured by one
watch between the beginning and the end of
the experiment. This is the time measured by
a watch moving with the muon. The scientists
of Earth would require at least two watches,
one at the birth of the muon and the other at
its disintegration.
9. The relativity equation for length is
L L
0
. If v > c, then
is
negative and L becomes imaginary, which is
not physically reasonable.
10. Since the electrons would have a greater rela-
tive velocity than the protons, the space
between the electrons would be more con-
tracted. As a result, the concentration of elec-
trons would exceed that of the protons, and
the wire would seem negatively charged. For
this reason magnetism is a result of special rel-
ativity.
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
2dv
2
w
2
v
2
w
2
2dv
v
2
w
2
2dv
2
w
2
v
2
w
2
d
v
2
w
2
2dv
v
2
w
2
d
v w
d
v w
h
m
2
v
2
h
m
1
v
1
11. No, you have not travelled faster than the
speed of light. Instead, you have measured the
Earthstar distance to be contracted and thus
it took less time to travel at your speed of
v 0.98c.
12. No, although time is dilated (events seem
longer at relativistic speeds), it cannot slow
to a complete standstill unless v c.
13. In both cases of the Doppler shift for sound,
there is a shift to higher frequencies. However
the physics of sound waves generated by a
moving vibrating source colliding with air
molecules and perceived by a stationary
receiver is different from that of sound created
by a stationary source and perceived by a
moving source. For light, the frequency shift
depends only on the relative speed of the
source and receiver because the speed of light
is always c, according to the second postulate.
14. Only Barb is correct in saying that Phillips
clock ran slow, because his time was the
proper time that was at the beginning and fin-
ish of his experiment. If Phillip observed sta-
tionary Barb doing a similar experiment
beside the train, he would be correct in saying
that her clock ran slow.
15. If the charge of an electron depended on its
speed then the neutrality of atoms would be
upset by the motion of electrons within the
atoms. Experiments have shown that the
charge on an electron is the same at all speeds.
16. The radius of the orbit becomes smaller as the
magnetic field is increased because the radius
is equal to
m
qB
v
, where B is the magnetic field
strength.
17. No, because mass dilates as
, but
density
vo
m
lu
as
m
s
e
, and volume contracts as
. Therefore, density dilates as
.
18. The starlight will pass you at a speed of c
according to the second postulate of special
relativity.
19. The occupants of the spacecraft would say
that they observed the same things about us,
due to relative motion.
20. No, according to the second postulate of spe-
cial relativity, the light leaving the receding
mirror travels with speed c relative to you.
21. Tachyons or particles that travel with a speed
greater than c would seem to require infinite
energy. Experiments do not support their exis-
tence.
22. Particle A would have the greater speed
because its total energy due to mass dilation
(mc
2
) is three times its rest energy, whereas
particle B has a total energy dilated by a factor
of only two.
23. Since the ice and the water have the same
mass, they have the same total energy
(m
0
c
2
E
k
). However, the kinetic energy, E
k
,
of the water is higher than that of the ice and
for that reason the rest energy of the water is
less than that of the ice.
24. If you consider that energy is equivalent to
mass (E mc
2
), then electromagnetic energy
in the form of light could be considered to
have an equivalent mass.
25. A 100-eV electron has a dilated mass accord-
ing to:
mc
2
m
0
c
2
qV
mc
2
(0.511 0.000 100) MeV
mc
2
0.5111 MeV
This means that its mass is less than 0.02%
greater than its rest mass. A 100-MeV electron
has a mass equivalent to (0.511 100) MeV
of energy, which means that its mass is about
197 times its rest mass.
26. When we say that the rest mass of a muon is
106 MeV/c
2
, we mean that its rest energy is
equivalent to the kinetic energy of an electron
accelerated from rest through 106 million volts.
27. When a particle is travelling at an extremely
high speed, say 90% of the speed of light, a lot
of energy is needed to increase the particles
velocity by a few percent. As a result, the
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
mass of the particle increases by a large
amount. Therefore, it may be more accurate to
say that a particle accelerator increases the
mass of electrons rather than their speed.
Chapter 14
1. Every atom of the same element has the same
number of protons, and the number of protons
in the nucleus, Z, determines the chemical
properties of the atom. However, atoms of dif-
ferent isotopes of the same element have dif-
ferent numbers of neutrons (and thus different
A values), which results in different physical
properties such as nuclear stability or decay.
2. Many elements are composed of several natu-
rally occurring isotopes, each with a different
atomic mass number, A. The weighted average
of the isotopes mass numbers often results in
a non-integral value for the atomic mass of
that element.
3. Each nuclear isotope has a unique total bind-
ing energy determined by its nuclear struc-
ture. This binding energy is equivalent to the
mass difference between the nucleus and its
constituent nucleons (protons and neutrons)
according to E mc
2
.
4. The missing mass was converted to energy
of various forms such as gamma radiation
emitted during the formation of the deuterium
atom.
5. Your body, composed of many elements, likely
has more neutrons than protons, since stable
atoms with A > 20 have more neutrons than
protons.
6. During a nuclear reaction, nucleons may be
converted from one type to another, such as
neutrons to protons in beta decay. However,
the total nucleon number is conserved or
remains constant. On the other hand, various
forms of energy may be absorbed or emitted,
resulting in an equivalent change in mass.
7. The average binding energy per nucleon is
greater in the more stable isotopes because it
is the glue holding the nucleons together, or
the average amount of energy needed to break
them apart.
8. During alpha decay of a uranium-238 nucleus,
for example, the
N
Z
ratio of the parent nucleus
is
1
9
4
2
6
or about 1.59, and the ratio of the
daughter nucleus, , is or about
1.60. This leads to greater nuclear stability by
reducing the electrical repulsion of the pro-
tons relative to the nuclear attraction of
nucleons. During beta decay, the
N
Z
ratio of
the parent nucleus,
1
9
4
2
6
or about 1.59, is
greater than the ratio of the daughter nucleus,
, which is or about 1.56.
Although the greater ratio of protons to neu-
trons in the daughter tends to increase the
electrical repulsive forces, the beta-decay
process can lead to greater nuclear stability
through the pairing of previously unpaired
neutrons or protons in the nuclear shells.
9. During alpha decay, the daughter nucleus has
a mass, M, that is much larger than the mass
of the alpha particle, m. Since momentum is
conserved, the velocity of the daughter
nucleus, v, is much smaller than the velocity
of the alpha particle, V (Mv mV).
Therefore, the kinetic energy of the alpha par-
ticle, 0.5mV
2
, is much greater than that of the
daughter nucleus, 0.5Mv
2
.
10. If an alpha particle had enough initial kinetic
energy to contact a gold nucleus then a
nuclear process such as fusion or fission could
occur, because at that closeness the short-
range nuclear force would overpower the
electrical force of proton repulsion that is
responsible for scattering.
11. a) p b) c) d) e)
12. The strong nuclear force differs from the elec-
trical force in that: (i) the strong nuclear force
is very short-range, acting over distances of
only a few femtometres (10
15
m); (ii) the
strong nuclear force is much stronger than the
electrical force over nuclear distances of 1 or
2 fm; (iii) the strong nuclear force does
145
93
N 1
Z 1
144
90
N 2
Z 2
not vary with distance r as
r
1
2
as does the
electrical force; and (iv) the strong nuclear
force is attractive only, acting between all
nucleons (protonproton, protonneutron,
and neutronneutron).
13. The rate of decay of radioactive isotopes was
not affected by combining them in different
molecules or by changing the temperature.
These changes usually affect the rate of chem-
ical reactions, thus radioactivity must be
found deeper within the atom (in the
nucleus).
14. The nuclear force only binds nucleons that
are neighbours. This short-range energy is
proportional to the number of nucleons, A, in
the nucleus. On the other hand, the electrical
repulsion of protons is long-range and acts
between all proton pairs in the nucleus. The
electrical energy is therefore proportional to
Z
2
. Repulsion would overcome attraction in a
larger nucleus if there were not more neutrons
than protons to keep the forces balanced and
the nucleus stable.
15. Alpha particles are ions, since they are helium
atoms stripped of their electrons.
16. If human life expectancy were a random
process like radioactive decay then you
would expect 25% of the population to live
to 152 years. However, this is not the case.
As humans age, their expected number of
years left to live decreases.
17. Carbon-14 undergoing beta decay results in
the daughter isotope nitrogen-14.
18. Industrialization and automobile emissions
have effected changes in our atmosphere such
as global warming and ozone-layer depletion.
Such changes in the past 100 years may be
altering the
14
C:
12
C ratio in the air.
19. Potassium salts are rapidly absorbed by brain
tumours, making them detectable. The short
half-life of potassium-42 means that the
dosage decays to a safe, insignificant level
quickly. The transmutation to a stable calcium
salt by beta decay is not harmful to the body.
20. Aquatic creatures do not respire or breathe
atmospheric gases directly. The
14
C:
12
C ratio in
the ocean is different than in the air.
21. Relics that are more than 60 000 years old
have lasted more than 10.5 half-lives of car-
bon-14. The
14
C:
12
C ratio in these relics is
about 1500 times smaller now and is difficult
to determine.
22. The more massive lead atoms scatter the radi-
ation particles more effectively than do the
less massive water molecules, and may also
present a larger target for a high-speed elec-
tron or alpha particle.
23. Transmutation involves a change in the pro-
ton number, Z. This occurs during alpha and
beta decay but does not occur during gamma
decay, in which a nucleus merely becomes less
energized.
24. Alpha particles are more massive than beta or
gamma particles and transfer more energy to
a molecule of the body during a collision. This
has a much more disastrous effect upon the
cells of the body.
25. Yes, 4.2 MeV of kinetic energy is sufficient for
an alpha particle to overcome the electrical
repulsion of the positively charged nuclei
(see problem 72) and contact the nitrogen-14
nucleus, thus a nuclear interaction or process
is possible.
26. The matches are as follows: gaseswind; liq-
uidswater; plasmasfire; and solidsearth.
27. For fission to occur in naturally occurring
deposits of uranium, a minimum concentration
of uranium would be needed in order to sustain
a source of slow neutrons necessary to maintain
the fission process. This concentration is not
present in uranium deposits.
28. The huge inward pull of the Suns gravita-
tional field confines the solar plasma. Lacking
this huge confining force on our less massive
Earth, scientists instead use strong electro-
magnetic fields to confine plasmas.
29. In a fusion reactor, the major problem is to
create the exact and difficult conditions of
high temperatures and plasma concentrations
needed to initiate a fusion process. The
moment these conditions are not met, the
process stops.
30. The high temperature in fusion means that
the ions have a very high speed, which allows
them to approach one another very closely
during collisions. If the ions kinetic energy is
sufficient to overcome the electrical repulsion
of the nuclei, and the nuclei touch, then
fusion is possible.
31. Critical mass in fission involves the existence
of enough fuel so that the fast neutrons emit-
ted during fission are slowed and absorbed
within the fuel itself before they escape. In
this way the reaction is sustained by a contin-
ual source of slow neutrons.
32. Natural uranium is not concentrated enough
(its too wet) to provide the critical mass
needed to slow down any fast neutrons (the
spark needed) and capture them to create a
sustainable reaction.
33. A bubble chamber is superheated almost to the
point of instability. When a charged particle
passes through, it triggers the formation of a
fine stream of bubbles in its wake. Neutral par-
ticles such as neutrons carry no electric field
and leave no visible tracks in the chamber.
34. High-energy accelerators provide ions with
enough kinetic energy that each ions total
energy, E mc
2
, becomes many times greater
than its rest mass. In a collision there is a
probability that this energy could be converted
to a massive elementary particle.
35. In the high-energy accelerator at UBC, the
strong nuclear force, acting over a very brief
period of time (10
23
s) during collisions, pro-
duces pi-mesons or pions.
36. The weak nuclear force is usually masked
by the stronger (by a factor of 10
3
) electro-
magnetic force or (by a factor of 10
5
) strong
nuclear force, unless these forces are forbid-
den. Any process involving the neutrino, such
as beta decay, involves the weak force. The
neutrino reacts rarely, or weakly, with other
elementary particles over a longer time span
(10
8
s) compared with the shorter interaction
times (10
23
s) of the strong nuclear force.
37. Gravitational interactions are the weakest of
the four forces. At elementary particle dis-
tances the gravitational force is 10
40
times as
great as the strong nuclear force. For this rea-
son the graviton or messenger of the gravita-
tional force is extremely difficult to detect.
38. The weak force is 10
3
times as great as the
electromagnetic force at elementary particle
distances. The weak force is mainly involved
in neutrino interactions or processes where
the electric and strong forces are forbidden.
The exchange bosons of the weak force are
Wand Z bosons of mass 80 GeV/c
2
and
91 GeV/c
2
respectively, as compared to the
photons of the electric force. The range of the
weak force is about 10
18
m, compared to
infinity for electromagnetism. The weak force
acts on both leptons (particles not affected
by the strong force, such as electrons) and
hadrons (particles affected by the strong
force), whereas electromagnetism acts only
on charged particles.
39. Strong nuclear processes are the fastest (or
shortest), with a lifetime of about 10
23
s.
40. A high-energy particle travels close to the
speed of light, c 3 10
8
m/s. Thus, in a
strong nuclear interaction of 10
23
s, the
cloud-chamber track would be 3 10
15
m,
too small to measure.
41. No, a heavier, unstable version of the
electron, the tauon or tau, , has a mass
of 1777 MeV/c
2
, greater than the mass of
the proton or neutron (931.5 MeV/c
2
).
42. Since gluons, the quanta of the quark force
field, carry one colour and one anti-colour,
there should be 3
2
9 possible combinations
(rR, rB, rG, bR, bB, bG, gR, gB, and gG).
However, the three colour-neutral gluons (rR,
bB, and gG) must be handled differently
because of what are known as symmetry laws.
For this reason only two possible neutral cou-
plings exist, not three, making a total of eight
colour gluons to act as the source of
quarkquark interactions.
Chapter 1
16. a) Distance is a scalar, so your total distance
travelled would be 10 20 m 200 m.
b) Displacement is a vector, and since you
end up 0 m from where you started, your
displacement is 0 m.
17. a) Since distance is a scalar, his total distance
travelled would be:
d |15 m [E]| |6.0 m[W]| |2.0 m [E]|
d 15 m 6.0 m 2.0 m
d 23 m
b) Since displacement is a vector, his total
displacement would be:
d
15 m [E] 6.0 m [E] 2.0 m [E]

d
11 m [E]
18. g
g 32 ft/s
2
19. a) 10 knots
10 knots 18.5 km/h

b) from a),
10 knots
10 knots 5.14 m/s
20. To find the number of centimetres in one light
year, simply express the speed of light in cen-
timetres per year:

9.5 10
17
cm/y
Therefore, there are 9.5 10
17
cm in one light
year.
21. Catwoman:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
6.5 m/s
Robin:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
7.1 m/s
22. a) The speed of the sweep second hand at the
6 oclock position is the same as anywhere
else on the clock:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
2.1 10
3
m/s
b) The velocity of the second hand at the 6
oclock position is 2.1 10
3
m/s [left]
because the velocity is always tangent to
the face and perpendicular to the hand.
23. a) The time it would take the shopper to walk
up the moving escalator is:
t
where v
t
is the sum of the velocity of the
escalator and the woman:
v
t

v
t
Therefore, t
t 5.2 s
d
1
2
2
3
0
d
s
23d
120 s
d
8.0 s
d
15 s
d
v
t
2(0.02 m)
60 s
2r
t
d
t
200 m
28.0 s
d
t
100 m
15.4 s
d
t
365 d
1 y
24 h
1 d
60 min
1 h
60 s
1 min
100 cm
1 m
3.0 10
8
m
1 s
2.78 10
4
h
1 s
1000 m
1 km
18.5 km
1 h
1.0 10
5
km
1 cm
2.54 cm
1 in
12 in
1 ft
6080 ft
1 nm
10 nm
1 h
0.083 ft
1 in
0.394 in
1 cm
100 cm
1 m
9.8 m
1 s
2
Sol uti ons to End-of -chapter Probl ems 87
PART 3 Solutions to End-of-chapter Problems
b) In this case, v
t
is equal to her walking
speed minus the speed of the escalator:
v
t

v
t
Since this velocity is positive, she could

walk down the escalator. Also, intuitively,
if the escalator takes 15 s to go the same
distance that the woman can in 8 s, then
she is faster and will therefore make it
down the escalator. To find how long it
will take her, solve for time:
t
t 17 s
24. Because the rabbit accelerates at a constant rate,
v
2
v
1
at
v
2
(0.5 m/s) (1.5 m/s
2
)(3.0 s)
v
2
5.0 m/s
25. Mach 1 332 m/s
Mach 2 2(332 m/s)
Mach 2 664 m/s
Because the jet accelerates at a constant rate:
v
2
v
1
at
t
t
t 6.6 s
26. a
400 m/s
2
[E]
27. Let t be the time when the two friends meet.
Let x be the distance travelled by the second
friend to reach the first friend.
For the first friend:
v
d vt
and
d 50 x
Therefore:
x 50 vt
For the second friend:
x v
1
t
x
Now we set these two expressions for x equal
to each other and solve for time:
50 vt
t
2
t 100 0
t
t 9.5 s
28. a) v
2
v
1
at
and v
1
equals zero, so
v
2
at
t
t
t 6.0 s
b) To find Batmans distance travelled, we
must first convert his acceleration into
standard SI units:

2.78 m/s
2
Now:
d
d
d 50 m
c) Robins speed in SI units is:

16.7 m/s
When Batman catches up with Robin,
Robin will have travelled:
d v
1
t
d (16.7 m/s)t
relative to Batmans initial position.
1000 m
1 km
1 h
3600 s
60 km
1 h
(2.78 m/s)(6.0 s)
2
2
at
2
2
1000 m
1 km
1 h
3600 s
10 km
1 hs
60 km/h
10 km/h/s
v
2
a
1 1 4( 100 )
2
at
2
2
at
2
2
at
2
2
d
t
(25 m/s [E] 15 m/s [E])
0.10 s
(25 m/s [E] 15 m/s [W])
0.10 s
(v
2
v
1
)
t
(664 m/s 332 m/s)
50 m/s
2
(v
2
v
1
)
a
d
12
7
0
d
s
7d
120 s
d
15 s
d
8.0 s
88 Sol uti ons to End-of -chapter Probl ems
Similarly, Batman will have travelled:
d
d (1.39 m/s
2
)t
2
Setting these two expressions equal and
solving for t gives:
( 16.7 m/s)t (1.39 m/s
2
)t
2
0
t 12.0 s
29. If the child catches the truck, she will have
travelled 20 m d, and the truck will have
travelled d in the same amount of time, t.
For the truck:
d
d (0.5 m/s
2
)t
2
For the child:
v
avg
d (4.0 m/s)t 20 m
Setting these two equations equal and solving
for t gives:
(4.0 m/s)t 20 m (0.5 m/s
2
)t
2
t
2
8t 40 0
This expression has no real roots, therefore
the child will not catch the truck.
30. a) After ten minutes, the runner has gone
(4000 m 800 m) 3200 m, at a speed of:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
5.33 m/s
If she then accelerates at 0.40 m/s
2
for the
final 800 m, it will take:
d v
1
t
800 m (5.33 m/s)t (0.20 m/s
2
)t
2
t
t 51 s
b) Since she had two minutes to go, she will
finish under her desired time.
31. We can use the information given to find the
speed of the flower pot at the top of the win-
dow, and then use the speed to find the height
above the window from which the pot must
have been dropped.
Since the pot accelerates at a constant rate of
9.8 m/s
2
, we can write:
d v
1
t
v
1

v
1

v
1
8.5 m/s
Now we can find the distance above
the window:
v
1
2
v
o
2
2ad
d
d
d 3.7 m
32. a) The only force acting on the ball while it is
falling is that of gravity, so its acceleration
is 9.8 m/s
2
downward.
b) Since the ball is being constantly accelerated
downward, it cannot slow down.
c) d v
1
t
d (8.0 m/s)(0.25 s)
d 2.3 m
33. d v
1
t
(4.0 m) (4.0 m/s)t
(4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
(4.0 m/s)t 4.0 m 0
t
t 1.4 s
34. For the first stone, the distance it falls before
reaching the second stone is:
h d
d (4.9 m/s
2
)t
2
h
at
2
2
4 16 4 (4.9)( 4)
9.8
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
2
at
2
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)(0.25 s)
2
2
at
2
2
((8.5 m/s)
2
(0 m/s)
2
)
2(9.8 m/s
2
)
(v
1
2
v
o
2
)
2a
(9.8 m/s
2
)(0.20 s)
2
19 m
0.20 s
at
2
d
t
at
2
2
5.33(5.33)
2
4( 0.20)( 800)
2(0.20)
at
2
2
3200 m
600 s
d
t
(d 20 m)
t
at
2
2
at
2
2
For the second stone, its distance travelled is
given by:
d v
i
t
d v
i
t 4.9t
2
Setting these expressions equal to each other
and solving for t gives:
4.9t
2
h v
i
t 4.9t
2
t
35. a) Because the jackrabbits distance vs. time is
changing at a constant rate during seg-
ments B, C, and D, he is undergoing uni-
form motion at these times.
b) Because the jackrabbits distance vs. time is
not changing at a constant rate during seg-
ment A but is increasing exponentially, his
velocity vs. time must be increasing at a
constant rate, and he is undergoing uni-
form acceleration during this segment.
c) The average velocity during segment B is:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
5 m/s
During segment C:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
0 m/s
During segment D:
v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
10 m/s
d) v
avg
v
avg
v
avg
9.1 m/s
e) Since the jackrabbits displacement is
not changing between 20 s and 30 s, his
velocity over this interval, and at 25 s,
is 0 m/s.
f) The jackrabbit is running in the opposite
direction.
g) The jackrabbits displacement is:
d 100 m 50 m 0 m 120 m
d 30 m
36. a) The cars acceleration for each segment
can be found by taking the slope of the
graph during that segment:
During segment A:
a
1
a
1
a
1
1 m/s
2
During segment B:
a
2
a
2
a
2
2 m/s
2
During segment C:
a
3
a
3
a
3
2 m/s
2
b) The car is slowing down, or decelerating.
c) To find the distance travelled by the car,
we must find the area under the graph,
which can be approximated by the sum of
rectangles and triangles:
A: d
1
d
1
d
1
12.5 m
B: d
2
v
1
t
d
2

(5 m/s)(9 s 5 s)
d
2
35 m
(12.5 m/s 5 m/s)(9 s 5 s)
2
vt
2
(5 m/s 0 m/s)(5 s 0 s)
2
vt
2
(1 m/s 13 m/s)
(15 s 9 s)
v
t
(13 m/s 5 m/s)
(9 s 5 s)
v
t
(5 m/s 0 m/s)
(5 s 0 s)
v
t
150 m 0 m
17.5 s 1.0 s
d
t
50 m 150 m
50 s 30 s
d
t
150 m 150 m
30 s 20 s
d
t
150 m 100 m
20 s 10 s
d
t
h
v
i
at
2
2
C: d
3
v
2
t
d
3

(1 m/s)(15 s 9 s)
d
3
40.5 m
d
total
d
1
d
2
d
3
d
total
12.5 m 35 m 40.5 m
d
total
88 m
NOTE: The solutions to problem 37 are based on
the velocity axis of the graph reading 60, 40, 20, 0,
20, 40, 60.
37. a) Because the skateboarder has a positive
velocity between 0 and 5 seconds, this por-
tion of the graph must describe his upward
motion.
b) Since the skateboarder has a negative
velocity from 5 to 10 seconds on the graph,
he must be descending during this portion
of the graph.
c) The skateboarder is undergoing uniform
acceleration.
d) The skateboarder is at rest when his veloc-
ity equals zero, at t 5 s. When his veloc-
ity equals zero, he is at the top of the side
of the swimming pool, or ground level.
e) The skateboarders acceleration can be
found from the slope of the graph. It
should be equal to g:
a
a
a 10 m/s
2
38. a) At t 4.0 s, each Stooges acceleration is:
Curly:
a
a 0 m/s
2
Larry:
a
a
a 2.5 m/s
2
Moe:
a
a
a 5.0 m/s
2
b) To find their distance travelled, we take
the area under the graph for each Stooge:
Curly:
d vt
d (25 m/s)(4.0 s)
d 100 m
Larry:
d
d
d 20 m
Moe:
d
d
d 40 m
c) Since Curly is travelling at a constant
velocity:
v
t
t
t 24 s
Larry accelerates for the first 18 s of the
race. His distance travelled at this point is:
d
d
d 405 m
(45 m/s)(18 s)
2
vt
2
(600 m)
(25 m/s)
d
v
d
t
(20 m/s)(4.0 s)
2
vt
2
(10 m/s)(4.0 s)
2
vt
2
(20 m/s 0 m/s)
(4.0 s 0 s)
v
t
(10 m/s 0 m/s)
(4.0 s 0 s)
v
t
v
t
(50 m/s 50 m/s)
(10 s 0 s)
v
t
(1 m/s 12.5 m/s)(15 s 9 s)
2
vt
2
Then, travelling at a constant velocity of
45 m/s, he will traverse the last 195 m in:
t
t
t 4.3 s
His total time is:
18 s 4.3 s 22.3 s
Moe accelerates for the first 8 s of the race.
His distance travelled in this time is:
d
d
d 160 m
Then, travelling at a constant velocity of
40 m/s, he will traverse the last 440 m in:
t
t
t 11 s
His total time is:
8 s 11 s 19.0 s
Therefore, Moe wins with the fastest time
of 19.0 s.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43. a) The gravitational force down-
ward is equal in magnitude to
the tension in the elevator
cable.
b) The gravitational force down-
the tension in the elevator cable.
Elevator
F
g
F
tension
Elevator
F
g
F
tension
Textbook F
f
F
g
F
n
Baby
F
support
F
g
Box #2
F
f
F
2,1
F
g
F
n
Box #1
F
1,2
F
applied
F
n
F
f
F
g
Ball
F
g
F
bat
(440 m)
(40 m/s)
d
v
(40 m/s)(8.0 s)
2
vt
2
(195 m)
(45 m/s)
d
v
c) The acceleration downward is
9.8 m/s
2
.
d) The gravitational force down-
the normal force upward.
e) The gravitational
force is equal in
magnitude to the
normal force, and
the force due to the
catapult must be
large in order to
accelerate the jet.
44. The drivers initial velocity is the same as that
of the car:
v
1

v
1
13.9 m/s
His final velocity is zero, and the distance he
travels is 0.6 m:
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
a
a
a 161 m/s
2
a 16.4 g
45. F
net
ma, and
a , so
F
net
F
net
F
net
6.2 10
4
N
46. F
net
ma
a
a
a 2.0 m/s
2
We also know that:
t
t
t 0.25 s
47. Since
F m
a
(6.0 m/s
2
) and
F m
b
(8.0 m/s
2
), it follows that:
m
a
(6.0 m/s
2
) m
b
(8.0 m/s
2
)
m
b
0.75m
a
If the same force were used to accelerate both
masses together, we would have:
F (m
a
m
b
)a
F (m
a
0.75m
a
)a
F 1.75am
a
But we already know that
F m
a
(6.0 m/s
2
),
so we now have:
m
a
(6.0 m/s
2
) 1.75am
a
a 3.4 m/s
2
48. The force applied by the hammer is given by:
F
net
ma
But we also know that:
d
a
2d
t
2
at
2
2
(0 m/s 0.5 m/s)
2.0 m/s
2
(v
2
v
1
)
a
400 N
200 kg
F
net
m
(10 000 kg)[(150 m/s)
2
(100 ms)
2
]
2(1000 m)
m(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
((0 m/s)
2
(13.9 m/s)
2
)
2(0.6)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
1000 m
km
1 min
60 s
1 h
60 min
50 km
1 h
F-14
F
n
F
catapult
F
g
Car
F
n
F
g
Elevator
F
g
Therefore:
F
net
F
net
F
net
4.7 N
Therefore, the force applied to the nail by the
hammer is 4.7 N and the force applied to the
hammer by the nail is 4.7 N.
49. The force due to the cows on the plate is:
F
net
(m
1
m
2
m
3
m
4
m
5
)g
F
net
5(200 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
net
9800 N
From Newtons third law, the steel plate exerts
a force of 9800 N upward.
50. a) The acceleration of the water skiers can be
found using:
F
net
ma
a
a
a 39.2 m/s
2
b) The force applied by the first skier on the
second two skiers is equal to the sum of
their masses times their acceleration:
F
net
m
t
a
F
net
(75 kg 80 kg)(39.2 m/s
2
)
F
net
6.1 10
3
N
The force applied by the third skier on the
first two skiers is equal to his mass times
his acceleration:
F
net
m
t
a
F
net
(75 kg)(39.2 m/s
2
)
F
net
2.9 10
3
N
From Newtons third law, the forces
applied by the second skier on the first
and third skiers are 6.1 10
3
N and
2.9 10
3
N, respectively.
51. The forces in the vertical direction are
balanced:
F
g
mg
F
g
F
n
, therefore:
F
f
F
n
F
f
mg
F
f
(0.16)(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
f
3.1 N
52. F
net
F
f
F
net
ma
F
net
F
n
We also know that a , therefore:
F
n
mg
d
d
d 6.8 10
2
m
53. F
net
F
engine
F
friction
F
engine
F
net
F
friction
F
net
ma
F
friction
F
n
F
engine
ma F
n
F
engine
ma mg
a , therefore:
F
engine
mg
F
engine

(0.3)(800 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
engine
4.2 10
3
N
54. F
g
F
g
F
g
6.0 10
6
N
Their acceleration would be:
a
a
a 2.0 10
11
m/s
2
(6.0 10
6
N)
(300 000 kg)

F
g
m
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(300 000 kg)
2
(1000 m)
2
Gm
1
m
2
r
2
(800 kg)(27.8 m/s 13.9 m/s)
6.0 s
m(v
2
v
1
)
t
(v
2
v
1
)
t
[(0 m/s)
2
(2.0 m/s)
2
]
2(3.0)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2g
m(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
m(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
10 000 N
(75 kg 80 kg 100 kg)

F
net
(m
1
m
2
m
3
)
2(1.8 kg)(0.013 m)
(0.10 s)
2
2md
t
2
55. If the mass of Earth where doubled, the accel-
eration due to gravity would be:
F
g
m
1
g
g
g
g 19.6 m/s
2
56. The net gravitational force on planet Z would
be equal to the sum of the gravitational forces
caused by each planet:
F
net
F
x
F
y
F
net

F
net
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(5.0 10
24
kg)
F
net
6.16 10
17
N
57. The astronauts weight, or his mass times the
acceleration due to gravity, is:
W
W
W 894 N
Chapter 2
14. a) Horizontal: d
x
(25 km) cos 20
d
x
23 km [E]
Vertical: d
y
(25 km) sin 20
d
y
8.6 km [N]
b) Horizontal: F
x
(10 N) sin 30
F
x
5.0 N [E]
Vertical: F
y
(10 N) cos 30
F
y
8.7 N [S]
c) Horizontal: a
x
(30 m/s) cos 45
a
x
21 m/s
2
[W]
Vertical: a
y
(30 m/s) sin 45
a
y
21 m/s
2
[S]
d) Horizontal: p
x
(42 kgm/s) sin 3
p
x
2.2 kgm/s [W]
Vertical: p
y
(42 kgm/s) cos 3
p
y
42 kgm/s [N]
15. a) l (10 m) cos 40
l 7.7 m
b) h (10 m) sin 40
h 6.4 m
16. Horizontal: a
x
(4.0 m/s
2
) cos 35
a
x
3.3 m/s
2
Vertical: a
y
(4.0 m/s
2
) sin 35
a
y
2.3 m/s
2
17. Adding by components:
d
x
(2.0 km) (3.0 km) cos 20
x
4.8 km [W]
d
y
(3.0 km) sin 20
y
1.0 km [N]
d (4.8 k m)
2
( 1.0 km )
2
d 4.9 km
tan
1

12
Therefore, d
4.9 km [W12N].
18. |v
i
| (10 m /s)
2
(20 m /s)
2
|v
i
| 22 m/s
tan
1

63
Therefore, v
i
22 m/s inclined 63 to the hor-
izontal.
20 m/s
10 m/s
1.0 km
4.8 km
(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(100 kg)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(6.38 10
6
m 3.0 10
5
m)
2
Gm
A
m
E
r
AE
2
4.0 10
24
kg
(5.0 10
10
m)
2
3.0 10
24
kg
(6.0 10
10
m 5.0 10
10
m)
2
Gm
z
m
y
r
zy
2
Gm
z
m
x
r
zx
2
2(6.67 10
11
N m
2
/kg
2
)(5.97 10
24
kg)
(6.38 10
6
m)
2
G2m
E
r
2
Gm
1
2m
E
r
2
Gm
1
2m
E
r
2
19. Adding by components:
d
x
(50 cm) sin 35 (100 cm) cos 15
d
x
67.9 cm
d
y
(20 cm) (50 cm) cos 35
(100 cm) sin 15
d
y
46.8 cm
d (67.9 cm)
2
(46.8 cm)
2
d 82 cm
tan
1

55
Therefore,
82 cm [S55W].
20. v

v
f
v
i
v

28 m/s [N30W] 30 m/s [S]
v
28 m/s [N30W] 30 m/s [N]

Adding the vectors by components,
v
56 m/s [N15W]
21. v
f
v
i
v
1.8 m/s [N30E] 2.0 m/s [S30E]

v
1.8 m/s [N30E] 2.0 m/s [N30W]

Adding the vectors by components,
v
3.3 m/s [N2W]

a
33 m/s
2
[N2W]
22. a) The current velocity has no effect on the
vertical component of the swimmers veloc-
ity, which is needed for crossing the river.
Therefore:
t
t
t 0.44 h
b) The current velocity determines how far
the swimmer travels downstream, there-
fore:
d
d
(v
c
)(t)
d
d
(0.50 km/h)(0.44 h)
d
d
0.22 km
c) v
g
v
s
2
v
c
2
v
g
(1.8 k m/h)
2
(0. 5 km/ h)
2
v
g
1.9 km/h
tan
tan
1

16
The ground velocity is v
g
1.9 km/h
[N16E].
23. a) In order to go north, his ground velocity
must be north.
Since v
s
and v
c
are known,
sin
sin
1

16
The swimmer must swim [N16W] in
order to go straight north.
b) v
g
v
s
2
v
c
2
v
g
(1.8 k m/h)
2
(0. 5 km/ h)
2
v
g
1.7 km/h
His ground velocity is v
g
1.7 km/h [N].
c) t
t
t 0.46 h
0.8 km
1.7 km/h
d
v
g
0.5 km/h
1.8 km/h
v
c
v
s
g
v
c
v
s
0.5 km/h
1.8 km/h
v
c
v
s
0.80 km
1.8 km/h
d
v
s
3.3 m/s [N2W]
0.10 s
v
t
67.9 cm
46.8 cm
24. The time it takes the sandwich to reach the
road is:
t
t
t 5.0 s
The distance of the pick-up truck when the
sandwich is released is:
d
t
(v
t
)(t)
d
t
(60 km/h)(5.0 s)
d
t
(17 m/s)(5.0 s)
d
t
83 m
25.
cos
cos
1

82
The pilot must fly [N82E] or [E7.7N].
26.
Use the sine law to find :
sin
1

6.8
Use the sum of the interior angles of a triangle
to find :
180
180
180 135 6.8
38
The ships required heading is [N38E].
27. a) Since the velocities are given relative to the
deck, they are the velocities relative to the
ship.
Walking towards stern: v
0.5 m/s [S];

walking towards port, v
0.5 m/s [W].

b)
v
pw
v
ps
v
sw
Walking towards stern:
v
pw
v
ps
v
sw
v
pw
0.5 m/s [S] 10 km/h [N]
v
pw
0.5 m/s [N] 2.78 m/s [N]
v
pw
2.3 m/s [N]
Walking towards port:
v
pw
v
ps
v
sw
v
pw
0.5 m/s [W] 2.78 m/s [N]
v
pw
v
ps
2
v
sw
2
v
pw
(0.5 m /s)
2
(2.78 m/s)
2
v
pw
2.8 m/s
tan
tan
1

10
Walking towards stern, v
2.3 m/s [N];

walking towards port, v
2.8 m/s [N10W].

28. a) v
f
t
t
t 1.2 s
To reach the pail, the quarterback must be
1.2 s away from reaching the garbage pail,
therefore:
d
qg
(v
q
)(t)
d
qg
(4.0 m/s)(1.2 s)
d
qg
4.8 m
The quarterback must release the ball
4.8 m in advance.
b) 1.2 s as calculated in part a.
c) v
g
v
f
2
v
q
2
v
g
(5.0 m /s)
2
(4.0 m /s)
2
v
g
6.4 m/s
6.0 m
5.0 m/s
d
g
v
f
d
g
t
0.5 m/s
2.78 m/s
v
ps
v
sw
velocity of
ship relative
to water
velocity of
pass. relative
to ship
velocity of
pass. relative
to water
v
c
sin
v
s
sin
v
s
sin
v
c
s
v
c
v
g
45
20 km/h
150 km/h
v
w
v
h
h
v
g
v
w
10 m
2.0 m/s
d
p
v
s
tan
tan
1

51
g
6.4 m/s
[E51N].
29. a) In order for the football to reach the garbage
pail, the footballs ground velocity must be
pointing north at the time of release.
cos
v
v
q
f
cos
1

37
The ball must be thrown [W37N].
b) Calculate the magnitude of v
g
:
v
f
2
v
g
2
v
q
2
v
g
2
v
f
2
v
q
2
v
g
v
f
2
v
q
2
v
g
(5.0 m /s)
2
(4.0 m /s)
2
v
g
3.0 m/s
v
g
t
t
t 3.3 s
c) The ball is thrown such that its direction is
north.
g
3.0 m/s [N].
30. The time it takes the ball to reach the ground is:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
10 m (0 m/s)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
t 1.4 s
The horizontal distance travelled in 1.4 s is:
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
d
x
(3.0 m/s)(1.4 s)
1
2
(0 m/s
2
)(1.4 s)
2
d
x
4.2 m
The friend must be 4.2 m away to catch the
ball at ground level.
31. a) Find the time it takes the rock to reach the
ground:
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
20.0 m (10.0 m/s)t
1
2
(0 m/s
2
)t
2
t 2.00 s
Find the height of the water tower:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
h (0 m/s)(2.00 s)
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)(2.00 s)
2
h 19.6 m
b) In the horizontal direction,
v
fx
v
ix
a
x
t
v
fx
10.0 m/s (0 m/s
2
)(2.00 s)
v
fx
10.0 m/s
In the vertical direction,
v
fy
v
iy
a
y
t
v
fy
0 m/s (9.8 m/s
2
)(2.00 s)
v
fy
19.6 m/s
v
f
v
fx
2
v
fy
2
v
f
(10.0 m/s)
2
(19 .6 m/s )
2
v
f
22.0 m/s
tan
tan
1

63.0
The rocks final velocity is 22.0 m/s, 63
below the horizontal.
32. Find the time it takes the mail to reach the
second building:
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
100 m [(20 m/s) cos 15]t
1
2
(0 m/s
2
)t
2
t 5.2 s
Find the drop in height during the 5.2 s:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
h [(20.0 m/s) sin 15](5.2 s)
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)(5.2 s)
2
h 26.9 m 132.5 m
h 105 m
19.6 m/s
10.0 m/s
v
fy
v
fx
10 m
3.0 m/s
d
v
g
d
t
4.0 m/s
5.0 m/s
5.0 m/s
4.0 m/s
v
f
v
g
Find the height of the second building:
h
2nd building
h
1st building
h
h
2nd building
200 m 105 m
h
2nd building
95 m
The second building is 95 m high.
33. a) h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
1.3 m (0 m/s)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
t 0.52 s
b) The cup lands at the tourists feet, since
both the cup of coffee and tourist are not
moving horizontally relative to the train.
c) d
x
(v
train
)(t)
d
x
(180 km/h)(0.52 s)
d
x
(50 m/s)(0.52 s)
d
x
26 m
The train is 26 m closer to Montreal.
34. Find the time it takes the Humvee to drop
down to the other ramp:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
Since both ramps are the same height,
h 0 m.
0 m [(30 m/s) sin 20]t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
[(30 m/s) sin 20]t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
t 2.1 s
Find the maximum horizontal distance the
Humvee can travel in 2.1 s:
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
d
x
[(30 m/s) cos 20](2.1 s)
1
2
(0 m/s
2
)(2.1 s)
2
d
x
59 m
The maximum width of the pool is 59 m.
35. Find the time required to reach maximum
height:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
h (v
i
sin )t
1
2
a
y
t
2
(eq. 1)
Since the balls motion is symmetrical, it will
take twice the time for the soccer ball to reach
the ground:
0 m (v
i
sin )2t
1
2
a
y
(2t)
2
a
y
2t
2
(v
i
sin )2t
a
y
t v
i
sin
a
y
(eq. 2)
For the range, R:
R v
ix
2t
1
2
a
x
(2t)
2
R v
ix
2t
1
2
(0 m/s
2
)(2t)
2
R v
ix
2t
R (v
i
cos )2t
t (eq. 3)
Substitute equation 1 into equation 2:
h (v
i
sin )t
1
2

t
2
h (v
i
sin )t
1
2
(v
i
sin )t
h
1
2
(v
i
sin )t (eq. 4)
Substitute equation 3 into equation 4,
h
1
2
(v
i
sin )

h
1
4

R
h
1
4
(tan )R
h 0.25R tan
36. If the ball clears the 3.0-m wall 130 m
from home plate, then the ball rises
(3.0 m 1.3 m) 1.7 m during this time.
Thus, for the vertical height:
h v
iy
t
1
2
a
y
t
2
1.7 m v
i
(sin 45)t
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
(eq. 1)
Find the time it takes the ball to clear the wall:
d
x
v
ix
t
1
2
a
x
t
2
130 m v
i
(cos 45)t
t (eq. 2)
130 m
v
i
cos 45
sin
cos
R
2v
i
cos
v
i
sin
t
R
2v
i
cos
v
i
sin
t
1.7 m (v
i
sin 45)

1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)

2
1.7 m (tan 45)(130 m)
(4.9 m/s
2
)

v
i
36 m/s
The player strikes the ball at 36 m/s, 45
above the horizontal.
37. a) F
net
(30 N )
2
(1 0 N)
2
F
net
32 N
tan
1

72
So F
net
32 N [N72E]
b) Horizontal components:
F
x
(60 N) sin 40
x
38.6 N [W]
Vertical components:
F
y
(60 N) cos 40 80 N
y
34.0 N [S]
F
net
51 N [S49W]
c) Horizontal components:
F
x
(50 N) cos 60 10 N
x
15 N [E]
Vertical components:
F
y
(50 N) sin 60 60 N
y
16.7 N [S]
F
net
22 N [S42E]
38. a) F
net
F
a
F
f
The sum of the x components is:
F
ax
F
1x
F
2x
F
3x
F
ax
(100 N) cos 20 [W]
(200 N) cos 40 [E]
F
ax
59 N [E]
The sum of the y components is:
F
ay
F
1y
F
2y
F
3y
F
ay
(100 N) sin 20 [N]
(200 N) sin 40 [S] 300 N [S]
F
ay
394 N [S]
F
a
F
ax
2
F
ay
2
F
a
(59 N )
2
(3 94 N)
2
F
a
399 N
tan
tan
1

8.5
F
a
399 N [S8.5E]
F
f

k
F
n
F
f

k
mg
F
f
(0.10)(300 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
f
294 N
F
f
294 N [N8.5W]
F
net
F
a
F
f
F
net
399 N [S8.5E] 294 N [N8.5W]
F
net
399 N [S8.5E] 294 N [S8.5E]
F
net
105 N [S8.5E]
The net force is F
net
105 N [S8.5E]
b) F
net
ma
0.35 m/s
2
[S8.5E]
39. F
net
F
applied force in the x direction

F
kinetic friction
F
net
F
ax
F
k
Find the kinetic frictional force, F
k
:
F
k

k
F
n
F
k
(0.30)(F
g
F
a
sin 50)
F
k
(0.30)[(20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(100 N) sin 50]
F
k
36 N
F
net
(100 N) cos 50 36 N
F
net
28 N
F
net
ma
28 N ma
a
a 1.4 m/s
2
28 N
20 kg
105 N [S8.5E]
300 kg
F
net
m
394 N
59 N
F
ax
F
ay
30 N
10 N
33 800 m
v
i
2
130 m
v
i
cos 45
130 m
v
i
cos 45
40. The hockey stick provides the only force on
the puck, therefore it is the net force acting on
the puck:
F
s
F
net
F
net
ma
1200 m/s
2
[N25E]
Find v
f
:
a
t v
f
v
i
v
f
a
t v
i
v
f
(1200 m/s
2
[N25E])(0.20 s) 12 m/s [S]
v
f
240 m/s [N25E] 12 m/s [S]
The vector sum of the x components is:
v
fx
(240 m/s) sin 25 [E]
v
fx
101 m/s [E]
The vector sum of the y components is:
v
fy
(240 m/s) cos 25 [N] 12 m/s [N]
v
fy
206 m/s [N]
v
f
F
fx
2
F
fy
2
v
f
(101 m /s)
2
(206 m/s)
2
v
f
229 m/s
tan
tan
1

26
The final velocity is v
f
229 m/s [N26E].
41. a) F
k

k
F
n
F
k
(0.50)(100 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
F
k
4.9 10
2
N
b) The frictional force is the only force acting
on the baseball player, therefore it is also
the net force.
F
net
F
k
ma F
k
a
a 4.9 m/s
2
Find v
i
:
a
at v
i
v
i
(4.9 m/s
2
)(1.3 s)
v
i
6.4 m/s
42. F
net
F
k
ma
k
F
n
ma
k
mg
a
k
g
a (0.3)(9.8 m/s
2
)
a 2.94 m/s
2
Find distance, d:
v
f
2
v
i
2
2ad
v
i
2
2ad
d
d
d 0.68 m
The key will slide 0.68 m across the dresser.
43. F
net
F
a
F
k
The horizontal acceleration of 1.0 m/s
2
is the
net acceleration of the mop, therefore:
F
net
ma
x
ma
x
F
ax

k
F
n
ma
x
(30 N) cos 45
[(0.1)(F
g
F
a
sin 45)]
ma
x
21.2 N
[(0.1)(mg 21.2 N)]
ma
x
19.09 N 0.1mg
(1.0 m/s
2
)m 19.09 N 0.1mg
m(1.0 m/s
2
0.1g) 19.09 N
m(1.98 m/s
2
) 19.09 N
m 9.6 kg
44. Let be the angle of the inclined plane when
the box starts to slide.
At this angle,
F
s

s
F
n
F
s
(0.35)(mg cos ) (eq. 1)
F
x
mg sin (eq. 2)
(2.0 m/s)
2
2(2.94 m/s
2
)
v
i
2
2a
v
f
v
i
t
490 N
100 kg
206 m/s
101 m/s
v
f
x
v
fy
v
f
v
t
300 N [N25E]
0.25 kg
F
net
m
Set equation 1 equal to equation 2:
(0.35)(mg cos ) mg sin
0.35
tan 0.35
tan
1
(0.35)
19
The minimum angle required is 19.
45. a) The acceleration for child 1:
F
net
F
x
m
1
a
1
m
1
g sin
a
1
g sin
a
1
(9.8 m/s
2
) sin 30
a
1
4.9 m/s
2
The acceleration for child 2:
F
net
F
x
m
2
a
2
m
2
g sin
a
2
g sin
a
2
4.9 m/s
2
Both children accelerate downhill at
4.9 m/s
2
.
b) They reach the bottom at the same time.
46. a) F
net
F
x
F
k
ma mg sin
k
F
n
ma mg sin
k
(mg cos )
a g sin
k
g cos
a (9.8 m/s
2
) sin 25
(0.45)(9.8 m/s
2
)cos 25
a 0.14 m/s
2
The acceleration of the box is 0.14 m/s
2
.
b) v
f
2
v
i
2
2ad
v
f
2
2(0.14 m/s
2
)(200 m)
v
f
7.6 m/s
The box reaches the bottom of the hill at
7.6 m/s
2
.
c) a
t
v
a
f
t
t 53 s
It takes the box 53 s to reach the bottom of
the hill.
47. Find his final speed, v
f
, at the bottom of the
ramp by first finding his acceleration:
F
net
F
x
ma mg sin
a g sin
a (9.8 m/s
2
) sin 35
a 5.6 m/s
2
His final speed at the bottom of the ramp is:
v
f
2
v
i
2
2ad
v
f
2
2(5.6 m/s
2
)(50 m)
v
f
23.6 m/s
v
f
will be the initial speed, v
i2
, for the horizon-
tal distance to the wall of snow.
Find the deceleration caused by the snow:
F
net
F
k
ma
k
F
n
ma (0.50)(9.8 m/s
2
)m
a 4.9 m/s
2
Find the distance Boom-Boom will go into the
wall of snow:
v
f
2
v
i
2
2ad
0 v
i
2
2ad
v
i
2
2ad
d
d
d 57 m
Boom-Boom will go 57 m into the wall of
snow.
48. Find the net force on Spot, then solve for the
net acceleration:
F
net
F
r
F
x
F
net
2000 N mg sin
ma 2000 N (250 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(sin 20)
ma 2000 N 838 N
ma 1162 N
a
a 4.6 m/s
2
1162 N
250 kg
(23.6 m/s)
2
2(4.9 m/s
2
)
v
i
2
2a
7.6 m/s
0.14 m/s
2
v
f
v
i
t
sin
cos
Find time, t:
d v
i
t
1
2
at
2
d
1
2
at
2
250 m
1
2
(4.6 m/s
2
)t
2
t
2
108 s
2
t 10 s
49. a) (a) For m
1
:
F
net1
T
T m
1
a (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
F
g
T
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
m
2
a m
2
g m
1
a
(m
1
m
2
)a m
2
g
(40 kg)a (20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
a
4.9 m/s
2
[left]
For tension T, substitute acceleration
into equation 1:
T m
1
a
T (20 kg)(4.9 m/s
2
)
T 98 N
(b) Assume the system moves towards m
3
:
For m
1
:
F
net1
T
1
F
1g
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
T
2
T
1
m
2
a T
2
T
1
(eq. 2)
For m
3
:
F
net3
F
3g
T
2
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
Add equations 1, 2, and 3:
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
m
2
a T
2
T
1
(eq. 2)
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
(m
1
m
2
m
3
)a m
3
g m
1
g
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(50 kg)a 196 N
a
3.9 m/s
2
[right]
Find T
1
:
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
T
1
(10 kg)(3.9 m/s
2
)
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
T
1
137 N
Find T
2
:
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
T
2
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(30 kg)(3.9 m/s
2
)
T
2
176 N
(c) For m
1
:
F
net1
T F
x
m
1
a T mg sin (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
F
2g
T
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
Add equations 1 and 2:
m
1
a T mg sin (eq. 1)
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
(m
1
m
2
)a m
2
g m
1
g sin
(25 kg)a (15 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(10 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
) sin 25
a
4.2 m/s
2
[right]
into equation 2:
m
2
a m
2
g T
T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(15 kg)(4.2 m/s
2
)
T 84 N
b) (a) For m
1
:
F
net1
T F
k
m
1
a T
k
m
1
g (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
F
g
T
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
m
1
a T
k
m
1
g (eq. 1)
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
m
1
a m
2
a m
2
g
k
m
1
g
a(m
1
m
2
) g(m
2

k
m
1
)
(20 kg 20 kg)a 9.8 m/s
2
[20 kg
0.2(20 kg)]
a
3.9 m/s
2
[left]
into equation 2:
m
2
a m
2
g T
T (20 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(20 kg)(3.9 m/s
2
)
T 118 N
(b) Assume the system moves towards m
3
:
For m
1
:
F
net1
T
1
F
1g
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
T
2
T
1
F
k
m
2
a T
2
T
1

k
m
2
g (eq. 2)
For m
3
:
F
net3
F
3g
T
2
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
Add equations 1, 2, and 3:
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
m
2
a T
2
T
1

k
m
2
g (eq. 2)
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
(m
1
m
2
m
3
)a m
3
g
k
m
2
g
m
1
g
(10 kg 10 kg 30 kg)a
9.8 m/s
2
[30 kg
0.2(10 kg)
10 kg]
a
3.5 m/s
2
[right]
Find T
1
:
m
1
a T
1
m
1
g (eq. 1)
T
1
(10 kg)(3.5 m/s
2
) (10 kg)
(9.8 m/s
2
)
T
1
133 N
Find T
2
:
m
3
a m
3
g T
2
(eq. 3)
T
2
(30 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(30 kg)(3.5 m/s
2
)
T
2
188 N
(c) For m
1
:
F
net1
T F
x
F
k
m
1
a T m
1
g sin
k
m
1
g cos (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
F
2g
T
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
m
1
a T m
1
g sin
k
m
1
g cos (eq. 1)
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
(m
1
m
2
)a m
2
g m
1
g sin
k
m
1
g cos
(25 kg)a (9.8 m/s
2
)[15 kg
(10 kg) sin 25
0.2(10 kg) cos 25]
a
3.5 m/s
2
[right]
into equation 2:
m
2
a m
2
g T
T (15 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(15 kg)(3.5 m/s
2
)
T 94 N
50. For m
1
:
F
net1
T F
f1
m
1
a T
k
F
n
m
1
a T
k
m
1
g (eq. 1)
For m
2
:
F
net2
F
2g
T
1
m
2
a m
2
g T
1
(eq. 2)
m
1
a T
k
m
1
g (eq. 1)
m
2
a m
2
g T (eq. 2)
(m
1
m
2
)a m
2
g
k
m
1
g (eq. 3)
(9.0 kg)a (4.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(0.10)(5.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
a
3.8 m/s
2
[right]
51. For the system to be NOT moving, the acceler-
ation of the whole system must be 0.
Using equation 3:
(m
1
m
2
)a m
2
g
k
m
1
g (eq. 3)
0 m
2
g
k
m
1
g
k
m
1
g m
2
g
k
(5.0 kg) 4.0 kg
k
0.80
52. First find the systems acceleration:
For Tarzana:
F
netTA
T
m
TA
a T (eq. 1)
For Tarzan:
F
netTZ
F
TZg
T
m
TZ
a m
TZ
g T (eq. 2)
m
TA
a T (eq. 1)
m
TZ
a m
TZ
g T (eq. 2)
(m
TA
m
TZ
)a m
TZ
g
(65 kg 80 kg)a (80 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
a
a 5.4 m/s
2
To find time t:
d v
i
t
1
2
at
2
15 m
1
2
at
2
t
2
t
t 2.4 s
53. a
c
Assuming a
c
is a constant,
T
a) If the radius is doubled, the period

increases by a factor of 2.
b) If the radius is halved, the period decreases
by a factor of 2.
54. a) a
c
a
c
a
c
78 m/s
2
b) The clothes do not fly towards the centre
because the wall of the drum applies the
normal force that provides the centripetal
force. When the clothes are not in contact
with the wall, there is no force acting on
them. The clothes have inertia and would
continue moving at a constant velocity tan-
gential to the drum. The centripetal force
acts to constantly change the direction of
this velocity.
55. a
c
T 365 days 3.15 10

4
s
a
c
a
c
6.0 10
3
m/s
2
56. F
c
F
f
ma
c
F
n
mg
v gr
v 21 m/s
It is not necessary to know the mass.
57. Vertically: F
n
cos ma
c
F
n
Horizontally: F
c
F
n
sin
ma
c
F
n
sin

sin ma
c
g tan
v rg tan 25
v 19 m/s
58. F
c
F
g
ma
c
mg
g
v gr
v 9.9 m/s
59. a) T mg
T (0.5 kg)g
T 4.9 N
b) T mg
T mg
T
(0.5 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
T 9.7 N
60. Maximum tension occurs when the mass is at
its lowest position. Tension acts upward, and
gravity acts downward. The difference
between these forces is the centripetal force:
T
max
mg
T
max
mg
T
max
(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
T
max
49 N
(2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)
2
3.0 m
mv
2
r
mv
2
r
(0.5 kg)(2.4 m/s)
2
(0.6 m)
mv
2
r
mv
2
r
v
2
r
v
2
r
mg
cos
mg
cos
mv
2
r
4
2
(1.5 10
11
m)
(3.15 10
7
s)
4
2
r
T
2
4
2
(0.35 m)
(0.42 s)
2
4
2
r
T
2
4
2
r
a
c
4
2
r
T
2
30 m
5.4 m/s
2
30 m
a
(80 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
(65 kg 80 kg)
The tension is minimized when the mass is at
the top of its arc. Tension and gravity both act
downward, and their sum is the centripetal
force:
T
min
mg
T
min
mg
T
min

(2.0 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
T
min
9.4 N
61. a) F
net
ma
F
n
mg m(9g)
F
n
9mg mg
F
n
10mg
F
n
5.9 10
3
N
b) a
c
9g
r
r
r 95 m
62. a) G 6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
,
T 365 days 3.15 10
7
s
m
E

m
S
m
S
m
S
2.0 10
30
kg
b) Density of the Sun
m
V
1.4 10
3
kg/m
3
m
Earth
5.98 10
24
kg
Density of Earth
5.5 10
3
kg/m
3
The Sun is about
1
4
as dense as Earth.
63. On mass 2:
F
c
m
2

T
2
m
2

T
2
m
2

On mass 1:
F
c
m
1

T
1
T
2
m
1

T
1
m
1

m
2

T
1

(m
1
L
1
m
2
(L
1
L
2
))
4
2
T
2
4
2
(L
1
L
2
)
T
2
4
2
L
1
T
2
4
2
r
T
2
4
2
r
T
2
4
2
(L
1
L
2
)
T
2
4
2
r
T
2
4
2
r
T
2
5.98 10
24
kg
4
3
r
3
2.0 10
30
kg
4
3
r
3
4
2
(1.5 10
11
m)
3
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(3.15 10
7
s)
2
4
2
r
3
GT
2
4
2
r
T
2
Gm
E
m
S
r
2
(91.67 m/s)
2
9(9.8 m/s
2
)
v
2
9g
v
2
r
v
2
r
(2.0 kg)(6.6 m/s)
2
3.0 m
mv
2
r
mv
2
r
Chapter 3
21.
sin 30
T
T
T
T 196 N
22. tan
F
s

F
s

F
s
169.7 N
F
s
170 N
23.
T
1
T
2
T
cos 30
T

T
(cos 30)
T 566 N
24.
sin 30
m
m
m 128 kg
25.
cos 12
T
cable

T
cable

T
cable
5009.5 N
T
cable
5.01 10
3
N
tan 12
F
rope
mg tan 12
F
rope
(500 kg)(9.8 N/kg) tan 12
F
rope
1.04 10
3
N
F
rope
mg
(500 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
cos 12
mg
cos 12
mg
T
cable
m
g
12
500 kg
T
rope
T
rope
T
cable
F
g
12
T
cable
(2500 N) sin 30
9.8 N/kg
F
s
sin 30
g
mg
F
s
mg
mg
30
60
60
m
2500 N F
s
= 2500 N
F
s
= 2500 N
60
T
T
(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
2
g
(cos 30)
F
2
g
T
T
2
T
1
F
g
2
F
g
30
30
30
60
30
T
2
T
1
98 N
tan 30
F
g
tan
F
g
F
s
(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
sin 30
mg
sin 30
F
g
sin 30
F
g
T
T
T
cable
F
g
F
g
F
strut
F
s
30
flower pot
30
26. a)
0.63
F
app
F
f
0
F
app
F
f
F
app
F
n
F
app
mg
F
app
0.63(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
app
617.4 N
b)
Using similar triangles, find T first:
T
2
(mg)
2
F
app
2
T [(250 kg)(9. 8 N/kg )]
2
( 617.4 N)
2
T 2526.6 N
T 2.53 10
3
N
d
d
d 2.4 m
27.
tan
tan 0.12
6.8
sin
T
T
T 3.59 10
3
N
The rope pulls with a force of 3.59 10
3
N.
28.
tan
tan 0.058
3.3
0.52 m
9.0 m
18.0 m
0.52 m
9.0 m
Bird
m
B
g
T T
425 N
sin 6.8
F
app
sin
F
app
T
1.5 m
25.
2
0 m
F
app
F
n
425 N
1.5 m
car
25.0 m
T
1.5 m
25.0 m
2

(617.4 N)(10 m)
2526.6 N
F
app
L
T
F
app
T
d
L
mg
mg
250 kg
10 m
F
app
F
app
= 617 N
T
T
250
kg
L = 10 m
d
100 kg
F
f
F
n
F
app
mg
sin
m
B

m
B

m
B
1.1 kg
29.
T (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
T 49 N
F
app
T
1
T
2
cos 40
F
app
2(T cos 40)
F
app
2mg cos 40
F
app
2(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) cos 40
F
app
75 N [left]
30.
T
h
F
f
0
With left taken to be the positive direction,
T
h
F
f
0
T
h
F
f
T
h
F
n
T
h

From Pythagoras theorem:
T
2
T
h
2

2
T
2

2

2

2
T
2

2
(
2
1)
T

(
2
1)
From similar triangles:
x
T
h
L
T
T
h
T
x
L
T
h
2
x
L
2
mg
2
mg
2
mg
2
mg
2
mg
2
mg
2
Pulley
mg
F
f
T
h
T
h
T
v
T
T
T
L
2
x
2
L
F
2
app
T
40
40
F
app
T
1
T
2
T
1
T
2
Leg
40
80
40
T
1
m
L
g
T
2
2(90 N) sin 3.3
9.8 N/kg
2T sin
m
2
B
g
T
m
B
g
T
T
= 3.3
Substituting for T
h
and T,
x
x
x
31. a)
centre of mass ?
net
0
With clockwise as the positive rotation,
1

2
0
1

2
r
1
m
1
g sin r
2
m
2
g sin
r
1
r
2

r
1
r
2

r
1

But r
2
r
1
r
T
3r
1
r
T
r
1
4r
1
r
T
r
1

r
1

r
1
0.5 m
The centre of mass is 0.5 m from m
1
and
1.5 m from m
2
.
b)
T
?
If up is positive,
T m
T
g
T (4.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
T
39.2 N [up]
32.
T
0
The pivot is the left support.
1
0
Board

Duck
0
2

B

D
2
r
B
F
gB
r
D
F
gD
2
r
B
m
B
g r
D
m
D
g
2
(2.0 m)(50 kg)
(9.8 N/kg) (4.0 m)
(8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
2
1313.2 N/m
F
2

F
2
1641.5 N
F
2
1.6 10
3
N [up]
For F
1
:
F
T
0
With down as positive,
0 F
1
F
2
F
B
F
D
F
1
F
B
F
D
F
2
F
1
(m
B
g) (m
D
g) F
2
F
1
(50 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(8.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 1.6 10
3
N
F
1
1068.2 N
F
1
1.1 10
3
N [down]
and
F
2
1.6 10
3
N [up]
1313.2 Nm
0.8 m
m
T
= m
1
+ m
2
m
T
g
T
2.0 m
4
r
T
4
r
2
3
m
2
m
1
m
2
g
m
1
g
3 kg 1 kg
+
1 2
2.0 m
P
L
2
1
L
2
1
m
2
gL
m
2
g
2
1
33.
x
cm

x
cm

x
cm
1.5 m[right]
y
cm

y
cm

y
cm
0.75 m[up]
Centre of mass 1.5 m [right], 0.75 m [up]
34.
Let F
1
be the pivot.
T
0
L
0
With clockwise as positive,
2
23

L
0
r
23
g r
L
mg
r
23

r
23

r
23

r
23
3.75 m
x 5.0 m 3.75 m
x 1.25 m
35.
T
0
man

L(left)

L(right)

rock
0
With clockwise as the positive direction of
rotation,
0
man

L(left)

L(right)

rock
rock

man

L(left)

L(right)
r
rock
m
rock
g sin r
man
m
man
g sin
r
L(left)
m
L(left)
g sin
r
L(right)
m
L(right)
g sin
r
rock
m
rock
[(1.90 m)(86 kg)]

(2.0 kg)

(2.0 kg)
r
rock
m
rock
163.4 kgm 1.504 kgm
0.104 kgm
r
rock
m
rock
164.8 kgm
m
rock
m
rock
329.6 kg
m
rock
3.3 10
2
kg
36. a)
T
0
TL

TR
0
1

2

3

TL

TR
0
3

2

1
r
3
m
3
g r
2
m
2
g r
1
m
1
g
r
3
m
3

(27 kg)

(17 kg)
r
3
m
3
51.3 kgm 32.3 kgm
r
3
m
3
19 kgm
r
3
r
3
0.95 m
19 kgm
20 kg
3.8 m
2
3.8 m
2
17 kg 20 kg
3.8 kg
27 kg
1 3 2
+
164.8 kgm
0.50 m
0.50 m
2.40 m
0.5 m
2
1.90 m
2.40 m
1.90 m
2
15.0 m
4
3
5.0
2
m
2
3r
L
2
2
3
5.0 m
x
x
2.5 m
F
23
F
1
F
g
P
0.5 m 1.0 m
2
y
1
y
2
2
0.5 m 2.5 m
2
x
1
x
2
2
X
2
= 2.5 m
y
1

=

1
.
0

m
X
1
= 0.5 m
y
2

=

0
.
5

m
The third child of mass 20 kg must sit
0.95 m from the centre of the teeter-totter
and on the same side as the 17.0-kg child.
b) No, the mass of the teeter-totter does not
matter.
37.
Let F
2
be pivot.
net
0
C
0
1

p

c
0
1

p

c
r
1
F
1
r
p
F
gp
r
c
F
gc
F
1

F
1

F
1
29.4 N
But F
net
0
F
1
F
gB
F
gC
F
2
0
With up as the positive direction,
0 F
1
F
gB
F
gC
F
2
F
2
F
gB
F
gC
F
1
F
2
m
B
g m
C
g F
1
F
2
(2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
29.4 N
F
2
39.2 N
The man farthest from the cement bag (F
1
)
lifts with 29.4 N and the second man lifts
with 39.2 N of force.
38. Take front two and back two legs as single
supports.
net
0 with front legs as pivot
Back
0
Let clockwise be positive.
D

Back
0
Back

D
r
B
F
B
r
D
F
gD
r
B
F
B
r
D
m
D
g
r
B
F
B
(0.30 m)(30 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
r
B
F
B
88.2 Nm
F
B

F
B
88.2 N
F
B
8.8 10
1
N
But F
net
0
F
F
F
D
F
B
0
Let up be positive.
0 F
F
F
D
F
B
F
F
F
D
F
B
F
F
m
D
g F
B
F
F
(30 kg)(9.8 N/kg) 88.2 N
F
F
205.8 N
F
F
2.1 10
2
N
Front legs: 1.05 10
2
N each; back legs:
4.4 10
1
N each (each divided by 2).
39. a)
F
net
0
F
T
F
D
0
Taking up to be positive,
0 F
T
F
D
F
T
m
D
g
F
T
(20 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
T
196 N [up]
20 kg
2.4 m
0.8 m
C of m
P
88.2 Nm
1.0 m
2.5
2
m
(2.0 kg)(9.8 Nkg)
[(2.5 m 1.5 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)]
2.5 m
r
p
F
gp
r
c
F
gc
r
1
m
p
= 2.0 kg
5.0
kg
+
1.5 m
P
2.5 m
F
2
F
1
b)
tan
1

18.4
Assume the upper hinge is the pivot.
door
0
B

door
0
B

door
r
B
F
B
sin
B
r
D
m
D
g sin
D
F
B

F
B

F
B
34.2 N [out horizontally]
40.
p
90 65
p
25
Choose bottom as pivot.
net
0
wall

p
0
Taking right (horizontally) as positive,
wall

p
0
wall

p
r
w
F
w
sin
w
r
p
m
p
g sin
p
F
w

F
w

F
w
272.6 N [horizontal]
F
w
2.7 10
2
N
But F
h(bottom)
F
h(top)
so 2.7 10
2
N is
required to keep the ladder from sliding.
41. a)
F
net
0
F
app-h
F
f
0
Taking the direction of force application to
be positive,
F
app-h
F
f
F
app-h
F
n
F
app-h
mg
F
app-h
0.42(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
app-h
308.7 N [horizontally]
F
app-h
3.1 10
2
N [horizontally]
b)
Just to the tip the box,
net
0
box
0
Taking the direction of force application to
be positive,
a

box
0
a

box
Take bottom corner as pivot.
tan
a

a
58
r
a
F
a
sin
a
r
box
m
box
g sin
box
r
a

r
a

r
a
1.40 m
But:
h r
a
sin 58
h 1.2 m
(0.8 m )
2
(0 .5 m)
2
(75 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin (90 58)
(308.7 N) sin 58
r
box
m
box
g sin
box
F
a
sin
a
1.6
2
m
1.0
2
m
box
a
P
P
C of m
75 kg
1.0 m
1.6 m
[(7.0 m 1.2 m)(72 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(sin 25)]
(7.0 m) sin 65
r
p
m
p
g sin
p
r
w
sin
w
7.0 m
+
P
p
65
1.2 m
72 kg
(1.26 m)(20 kg)(9.8 N/kg) sin 18.4
(2.4 m) sin (90 18.4)

r
D
m
D
g sin
D
r
B
sin
B
0.4 m
1.2 m
D
1.2 m
0.4 m
C of m
P
r
D
42.
net
0
muscle

arm

water
0
With clockwise as the direction of positive
rotation,
m

a

w
0
m

a

w
r
m
F
m
sin r
a
m
a
g sin r
w
m
w
g sin
F
m

F
m

F
m
780.1 N
F
m
7.8 10
2
N [up]
43.
The total of all three torques must be equiva-
lent to the total torque through the centre of
mass.
cm

ua

fa

hand
r
cm
m
T
g r
ua
m
ua
g r
fa
m
fa
g r
hand
m
hand
g
r
cm

r
cm

r
cm
0.29 m from shoulder
44.
Let the contact point of F
2
be the pivot P.
w
0
With clockwise being the positive torque
direction,
1

w
0
1

w
r
1
F
1
r
w
mg
F
1

F
1

F
1
1911 N
F
1
1.9 10
3
N [up]
F
net
0
F
1
F
2
F
g
0
With up taken to be the positive direction,
F
2
F
1
F
g
F
2
1911 N (65.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
2
2548 N
F
2
2.5 10
3
N [down]
45.
Use pivot P as the point of contact of F
1
.
net
0
F2

F
0
With clockwise taken to be the positive torque
direction,
F2

F
0
F2

F
r
F2
F
2
r
F
F
F
2

F
2

F
2
0.25 N
(0.01 m)(0.5 N)
0.02 m
r
F
F
r
F2
0.01 m
0.02 m
P
F = 0.5 N
F
2
+
(0.12 m)(65 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.04 m
r
w
mg
r
1
12 cm 4.0 cm
W
P
F
1
+
(0.15 m)(1.9 kg) (0.40 m)(1.2 kg) (0.60 m)(0.4 kg)
3.5 kg
r
ua
m
ua
r
fa
m
fa
r
hand
m
hand
m
T
1.9 kg 1.2 kg
0.15 m
0.40 m
0.60 m
0.4 kg
(0.16 m)(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.35 m)(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.050 m
r
a
m
a
g r
w
m
w
g
r
m
P
+
5.0
16 cm
10 kg
35 cm
cm
F
net
0
F
1
F
2
0
With right taken to be the positive direction,
F
1
F F
2
F
1
0.5 N 0.25 N
F
1
0.75 N
F
1
0.75 N [left], and F
2
0.25 N [right]
46.
Set P at elbow joint.
net
0
arm

sp
0
direction,
T

arm

sp
0
T

arm

sp
r
T
F
T
r
arm
F
g(arm)
r
sp
F
g(sp)
F
T

F
T

F
T
9.5 10
2
N
47.
tan
26
The tipping angle is 26 from the horizontal.
48.
tan
h
cm

h
cm

h
cm
0.8660 m
But:
h 2h
cm
h 2(0.8660 m)
h 1.73 m
NOTE: The solution to problem 49 is based
on the pivot point of the glass being at the cor-
ner of the base.
49.
tan
21.8
sin
x (0.14 m 0.050 m) sin 21.8
x 0.033 m
d x r
d 0.033 m 0.020 m
d 0.053 m
x
h 0.050 m
0.020 m
0.050 m
0.14 m
0.050 m
0.020 m
x
d
1.0
2
0 m
tan 30
L
2
tan
L
2
h
cm
1.00 m
1.00 m
h
h
cm
L
2
0.3 m
0.6 m
0.6 m
0.3 m
(0.11 m)(2.7 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (0.280 m)(7.25 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.024 m
r
arm
m
arm
g r
sp
m
sp
g
r
T
28 cm
2.4 cm
7.25 kg
11 cm
P
F
T
C of m
+
50.
tan
tan
26.6
51.
F
s
F
g
0
With up taken to be the positive direction,
F
s
mg
But:
F
s
kx
So:
kx mg
k
k
k 1.6 10
3
N/m
52.
Use hinge as pivot.
net
0
m
0
direction,
s

m
0
s

m
r
s
F
s
sin
s
r
m
F
m
sin 90
F
s

F
s

F
s
752.5 N
But:
F
s
kx
k
k
k 1.88 10
4
N/m
53.
x
1
(0.50 m)
2
(0.50 m)
2
x
1
0.7071 m
x
2
(0.50 m)
2
(1.50 m)
2
x
2
1.58 m
tan
71.56
x 1.58 m 0.7071 m
x 0.874 m
bar
T
F
g
T

1.50 m
0.50 m
x
1
0.50 m
0.50 m
45
x
2
1.5 m
0.50 m
752.5 N
4.0 10
2
m
F
s
x
(1.0 m)(10.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
(0.75 m) sin 10
r
m
m
m
g
r
s
sin
s
0.75 m
F
s
F
gm
P
+
10 kg
1.0 m
10
(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
1.8 10
2
m
mg
x
nails
F
s
F
g
2.5
2
m
2.5 m
ba
2
se
h
cm
2
.5
m
2.5 m
T F
s
T kx
T (1.5 10
2
N/m)(0.874 m)
T 1.311 10
2
N
sin
m
m
m 25.4 kg
54. L 20 m
r 2.0 10
3
m
Limit F
L
6.0 10
7
N/m
2
a) Stress
A
F
F A(Stress)
F r
2
(Stress)
F (2.0 10
3
m)
2
(6.0 10
7
N/m
2
)
F 753.6 N
F 7.5 10
2
N
b) E for A
l
is:
E
Al
70 10
9
N/m
2
E
E
L
L
L 0.017 m
L 1.7 10
2
m
55. a) A 0.1 m
2
Stress
A
F
Stress
Stress 9.8 10
3
N/m
2
Strain E
iron
100 10
9
N/m
2
E
Strain
Strain
Strain 9.8 10
8
b) L ?
L 2.0 m
L L(Strain)
L (2.0 m)(9.8 10
8
)
L 1.96 10
7
m
L 2.0 10
7
m
c) Maximum stress is 17 10
7
N/m
2
.
F
max
Stress(A)
F
max
(17 10
7
N/m
2
)(0.1 m
2
)
F
max
1.7 10
7
N
mg F
max
m
m 1.7 10
6
kg
56. Maximum stress for femur is 13 10
7
N/m
2
.
A 6.40 10
4
m
2
Stress
A
F
F
max
A(Stress)
F
max
(6.40 10
4
m
2
)(13 10
7
N/m
2
)
F
max
8.32 10
4
N
57. F
c
200 N
A 1 10
5
m
2
L 0.38 m
E 15 10
9
N/m
2
E
L
L
L 5.067 10
6
m
(200 N)(0.38 m)
(1 10
3
m
2
)(15 10
9
N/m
2
)
FL
AE
A
F
L
L
1.7 10
7
N
9.8 N/kg
9.8 10
3
N/m
2
100 10
9
N/m
2
Stress
E
Stress
Strain
(100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
0.1 m
2
(20 m)(6.0 10
7
N/m
2
)
70 10
9
N/m
2
L
A
F
A
F
L
L
Stress
Strain
2(1.311 10
2
N) sin 71.56
9.8 N/kg
2T sin
m
2
g
T
T
mg
2 T

k
k
k 3.95 10
7
N/m
58.
G
steel
80 10
9
N/m
2
rF
C 2r
C 2(20 m)
C 125.6 m

5.73
cos
R L
R L
R L 20.1005 m
L 20.1005 m R
L 20.1005 m 20 m
L 0.1005 m
G
A
rod
(0.01 m)
2
F
F
F 1 262 920 N
F 1.26 10
6
N
rod
rF sin
rod
2.0 m(1 262 920 N) sin 90
rod
2.52 10
6
Nm
The torque on rod is 2.5 10
6
Nm.
59. Stress is 10% of T
max
.
Stress 0.10(50 10
7
N/m
2
)
Stress 5.0 10
7
N/m
2
a) A ?
Stress
A
A
A
A 1.96 10
3
m
2
r
r 0.025 m
r 2.5 10
2
m
b) a 2.0 m/s
2
F
net
F
app
mg
F
net
ma mg
F
net
m(a g)
E
steel
200 10
9
N/m
2
E
Strain
Strain
Strain
Strain
Strain 3.01 10
4
60. L ?
E
pine
10 10
9
N/m
2
L 3.0 m
A (10 10
2
m)(15 10
2
m)
A 1.5 10
3
m
2
F
g
1000 N
[(1.00 10
4
kg)(2.0 m/s
2
9.8 m/s
2
)]
2
1
0
.9
0
6
1
1
0
0
9
N
3
/
m
m
2
2
[m(a g)]
A
E
A
F
E
Stress
E
Stress
Strain
1.96 10
3
m
2
(1.00 10
4
kg)(9.8 N/kg)
5.0 10
7
N/m
2
mg
Stress
F
Stress
F
A
(80 10
9
N/m
2
)(0.1005 m)[(0.01 m)
2
]
2.0 m
GLA
A
F
L
L
20 m
cos 5.73
R
cos
R
R L
(360)(2 m)
125.6 m
2.0 m
125.6 m
360
2.0 m
R
R
L
200 N
5.067 10
6
m
F
x
a) E
E
Stress
Stress
Stress 6.67 10
5
N/m
2
Strain
Strain
Strain 6.67 10
5
b) L L(Strain)
L (3.0 m)(6.67 10
5
)
L 2.0 10
4
m
61. m 2.5 10
4
kg
F
app
(2.5 10
4
kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
app
2.45 10
5
N
A
1
r
2
A
1

2
A
1
0.785 m
2
A
2
r
2
2
A
2

2
A
2
0.5024 m
2
E
marble
50 10
9
N/m
2
L
1
?
L
1

L
1

L
1
1.37 10
4
m
Column 1 final loaded:
Loaded 22.0 m L
1
Loaded 22.0 m 1.37 10
4
m
Loaded 21.999863 m
For column 2:
Stress
Stress
Stress
Stress 9.75 10
6
9.75 10
6
L
2
L
2
(9.75 10
6
)
But: L
2
L
2
21.999 863 m
L
2
L
2
(9.75 10
6
m) 21.999 863 m
L
2
L
2
22.000 0775 m
The narrower column needs to be only
7.8 10
5
m longer than the wider column.
21.999 863 m
1 9.75 10
6
m
L
2
L
2
2.45 10
5
N
(0.5024 m
2
)(50 10
9
N/m
2
)
F
A
2
E
Strain
E
(2.45 10
5
N)(22.0 m)
(0.785 m
2
)(50 10
9
N/m
2
)
FL
1
A
1
E
A
F
1
E
L
1
L
1
Stress
E
L
1
L
1
0.80 m
2
1.00 m
2
6.67 10
5
N/m
2
10 10
9
N/m
2
Stress
E
1000 N
1.5 10
3
m
2
F
A
Stress
Strain
A
F
L
L

Chapter 4
16. p mv
p (7500 kg)(120 m/s)
p 9.0 10
5
kgm/s
17. p mv
p (0.025 kg)(3 m/s)
p 0.075 kgm/s
18. 90 km/h 25 m/s, m25 g 0.025 kg
p mv
p (0.025 kg)(25 m/s)
p 0.63 kgm/s
19. v 500 km/h 138.89 m/s,
p 23 000 kgm/s
m
p
v
m
m 165.6 kg
20. v
m
p
v
v 6.00 10
26
m/s, which is much greater
than the speed of light.
21. p
mv
(0.050 g)(10 m/s [down])

p
0.5 kgm/s [down]

22. v (300 km/h)

83.3 m/s
p
mv
(6000 kg)(83.3 m/s [NW])

p
5 10
5
kgm/s [NW]
23. m 50 kg, F
250 N [forward],
t 3.0 s, v
1
0
F
t mv
(250 N [forward])(3.0 s) (50 kg)(v
2
v
1
)
v
2
v
2
15 m/s [forward]
24. m 150 kg, v
1
0, a 2.0 m/s
2
,
t 4.0 s
a) v
2
v
1
at
v
2
0 (2.0 m/s
2
)(4.0 s)
v
2
8.0 m/s
p mv
p (150 kg)(8.0 m/s)
p 1200 kgm/s
b) J p
J m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
J (150 kg)(8.0 m/s) (150 kg)(0)
J 1200 kgm/s
25. m 1.5 kg, h 17 m, v
1
0,
a 9.8 N/kg
a) h v
1
t
1
2
at
2
17 m 0
1
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)t
2
t 1.86 s
b) F ma
F (1.5 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F 14.7 N
c) J Ft
J (14.7 N)(1.86 s)
J 27.3 kgm/s
26. F 700 N, t 0.095 s
a) J Ft
J (700 N)(0.095 s)
J 66.5 kgm/s
b) J p
p 66.5 kgm/s
27. m 0.20 kg, v
1
25 m/s, v
2
20 m/s
p m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
p (0.2 kg)(20 m/s) (0.2 kg)(25 m/s)
p 9.0 kgm/s
28. Ft mv
(N)(s) (kg)(m/s)
(kgm/s
2
)(s) (kg)(m/s)
kgm/s kgm/s
740 N [forward]
50 kg
45
p

= 5 x 10
5
kgm/s [NW]
1 h
3600 s
1000 m
1 km
p

= 0.5 kgm/s [down]
1.00 kgm/s
1.6726 10
27
kg
23 000 kgm/s
138.89 m/s
29. p
2
p
1
30. v
1
0, v
2
250 m/s, m 3.0 kg,
F 2.0 10
4
N
a) J p
J m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
J (3.0 kg)(250 m/s) 0
J 750 kgm/s
b) J Ft
t
t
t 0.038 s
31. m 7000 kg,
v
1
110 km/h 30.56 m/s, t 0.40 s,
v
2
0
a) F
F
F
F 5.3 10
5
N
b) F
F
F
F 2.7 10
4
N
32. m 30 g 0.03 kg, v
1
360 m/s,
d 5 cm 0.05 m
a) p mv
p (0.03 kg)(360 m/s)
p 11 kgm/s
b) v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
0
2
(360 m/s)
2
2a(0.05 m)
a 1.3 10
6
m/s
2
c) F ma
F (0.03 kg)(1.3 10
6
m/s
2
)
F 3.9 10
4
N
d) a
t
t
t 2.8 10
4
s
e) J p
J m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
J (0.03 kg)(0) (0.03 kg)(360 m/s)
J 11 kgm/s
f)
33. a)
b) Area
1
2
h(a b)
J
1
2
(15 s)(5 10
6
N 8 10
6
N)
J 9.8 10
7
Ns
34. J area under the curve
J
1
2
(90 N)(0.3 s) (120 N)(0.2 s)
1
2
(75 N)(0.4 s)
J (13.5 Ns) (24 Ns) (15 Ns)
J 25.5 Ns
35. J area under the graph
Counting roughly 56 squares,
J 56(0.5 10
3
N)(0.05 s)
J 1.4 10
3
Ns
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

(
1
0
6

N

)
0 10 5 15
t (s)
F
4
3
2
1
0

(
1
0
4

N
)
1 2 3
t (10
4
s)
0 360 m/s
1.3 10
6
m/s
2
v
2
v
1
a
v
2
v
1
t
0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s)
8.0 s
m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
t
p
t
0 (7000 kg)(30.56 m/s)
0.40 s
m
2
v
2
m
1
v
1
t
p
t
750 kgm/s
2 10
4
N
J
F
33
p
2
p
1
p

36. J p
J mv
2
mv
1
, where v
1
0,
1.4 10
3
Ns (0.250 kg)(v
2
)
v
2
5.6 10
3
m/s
37. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
,
where v
2o
0
(5000 kg)(5 m/s [S]) (10 000 kg)(v
f
)
v
f
2.5 m/s [S]
38. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
, where v
2o
0
(45 kg)(5 m/s) (47 kg)(v
f
)
v
f
4.8 m/s [in the same
direction as v
1o
]
39. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(65 kg)(15 m/s) (100 kg)(5 m/s)
(65 kg)
1
3
(15 m/s) (100 kg)(v

2f
)
(975 500 325) kgm/s (100 kg)(v
2f
)
v
2f
1.5 m/s
40. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
,
where v
2o
0
(0.5 kg)(20 m/s) 0 (30.5 kg)(v
f
)
v
f
0.33 m/s
41. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(0.2 kg)(3 m/s) (0.2 kg)(1 m/s)
(0.2 kg)(2 m/s) (0.2 kg)(v
2f
)
0.4 kgm/s 0.4 kgm/s (0.2 kg)(v
2f
)
v
2f
0
42. v
1o
90 km/h 25 m/s,
v
f
80 km/h 22.2 m/s
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
,
where v
2o
0
m
1
(25 m/s) 0 (m
1
6000 kg)
(22.2 m/s)
m
1
(25 m/s) m
1
(22.2 m/s)
133 333.3 kgm/s
m
1
(25 m/s 22.2 m/s) 133 333.3 kgm/s
m
1
m
1
4.8 10
4
kg
43. F
1
F
2
ma
1
ma
2
m

m

m(v
1f
v
1o
) m(v
2f
v
2o
)
mv
1f
mv
1o
mv
2f
mv
2o
mv
1f
mv
2f
mv
1o
mv
2o
p
Tf
p
To
p
Tf
p
To
0
p 0
44. m
1
1.67 10
27
kg, m
2
4m
1
,
v
1
2.2 10
7
m/s
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
,
where v
2o
0
m
1
(2.2 10
7
m/s) (5m
1
)v
f
v
f
v
f
4.4 10
6
m/s
45. m
1
3m, m
2
4m, v
1o
v
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
, where v
2o
0
(3m)v (7m)v
f
v
f

3
7
v
46. m
1
99.5 kg, m
2
0.5 kg, v
1f
?,
v
2f
20 m/s
p
To
p
Tf
0 (99.5 kg)(v
1f
) (0.5 kg)(20 m/s)
v
1f

v
1f
0.1 m/s
t
t
t 2 10
3
s
47. p
1o
375 kgm/s [E],
p
2o
450 kgm/s [N45E]
a) p
To
p
1o
p
2o
p
To
p
2o
= 450 kgm/s
45
p
1o
= 375 kgm/s
200 m
0.1 m/s
d
v
10 kgm/s
99.5 kg
2.2 10
7
m/s
5
v
2f
v
2o
t
v
1f
v
1o
t
133 333.3 kgm/s
2.8 m/s
b) p
Tf
p
To
Using the cosine and sine laws,
p
To
2
(375 kgm/s)
2
(450 kgm/s)
2
2(375 kgm/s)(450 kgm/s)

cos 135
p
To
762.7 kgm/s
p
Tf
762.7 kgm/s
24.7
Therefore, p
Tf
763 kgm/s [E24.7N]
48. m
1
3.2 kg, v
1o
20 m/s [N],
p
1o
64 kgm/s [N], m
2
0.5 kg,
v
2o
5 m/s [W], p
2o
2.5 kgm/s [W]
p
To
p
Tf
p
1o
p
2o
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
Using the diagram and Pythagoras theorem,
p
Tf
(2.5 kg m/s )
2
(6 4 kg m/s)
2
Tf
64.05 kgm/s
tan
2.2
p
T
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
64.05 kgm/s [N2.2W] (3.7 kg)v
f
v
f
17 m/s [N2.2W]
49. m
1
3000 kg, v
1o
20 m/s [N],
p
1o
60 000 kgm/s [N], m
2
5000 kg,
v
2o
? [E], p
2o
? [E], v
f
? [E30N],
p
f
? [E30N]
p
To
p
Tf
p
1o
p
2o
p
Tf
Using the following momentum diagram,
tan 60
p
2o
(60 000 kgm/s)(tan 60)
p
2o
103 923 kgm/s
m
2
v
2o
103 923 kgm/s
v
2o

v
2o
20.8 m/s [E]
50. m
o
1.2 10
24
kg, v
o
0, p
o
0,
m
1
3.0 10
25
kg, v
1
2.0 10
7
m/s [E],
p
1
6 10
18
kgm/s [E],
m
2
2.3 10
25
kg, v
2
4.2 10
7
m/s [N],
p
2
9.66 10
18
kgm/s [N]
m
3
1.2 10
24
kg 3.0 10
25
kg
2.3 10
25
kg
m
3
6.7 10
25
kg
p
To
0
p
To
p
Tf
0 p
1
p
2
p
3
Drawing a momentum vector diagram and
using Pythagoras theorem,
p
2
(9.66 10
18
kgm/s)
2
(6 10
18
kgm/s)
2
p
3
1.1372 10
17
kgm/s
v
3

v
3

v
3
1.7 10
7
m/s
tan
31.8
Therefore, v
3
1.7 10
7
m/s [S32W]
51. m
1
m
2
m, v
1o
12.5 m/s
[R], v
2o
0, v
2f
1.5 m/s [R25U]
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
Since m
1
m
2
and v
2o
0,
v
1o
v
1f
v
2f
60 m
4.8 s
6 10
18
kgm/s
9.66 10
18
kgm/s
1.1372 10
17
kgm/s
6.7 10
25
kg
p
m
3
p
3
= m
3
v
3
p
2o
= 9.66 10
18
kgm/s
p
1o
= 6.0 10
18
kgm/s
103 923 kgm/s
5000 kg
p
2o
60 000 kgm/s
p
Tf
p
1o
= 60 000 kgm/s
p
2o
= m
2
v
2o
30
2.5 kgm/s
64 kgm/s
p
Tf
p
1o
= 64 kgm/s
p
2o
= 2.5 kgm/s
sin 135
762.7 kgm/s
sin
450 kgm/s
Drawing a vector diagram and using
trigonometry,
v
1f
2
(1.5 m/s)
2
(12.5 m/s)
2
2(1.5 m/s)(12.5 m/s) cos 25

v
1f
11.16 m/s
3.3
Therefore, the first stone is deflected 3.3 or
[R3.3D].
52. m
1
10 000 kg,
v
1
3000 km/h [E] 833.3 m/s [E],
p
1
8.333 10
6
kgm/s [E], m
2
?,
v
2
5000 km/h [S] 1388.9 m/s [S],
p
2
m
2
(1388.9 m/s) [S],
m
3
10 000 kg m
2
, v
3
? [E10N],
p
3
(10 000 kg m
2
)(v
3
) [E10N]
p
1
p
2
p
3
Drawing a momentum diagram and using
trigonometry,
tan 10
p
2
(8.33 10
6
kgm/s)(tan 10)
p
2
1.47 10
6
kgm/s
p
2
m
2
(1388.9 m/s) [S]
m
2

m
2
1057.6 kg
The mass of the ejected object is 1.058 10
3
kg.
53. m
1
m
2
m, v
1o
6.0 m/s [U], v
2o
0,
v
2f
4 m/s [L25U], v
1f
?
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
Since m
1
m
2
and v
2o
0,
v
1o
v
1f
v
2f
Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
v
1f
2
(6.0 m/s)
2
(4.0 m/s)
2
2(6.0 m/s)(4.0 m/s) cos 65

v
1f
5.63 m/s
40
Therefore v
1f
5.63 m/s [U40R]
54. 2m
1
m
2
, v
1o
6.0 m/s [U], v
2o
0,
v
2f
4 m/s [L25U], v
1f
?
p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
,
since 2m
1
m
2
and v
2o
0
v
1o
v
1f
2v
2f
Using the vector diagram and trigonometry,
v
1f
2
(6.0 m/s)
2
(8.0 m/s)
2
2(6.0 m/s)(8.0 m/s) cos 65

v
1f
7.7 m/s
70
Therefore, v
1f
7.7 m/s [R20U]
55. Counting ten dots for a one-second interval
and measuring the distance with a ruler and
the angle with a protractor gives:
a) v
1o

v
1o
0.033 m/s
v
2o
0
v
1f

v
1f
0.033 m/s
v
2f

v
2f
0.033 m/s
33 mm
1 s
33 mm
1 s
33 mm
1 s
sin 65
7.7 m/s
sin
8.0 m/s
v
2
f

= 8.0 m /s
V
1o
= 6.0 m /s
v
1f
25
sin 65
5.63 m/s
sin
4.0 m/s
v
2f
=

4.0 m / s
v
1o
=

6.0 m / s
v
1f
25
1.47 10
6
kgm/s
1388.8 m/s
p
1
p
1
= 8.33 10
6
kgm/s
p
2
p
3
10
sin 25
11.6 m/s
sin
1.5 m/s
v
2f
= 1.5 m/s
v
1o
= 12.5 m/s
v
1
f
25
b) v
1o
0.033 m/s [E]
v
2o
0
v
1f
0.033 m/s [E45S]
v
2f
0.033 m/s [E45N]
c) p
1o
(0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E])
p
1o
9.9 10
3
kgm/s [E]
p
2o
(0.3 kg)(0) 0
p
To
9.9 10
3
kgm/s [E]
p
1f
(0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45S])
p
1f
9.9 10
3
kgm/s [E45S]
p
2f
(0.3 kg)(0.033 m/s [E45N])
p
2f
9.9 10
3
kgm/s [E45N]
The vector diagram for the final situation
is shown below.
Using Pythagoras theorem,
p
Tf
2
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)
2
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)
2
p
Tf
1.4 10
2
kgm/s [E]
d) p
1oh
9.9 10
3
kgm/s
p
1ov
0
p
2oh
0
p
2ov
0
p
1fh
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)(cos 45)
p
1fh
7.0 10
3
kgm/s
p
1fv
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)(sin 45)
p
1fv
7.0 10
3
kgm/s
p
2fh
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)(cos 45)
p
2fh
7.0 10
3
kgm/s
p
2fv
(9.9 10
3
kgm/s)(sin 45)
p
2fv
7.0 10
3
kgm/s
e) Momentum is not conserved in this colli-
sion. The total final momentum is about
1.4 times the initial momentum.
56. m
1
0.2 kg, v
1
24 m/s [E],
p
1
4.8 kgm/s [E], m
2
0.3 kg,
v
2
18 m/s [N], p
2
5.4 kgm/s [N],
m
3
0.25 kg, v
3
30 m/s [W],
p
3
7.5 kgm/s [W], m
4
0.25 kg,
v
4
?, p
4
?
p
To
0
p
1
p
2
p
3
p
4
0
Drawing a vector diagram and using
trigonometry,
Using triangle ABC,
tan
26.6
p
2
(2.7 kgm/s)
2
(5.4 kgm/s)
2
p
4
6.037 kgm/s
v
4

v
4
24.1 m/s
Therefore, v
4
24.1 m/s [S26.6E]
57. a) Mass
total
5000 kg 10 000 kg
Mass
total
15 000 kg
b)
1
3
the distance to the larger
truck, or
1
3
(400 m) 133.3 m from the
larger truck.
58. a) m
1
2000 kg, v
1o
200 m/s [E],
p
1o
4 10
5
kgm/s [E]
b) m
2
1000 kg, v
2o
200 m/s [S30E],
p
2o
2 10
5
kgm/s [S30E]
c) p
cmo
p
1o
p
2o
d) p
cmf
p
cmo
59. a) p
cmo
p
To
p
cmo
9.9 10
3
kgm/s [E] (see 55c)
b) p
cmf
p
Tf
p
cmf
1.4 10
2
kgm/s [E] (see vector
diagram for 55c)
p
cmf
p
2o
p
1o
p
cmo
30
p
2o
= 2 10
5
kgm/s [S30E]

p
1o
= 4 10
5
kgm/s [E]
5000 kg
15 000 kg
6.037 kgm/s
0.25 kg
2.7 kgm/s
5.4 kgm/s
A
C
B = 7.5 kgm/s
p
2
= 5.4 kgm/s
p
1
= 4.80 kgm/s
p
3
p
4
p
2f
= 9.9 10
3
kgm/s
p
1f
= 9.9 10
3
kgm/s
p
Tf
45
45
Chapter 5
11. a) W Fd
W (4000 N)(5.0 m)
W 2.0 10
4
J
b) W (570 N)(0.08 m)
W 46 J
c) W E
k
W E
k2
E
k1
W
1
2
mv
2
0
W
1
2
(9.1 10
31
kg)(1.6 10
8
m/s)
2
W 1.2 10
14
J
12. a) W Fd
W (500 N)(5.3 m)
W 2.7 10
3
J
b) W Fd cos
W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 20
W 2.5 10
3
J
c) W (500 N)(5.3 m) cos 70
W 9.1 10
2
J
13.
W E
g
Fd mgh
(350 N)(25.0 m) (50.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)h
h 18 m
sin
sin
46
14. Using the plows speed, in 1 s, the plow will
push a block of snow that is 0.35 m deep,
4.0 m wide and 10.0 m long.
This snow has a mass of:
(0.35 m)(4.0 m)(10.0 m)(254 kg/m
3
) 3556 kg
The force that the plow applies in 1 s is:
F
app
F
g
F
app
mg
F
app
(3556 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
app
34 848.8 N
This force is applied over a distance of 5 m:
W Fd
W (34 848.8 N)(5.0 m)
W 174 244 J
To find the number of seconds it takes to
plow the road:
t
t
t 800 s
W
T
(800 s)(174 244 J/s)
W
T
1.4 10
8
J
15. The two campers must overcome 84 N of fric-
tion, or 42 N each in the horizontal direction
since both are at the same 45 angle.
The horizontal component of F
c
, called F
h
,
must be equal to 42 N.
W F
h
d
W (42 N)(50 m)
W 2.1 10
3
Nm
Each camper must do 2.1 10
3
J of work to
overcome friction.
16. W Fd ,where d for each revolution is
zero. Therefore, W 0 J.
17. 350 J indicates that the force and the dis-
placement are in the opposite direction. An
example would be a car slowing down because
of friction. Negative work represents a flow or
transfer of energy out of an object or system.
45
45
F
c
F
h
8000 m
10 m/s
d
v
18 m
25.0 m
h
25.0 m
25.0 m
h
18. d
ramp
5 m
m 35 kg
d
height
1.7 m
a) F ma
F (35 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F 343 N
F 3.4 10
2
N
b) W Fd
W (3.4 10
2
N)(1.7 m)
W 583.1 J
W 5.8 10
2
N
c) W Fd
ramp
583.1 J F(5 m)
F 116.62 N
F 1.2 10
2
N
19. W Area under the graph
W (10 m)(200 N)
(20 m)(200 N)
(10 m)(800 N)
(20 m)(800 N) (10 m)(1200 N)
W 5.4 10
4
J
20. a) W area under the graph
W
(1 m)(100 N) (2 m)(300 N)
W 8.5 10
2
J
b) The wagon now has kinetic energy (and
may also have gained gravitational poten-
tial energy).
c) W E
k
E
k

1
2
mv
2
850 J
1
2
(120 kg)v
2
v 3.8 m/s
21. a) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(45 kg)(10 m/s)
2
E
k
2.3 10
3
J
b) v
v
v 0.628 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(0.002 kg)(0.628 m/s)
2
E
k
3.9 10
4
J
c) v
v 27.7778 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(15 000 kg)(27.7778 m/s)
2
E
k
5.8 10
6
J
22. v
v
v 2.5 m/s
E
k

1
2
mv
2
450 J
1
2
m(2.5 m/s)
2
m 1.4 10
2
kg
23. E
k

1
2
mv
2
5.5 10
8
J
1
2
(1.2 kg)v
2
v
v 3.0 10
4
m/s
24. E
k-gained
E
g
E
k-gained
mgh
2
mgh
1
E
k-gained
mg(h
2
h
1
)
E
k-gained
(15 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(200 m 1 m)
E
k-gained
2.9 10
4
J
25. p 2mE
k
kgm/s (kg)(J )
kgm/s (kg)(N m)
kgm/s kg(kg m/s
2
)m
kgm/s kg
2
m
2
/s
2
kgm/s kgm/s
2(5.5 10
8
J)
1.2 kg
5.0 m
2.0 s
d
t
1000 m
1 km
1 h
3600 s
100 km
1 h
2(0.1 m)
1 s
2r
t
(1 m)(200 N)
2
(1 m)(100 N)
2
(20 m)(400 N)
2
(20 m)(600 N)
2
(20 m)(200 N)
2
26. 5 keV
8 10
16
J
E
k

1
2
mv
2
8 10
16
J
1
2
(9.1 10
31
kg)v
2
v 4.2 10
7
m/s
As a percentage of the speed of light:
100 14%
27. a) a
a
a 1.86 10
7
m/s
2
F ma
F (0.015 kg)(1.86 10
7
m/s
2
)
F 2.8 10
5
N
b) F force of bullet
F 2.8 10
5
N
28. For 1 m:
W (50 N)(1 m)
W 50 J
W E
k
E
k

1
2
mv
2
50 J
1
2
(1.5 kg)v
2
v 8 m/s
For 2 m:
W 50 J (50 N)(1 m)
1
2
(250 N)(1 m)
W 225 J
E
k

1
2
mv
2
225 J
1
2
(1.5 kg)v
2
v 17.3 m/s
For 3 m:
W 225 J (50 N)
(300 N)
(350 N)
W 425 J
E
k

1
2
mv
2
425 J
1
2
(1.5 kg)v
2
v 23.8 m/s
29. p 2mE
k
p 2(5 kg )(3.0 10
2
J)
p 55 Ns
30. m
1
0.2 kg
m
2
1 kg
v
1o
125 m/s
v
1f
100 m/s
v
2o
0
v
2f
?
d
2
3 m
a) p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(0.2 kg)(125 m/s) 0 (0.2 kg)(100 m/s)
(1 kg)v
2f
v
2f
5 m/s
b) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(1 kg)(5 m/s)
2
E
k
12.5 J
c) This collision is not elastic since some
kinetic energy is not conserved. Some
energy may be lost due to the deformation
of the apple.
d) v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
0 (5 m/s)
2
2a(3.0 m)
a 4.1667 m/s
2
F ma
F (1.0 kg)(4.1667 m/s
2
)
F 4.2 N
31. a) E
g
mgh
E
g
(2.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.3 m)
E
g
25 J
b) E
g
mgh
E
g
(0.05 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(3.0 m)
E
g
1.5 J
c) E
g
mgh
E
g
(200 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(469 m)
E
g
9.2 10
5
J
d) E
g
mgh
E
g
(5000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0)
E
g
0 J
5
6
1
2
1
6
1
6
1
2
0 (350 m/s)
2
2(0.0033 m)
(v
2
2
v
1
2
)
2d
4.2 10
7
m/s
3 10
8
m/s
1.6 10
19
J
1 eV
1000 eV
1 keV
32. a) m
m
m 4.5 10
2
kg
b) W Fd
W (4410 N)(3.5 m)
W 1.5 10
4
J
33. Using conservation of energy:
E
To
E
Tf
mgh
1
2
mv
o
2

1
2
mv
f
2
(9.8 m/s
2
)(1.8 m)
1
2
(4.7 m/s)
2

1
2
v
2
17.64 m
2
s
2
11.045 m
2
s
2

1
2
v
2
v 7.6 m/s
34. E
e
E
g
1
2
kx
2
mgh
1
2
(1200 N/m)x
2
(3.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(0.80 m)
x 0.2 m
x 20 cm
35. m 0.005 kg
h 2.0 m
Initial:
E mgh
E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(2.0 m)
E 0.098 J
At half the height:
E (0.005 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(1.0 m)
E 0.049 J
After the first bounce:
E (0.80)(0.098 J)
E 0.0784 J
After the second bounce:
E (0.80)(0.0784 J)
E 0.062 72 J
After the third bounce:
E (0.80)(0.062 72 J)
E 0.050 176 J
After the fourth bounce:
E (0.80)(0.050 176 J)
E 0.040 140 9 J
Therefore, after the fourth bounce, the ball
loses over half of its original height.
36. a) The greatest potential energy is at point A
(highest point) and point F represents the
lowest amount of potential energy (lowest
point).
b) Maximum speed occurs at F when most of
the potential energy has been converted to
kinetic energy.
E
g-lost
E
k-gained
mgh mv
2
(1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(75 m)
1
2
(1000 kg)v
2
v 38 m/s
c) At point E, 18 m of E
p
is converted to E
k
.
mgh mv
2
(1000 kg)(9.8 N/kg)(18 m)
1
2
(1000 kg)v
2
v 19 m/s
d) Find the acceleration, then use F ma.
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
0 (38 m/s)
2
2a(5 m)
a 144.4 m/s
2
F ma
F (1000 kg)(144.4 m/s
2
)
F 1.4 10
5
N
37. E
e
E
k
1
2
kx
2

1
2
mv
2
(890 N/m)x
2
(10 005 kg)(5 m/s)
2
x 16.8 m
x 17 m
38. d
h
15 m
v
1
12.1 m/s
E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2

1
2
kx
2
(0.008 kg)(12.1 m/s) (350 N/m)x
2
x 0.058 m
x 5.8 cm
v
1
2
sin 90
9.8 m/s
2
v
1
2
sin 2
g
1
2
1
2
4410 N
9.8 N/kg
F
a
39. 85% of the original energy is left after the
first bounce, therefore,
(0.85)mgh
tree
mgh
bounce
(0.85)(2 m) h
bounce
h 1.7 m
40. E
e
E
k
1
2
kx
2

1
2
mv
2
(35 000 N/m)(4.5 m)
2
(65 kg)v
2
v 104.4 m/s
d
h
d
h
d
h
1.1 10
3
m
41. k slope
k
k
F
x
k
k 5.3 10
2
N/m
42. W area under the graph
a) W
1
2
(0.05 m)(2 10
3
N)
W 50 J
b) W 50 J (0.02 m)(2 10
3
N)
(0.02 m)(4.5 10
3
N)
W 135 J
W 1.4 10
2
J
43. E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2

1
2
kx
2
(0.05 kg)v
2
(400 N/m)(0.03 m)
2
v 2.7 m/s
44. E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2

1
2
kx
2
(2.5 10
3
kg)(95 m/s)
2
k(35 m)
2
k 1.8 10
4
N/m
45. E
e
E
k
kx
2
mv
2
(5 10
7
N/m)(0.15 m)
2
(1000 kg)v
2
v 34 m/s
46. a) E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2

1
2
kx
2
(3 kg)v
2
(125 N/m)(0.12 m)
2
v 0.77 m/s
b) F
f
F
n
F
f
(0.1)(3 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
f
2.94 N
F ma
a
m
F
a
a 0.98 m/s
2
v
2
2
v
1
2
2ad
0 (0.77 m/s)
2
2(0.98 m/s
2
)d
d 0.3 m
d 30 cm
47. E
k
E
e
mv
2
kx
2
(3.0 kg)v
2
(350 N/m)(0.1 m)
2
v 1.1 m/s
48. F kx
F (4000 N/m)(0.15 m)
F 600 N
49. F ma
F (100 kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F 980 N
Divided into 20 springs:
F
F 49 N per spring
F kx
49 N k(0.035 m)
k 1.4 10
3
N/m
50. F kx
mg kx
(10 kg)(9.8 N/kg) k(1.3 m)
k 75.3846 N/m
E
e
kx
2
2 10
6
J (75.3846 N/m)x
2
x 2.3 10
2
m
1
2
1
2
980 N
20
1
2
1
2
2.94 N
3 kg
1
2
1
2
1
2
120 N
0.225 m
rise
run
(104.4 m/s)
2
sin 90
9.8 m/s
2
v
1
2
sin 2
g
51. 3 d 259 200 s
8 h 28 800 s
15 min 900 s
t 259 200 s 28 800 s 900 s
t 288 900 s
P
E Pt
E (60 W)(288 900 s)
E 1.7 10
7
J
1.7 10
4
kJ 4.8 kWh
52. a) E E
g
E mgh
E (3500 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(13.4 m)
E 459 620 J
P
P
P 19 983 W
P
E
P
E
4.3 10
4
W
b) 4.3 10
4
W 58 hp
54. a) P Fv
P F
g
v
P mgv
P (4400 kg 2200 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(2.4 m/s)
P 1.6 10
5
W
55. Since the cyclists speed is 2.78 m/s, the
cyclist travels 2.78 m up the hill per second.
The cyclists change in height per second is:
h d sin
h (2.78 m) sin 7.2
h 0.348 m
The increase in potenial energy is:
E
p
mgh
E
p
(75 kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)(0.348 m)
E
p
255.78 J
In 1 s:
P
P 256 W
56. Using the conservation of momentum:
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
m
1
v
1o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
m
1
(v
1o
v
1f
) m
2
v
2f
(eq. 1)
Using the conservation of kinetic energy:
m
1
(v
1o
2
v
1f
2
) m
2
v
2f
2
(eq. 2)
Dividing equation 2 by equation 1:
v
1o
v
1f
v
2f
v
1f
v
2f
v
1o
(eq. 3)
Substituting equation 3 into equation 1:
m
1
(v
1o
v
1f
) m
2
v
2f
m
1
(v
1o
v
2f
v
1o
) m
2
v
2f
m
1
(2v
1o
v
2f
) m
2
(v
2f
)
v
1o
(2m
1
) v
2f
(m
1
m
2
)
v
2f
57. a) v
1f
v
1o
v
1f
(3 m/s)
v
1f
2 m/s
v
2f
v
1o
v
2f
(3 m/s)
v
2f
5 m/s
b) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(3 kg)(5 m/s)
2
E
k
37.5 J
E
k
38 J
58. p
Tf
p
To
(m
1
m
2
)v
f
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
(0.037 kg)v
f
(0.035 kg)(8 ms)
(0.002 kg)(12 m/s)
v
f
6.9 m/s
2(15 kg)
15 kg 3 kg
2m
1
m
1
m
2
15 kg 3 kg
15 kg 3 kg
m
1
m
2
m
1
m
2
2m
1
v
1o
m
1
m
2
m
2
v
2f
2
m
2
v
2f
m
1
(v
1o
2
v
1f
2
)
m
1
(v
1o
v
1f
)
255.78 J
1.0 s
1 hp
746 W
19 983 W
0.46
459 620 J
23 s
E
t
1 kWh
3600 kJ
E
t
60 s
1 min
60 s
1 min
60 min
1 h
60 s
1 min
60 min
1 h
24 h
1 d
59. a) p
To
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
p
To
(3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s) (3.2 kg)(0)
p
To
7.0 kgm/s
E
k-To

1
2
mv
2
E
k-To

1
2
(3.2 kg)(2.2 m/s)
2
E
k-To
7.7 J
b) Using the conservation of momentum and
m
1
m
2
:
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
2.2 m/s 0 1.1 m/s v
2f
v
2f
1.1 m/s
c) E
k-Tf

1
2
mv
1f
2

1
2
mv
2f
2
E
k-Tf

1
2
(3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)
2
1
2
(3.2 kg)(1.1 m/s)
2
E
k-Tf
3.8 J
d) The collision is not elastic since there was
a loss of kinetic energy from 7.7 J to 3.8 J.
60. p
To
p
Tf
m
1
v
1o
m
2
v
2o
m
1
v
1f
m
2
v
2f
(0.015 kg)(375 m/s) 0 (0.015 kg)(300 m/s)
(2.5 kg)v
2f
v
2f
0.45 m/s
61. m
1
6m
v
1o
5 m/s
m
2
10m
v
2o
3 m/s
Changing the frame of reference so that v
2f
0:
v
1o
8 m/s
v
1f
v
1o
v
1f
(8 m/s)
v
1f
2 m/s
v
2f
v
1o
v
2f
(8 m/s)
v
2f
6 m/s
Returning to our original frame of reference
(subtract 3 m/s):
v
1f
2 m/s 3 m/s 5 m/s,
v
2f
6 m/s 3 m/s 3 m/s
62. a) v
1f
v
1o
v
1f
(5 m/s)
v
1f
2.5 m/s
b) v
2f
v
1o
v
2f
(5 m/s)
v
2f
7.5 m/s
63. m
w
0.750 kg
k 300 N/m
m
b
0.03 kg
x 0.102 m
a) E
e-gained
E
k-lost
kx
2
mv
2
(300 N/m)(0.102 m)
2
(0.78 kg)v
2
v 2 m/s
Using the conservation of momentum:
p
To
p
Tf
m
b
v
bo
m
w
v
wo
m
(bw)
v
f
(0.03 kg)v
bo
0 (0.78 kg)(2.0 m/s)
v
bo
52 m/s
b) The collision is inelastic since:
E
ko

1
2
(0.03 kg)(52 m/s)
2
E
ko
40.56 J
and
E
kf
0
The kinetic energy is not conserved.
64. a) mgh
1
2
mv
2
(2.05 kg)(9.8 m/s)(0.15 m)
1
2
(2.05 kg)v
2
v 1.7 m/s
b) m
1
v
1
v
2
(m
1
m
2
)
(0.05 kg)v
1
(1.71 m/s)(2.05 kg)
v
1
70 m/s
65. Using the conservation of momentum and
m
1
m
2
m:
p
To
p
Tf
mv
1o
mv
2o
mv
1f
mv
2f
v
1o
0 v
1f
v
1f
(eq. 1)
1
2
1
2
2(3m
2
)
3m
2
m
2
2m
1
m
1
m
2
3m
2
m
2
3m
2
m
2
m
1
m
2
m
1
m
2
2(6m)
6m 10m
2m
1
m
1
m
2
6m 10m
6m 10m
m
1
m
2
m
1
m
2
Using the conservation of kinetic energy:
E
kTo
E
kTf
mv
1o
2
mv
2o
2
mv
1f
2
mv
2f
2
v
1o
2
0 v
1f
2
v
2f
2
v
1o
2
v
1f
2
v
2f
2
(eq. 2)
Equation 1 can be represented by the vector
diagram:
The angle is the angle between the final
velocity of the eight ball and the cue ball after
the collision.
Using the cosine law and equation 2:
v
1o
2
v
1f
2
v
2f
2
2(v
1f
)(v
2f
) cos
v
1o
2
v
1o
2
2(v
1f
)(v
2f
) cos
0 2(v
1f
)(v
2f
) cos
0 cos
90
Therefore, the angle between the two balls
after collision is 90.
v
1o
v
2f
v
1f
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Chapter 6
13. v
i
4 km/s 4 10
3
m/s, v
f
80 m/s
E
1
2
mv
i
2

1
2
mv
f
2
E
1
2
(100 000 kg)[(80 m/s)
2
(4000 m/s)
2
]
E 7.9968 10
11
J
It has released 7.9968 10
11
J of energy to the
atmosphere.
The shuttles initial height was 100 km, and it
landed on Earths surface, therefore its change
in height is 100 km.
14. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, m
sat
920 kg,
E
k
7.0 10
9
J
a) At the start, the height is r
E
6.38 10
6
m.
Therefore, the total energy is
E
T
E
ki
E
pi
E
T
7.0 10
9
J
E
T
7.0 10
9
J
E
T
5.051 672 10
10
J
Since velocity is 0 at maximum height,
total energy at maximum height E
pf
E
T
E
T
E
T
The total energy is constant, therefore,

5.051 672 10
10
J
h 884.1 km
b) Escape velocity from Earths surface is
given by:
v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
1.12 10
4
m/s
Therefore, the initial kinetic energy required
for the escape should be greater than:
E
1
2
mv
2
E
1
2
(920 kg)(1.12 10
4
m/s)
2
E 5.75 10
10
J
c) The initial speed needed to keep going
indefinitely should be greater than the
escape speed, i.e., greater than 11.2 km/s.
15. m
s
550 kg, m
E
5.98 10
24
kg,
h 6000 km 6 10
6
m, r
E
6.38 10
6
m
a) E
p

E
p
GMm
E
p
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)
(5.98 10
24
kg)(550 kg)
E
p
1.67 10
10
J
b) At the maximum height of 6000 km, the
kinetic energy is 0 since the velocity is
zero. Therefore, the change in E
p
is the ini-
tial kinetic energy,
i.e., E
ki
1.67 10
10
J.
16. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, r
E
6.38 10
6
m,
m
m
20 000 kg,
v
i
3.0 km/s 3.0 10
3
m/s,
h 200 km 2.0 10
5
m
Since the meteorite is headed from outer space,
E
pi
0 and E
ki

1
2
mv
i
2
Therefore, E
T

1
2
mv
i
2
At 200 km,
E
T
E
kf
E
pf
1
2
mv
i
2
mv
f
2
1
2
v
i
2
v
f
2
1
2
(3.0 10
3
m/s)
2

1
2
v
f
2
v
f
11 412.1 m/s
The meteorites speed 200 km above Earths
surface is approximately 11.4 km/s.
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
6.58 10
6
m
GM
h r
1
2
GMm
h r
1
2
1
6.38 10
6
m
1
6.38 10
6
m 6 10
6
m
1
r
1
r h
GMm
r
GMm
r h
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(6.38 10
6
m)
2GM
r
3.67 10
17
Nm
2
6.38 10
6
m h
3.67 10
17
Nm
2
6.38 10
6
m h
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)(920 kg)
6.38 10
6
m h
GMm
r h
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)(920 kg)
6.38 10
6
m
GMm
r
17. v
esc
c 2.99 10
8
m/s, m
E
5.98 10
24
kg
v
esc
r
r
r 8.92 10
3
m
18. Given: d
EM
3.82 10
8
m,
m
Moon
7.35 10
22
kg,
m
Earth
5.98 10
24
kg
Equating the forces of gravity between Earth
and the Moon, using the distance from Earth
as r,
M
Moon
r
2
M
Earth
(3.82 10
8
m r)
2
0 M
Earth
(1.46 10
17
m
7.64 10
8
r r
2
) M
Moon
r
2
0 8.73 10
41
m 4.57 10
33
r
5.98 10
24
r
2
7.36 10
22
r
2
0 5.91 10
24
r
2
4.57 10
33
r
8.73 10
41
m
r 4.29 10
8
m, 3.45 10
8
m
The forces of gravity from Earth and the
Moon are equal at both 4.43 10
8
m and
3.45 10
8
m from Earths centre.
19. m
Earth
5.98 10
24
kg, m
Moon
7.35 10
22
kg,
r
E
6.38 10
6
m,
r
M
1.738 10
6
m
Let m be the mass of the payload.
E
GM
r
Moon
m

GM
R
Earth
m
E (6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)
E 5.97 10
7
J
The energy required to move a payload from
Earths surface to the Moons surface is
5.97 10
7
J/kg.
20. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, r
E
6.38 10
6
m,
h 400 km 4.0 10
5
m
Orbital speed is given by:
v
v 7.67 km/s
The period of the orbit is the time required by
the satellite to complete one rotation around
Earth. Therefore, the distance travelled, d, is
the circumference of the circular orbit.
Therefore,
d 2(r h)
d 2(3.14)(6.38 10
6
m 4.0 10
5
m)
d 42 599 996 m
Hence, speed is given by,
v
T
T
T 5552 s
The period of the orbit is 5552 s or 92.5 min.
21. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, r
E
6.37 10
6
m
Since the orbit is geostationary, it has a period
of 24 h 86 400 s. Using Keplers third law,
1
3
1
3
r 4.22 10
7
m
Subtracting Earths radius,
r 4.22 10
7
m 6.37 10
6
m
r 3.59 10
7
m
The satellite has an altitude of 3.59 10
4
km.
22. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, r
E
6.37 10
6
m,
r
1
320 km 3.2 10
5
m,
r
2
350 km 3.5 10
5
m
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)(86 400 s)
2
4(3.14)
2
GMT
2
4
2
GM
4
2
r
3
T
2
42 599 996 m
7670 m/s
d
v
d
T
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
6.38 10
6
m 4.0 10
5
m
GM
r h
5.98 10
24
kg
6.38 10
6
m
7.35 10
22
kg
1.738 10
6
m
M
Earth
r
2
M
Moon
(3.82 10
8
m r)
2
GM
Earth
m
r
2
GM
Moon
m
(3.82 10
8
m r)
2
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)
(2.99 10
8
m/s)
2
2GM
(v
esc
)
2
2GM
r
Energy added to the stations orbit is given by:
E

E GMm
E (6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)
(5.98 10
24
kg)m
E 2.65 10
5
m J
The shuttle has added 2.65 10
5
m J of
energy to the stations orbit.
23. a) The total energy of a satellite in an orbit is
the sum of its kinetic and potential ener-
gies. In all cases, total energy remains con-
stant. Therefore, when r is increased, the
gravitational potential energy increases as
E
p

G
r
Mm
. As r increases, the energy
increases as it becomes less negative. Thus,
when potential energy increases, kinetic
energy decreases to maintain the total
energy a constant. Since E
k

1
2
mv
2
, if
kinetic energy decreases, v also decreases
and when r increases, v decreases.
b) In Keplers third law equation K,
r is directly proportional to T. Therefore,
as r increases, T also increases.
24. m
E
5.98 10
24
kg, m
M
7.35 10
22
kg,
r 3.82 10
8
m
The Moons total energy in its orbit around
Earth is given by:
E
T

1
2
E
p
E
T

1
2
E
T
1
2
E
T
3.84 10
28
J
25. m
Saturn
5.7 10
26
kg, r
Saturn
6.0 10
7
m
Equating two equations for kinetic energy,
mv
2
v 2.5 10
4
m/s
If an object is orbiting Saturn, it must have a
minimum speed of 2.5 10
4
m/s.
26. m
M
7.35 10
22
kg,
r r
M
100 km
r 1.738 10
6
m 1 10
5
m
r 1.838 10
6
m
v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
2.31 10
3
m/s
The escape speed from the Moon at a height
of 100 km is 2.31 km/s.
27. According to Keplers third law,
T
2
T 7071 s
It would take the Apollo spacecraft 7071 s or
1 h 58 min to complete one orbit around the
Moon.
28. d
MS
2.28 10
11
m, r
M
3.43 10
6
m,
m
M
6.37 10
23
kg, m
S
2.0 10
30
kg
a) Orbital speed is given by:
v
v 24.2 km/s
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(2.0 10
30
kg)
2.28 10
11
m
GM
r
4(3.14)
2
(1.838 10
6
m)
3
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(7.35 10
22
kg)
4
2
r
3
Gm
Moon
GM
4
2
r
3
T
2
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(7.35 10
22
kg)
1.838 10
6
m
2Gm
Moon
r
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.7 10
26
kg)
6 10
7
m
GM
r
GMm
2r
1
2
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(5.98 10
24
kg)(7.35 10
22
kg)
3.82 10
8
m
GMm
r
r
3
T
2
1
6.70 10
6
m
1
6.73 10
6
m
1
r
1
r
E
1
r
2
r
E
GMm
r
1
r
E
GMm
r
2
r
E
b) h 80 km 8 10
4
m
v
v 3.48 km/s
The speed required to orbit Mars at an alti-
tude of 80 km is 3.48 km/s.
29. m
M
7.35 10
22
kg, r
M
1.738 10
6
m
Escape speed is given by:
v
esc
v
esc
v
esc
2.38 km/s
30. Three waves pass in every 12 s, with 2.4 m
between wave crests.
f
f
12
3
s
f 0.25 Hz
31. k 12 N/m, m 230 g 0.23 kg,
A 26 cm 0.26 m
At the maximum distance, i.e., A, v 0,
therefore the total energy is:
E
1
2
kA
2
Also, at the equilibrium point, the displace-
ment is zero, therefore the total energy is the
kinetic energy:
E
1
2
mv
2
Hence,
1
2
kA
2

1
2
mv
2
v
v 1.88 m/s
The speed of the mass at the equilibrium
point is 1.88 m/s.
32. m 2.0 kg, x 0.3 m, k 65 N/m
a) E
1
2
kx
2
E
1
2
(65 N/m)(0.3 m)
2
E 2.925 J
Initial potential energy of the spring is
2.925 J.
b) Maximum speed is achieved when the total
energy is equal to kinetic energy only.
Therefore,
E
1
2
mv
2
2.925 J
1
2
(2.0 kg)v
2
v 2.925
v 1.71 m/s
The mass reaches a maximum speed of
1.71 m/s.
c) x 0.20 m
Total energy of the mass at this location is
given by:
E
1
2
mv
2

1
2
kx
2
2.925 J
1
2
(2.0 kg)v
2
1
2
(65 N/m)(0.2 m)
2
v 1.625
v 1.275 m/s
The speed of the mass when the displace-
ment is 0.20 m is 1.275 m/s.
33. Given the information in problem 32,
a) Maximum acceleration is achieved when
the displacement is maximum since
F kx and F ma
Therefore, maximum displacement is
x 0.30 m
Hence,
ma kx
a
a
a 9.75 m/s
2
The mass maximum acceleration is
9.75 m/s
2
.
(65 N/m)(0.30 m)
(2.0 kg)
kx
m
(12 N/m)(0.26 m)
2
0.23 m
kA
2
m
number of waves
time
2(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(7.35 10
22
kg)
1.738 10
6
m
2GM
r
(6.67 10
11
Nm
2
/kg
2
)(6.37 10
23
kg)
3.43 10
6
m 8 10
4
m
Gm
r h
b) x 0.2 m
a
a
a 6.5 m/s
2
The mass acceleration when the displace-
ment is 0.2 m is 6.5 m/s
2
.
34. d
tide
15 m, m
floats
m, span
floats
10 km,
T
tide
12 h 32 min 45 120 s
a) Finding the work done by the upward
movement of the floats,
W
up
F
g
d
W
up
m(9.8 m/s
2
)(15 m)
W
up
147m J
Since there is a downward movement as
well,
W
up, down
2W
up
W
up, down
294m J
Since the linkages are only 29% efficient,
W
actual
0.29(294m J)
W
actual
85.26m J
To find power:
P
P
P 1.89 10
3
m W
P 1.89m mW
The power produced would be 1.89m mW.
b) 1.89m mW from the hydroelectric linkages
is not even comparable to 900 MW from a
reactor at Darlington Nuclear Power
Station. In order for the linkages to pro-
duce the same power, the total mass of the
floats would have to be 4.76 10
11
kg, or
476 million tonnes.
35. m 100 kg, d 12 m,
x 0.64 cm 0.0064 m
First, we must find the speed at which the
mass first makes contact with the spring.
Using kinematics,
v
2
v
o
2
2ad
v v
o
2
2 ad
v 0 2( 9.8 m/ s
2
)(12 m)
v 15.34 m/s
Finding the maximum kinetic energy of the
mass (instant before compression of spring),
E
kmax

1
2
mv
2
E
kmax

1
2
(100 kg)(15.34 m/s)
2
E
kmax
11 760 J
Since kinetic energy is fully converted to elas-
tic potential energy when the spring is fully
compressed,
E
pmax

1
2
kx
2
k
k
k 5.7 10
8
N/m
The spring constant is 5.7 10
8
N/m.
36. k 16 N/m, A 3.7 cm
Since total energy is equal to maximum poten-
tial energy, maximum amplitude x at the
point of maximum potential energy:
E
p
E
total
E
p

1
2
kx
2
E
p

1
2
(16 N/m)(0.037 m)
2
E
p
0.011 J
The total energy of the system is 0.011 J.
37. m
bullet
5 g 0.005 kg, m
mass
10 kg,
k 150 N/m, v
o bullet
350 m/s
To find the final velocity, use the law of con-
servation of linear momentum:
p
o
p
f
(0.005 kg)(350 m/s) 0 (10.005 kg)v
v 0.175 m/s
Therefore, the mass and bullets kinetic
energy is:
E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
(10.005 kg)(0.175 m/s)
2
E
k
0.153 J
2(11 760 J)
(0.0064 m)
2
2E
pmax
x
2
85.26m J
45 120 s
W
t
(65 N/m)(0.2 m)
2.0 kg
kx
m
Since all of this energy is transferred to elastic
potential energy,
E
p
E
k
1
2
kx
2
0.153 J
x
x 0.045 m
38. b 0.080 kg/s, m 0.30 kg, x
o
8.5 cm,
x x
o
e
2m
bt
a) t 0.1 s
x (8.5 cm)e
x 8.39 cm
b) t 1.5 s
x (8.5 cm)e
x 6.96 cm
c) t 15.5 s
x (8.5 cm)e
x 1.076 cm
d) t 3.0 min 180 s
x (8.5 cm)e
x 3.21 10
10
cm
e) t 5.2 h 18 720 s
x (8.5 cm)e
x 0 cm
39. x
1
2
x
o
Hence,
x x
o
e
2m
bt
1
2
x
o
x
o
e
2m
bt
0.5 e
(
2
0
(
.
0
0
.
8
3
0
0
k
k
g
g
/
)
s)t
ln 0.5
t 5.2 s
Therefore, the time required for the amplitude
to reach one-half its initial value is 5.2 s.
40. k 100 N/m
E
1
2
kx
o
2
e
m
bt
a) Initial energy:
E
o

1
2
kx
o
2
e
m
bt
(t 0 s)
E
o

1
2
kx
o
2
e
0
E
o

1
2
kx
o
2
One-half of the initial energy is:
1
2
1
2
kx
o
2

1
4
kx
o
2
Therefore, the time required for the energy
to reach this value is:
E
f

1
2
kx
o
2
e
m
bt
1
4
kx
o
2

1
2
kx
o
2
e
m
bt
1
2
e
m
bt
ln
1
2
m
bt
ln
1
2
t 2.6 s
Therefore, it takes 2.6 s for the mechanical
energy to drop to one-half of its initial
value.
b) i) t 0.1 s
E
1
2
(100 N/m)(0.085 m)
2
e
E 0.352 J
ii) t 22.3 s
E
1
2
(100 N/m)(0.085 m)
2
e
E 9.45 10
4
J
iii) t 2.5 min 150 s
E
1
2
(100 N/m)(0.085 m)
2
e
E 1.53 10
18
J
iv) t 5.6 a 176 601 600 s
E
1
2
(100 N/m)(0.085 m)
2
e
E 0 J
(0.080 kg/s)(176 601 600 s)
0.30 kg
(0.080 kg/s)(150 s)
0.30 kg
(0.080 kg/s)(22.3 s)
0.30 kg
(0.080 kg/s)(0.1 s)
0.30 kg
(0.080 kg/s)t
0.3 kg
(0.080 kg/s)t
0.30 kg
(0.080 kg/s)(18 720 s)
2(0.30 kg)
(0.080 kg/s)(180 s)
2(0.30 kg)
(0.080 kg/s)(15.5 s)
2(0.30 kg)
(0.080 kg/s)(1.5 s)
2(0.30 kg)
(0.080 kg/s)(0.1 s)
2(0.30 kg)
2(0.153 J)
150 N/m
Chapter 7
17. a) 0.0175 rad
b) 90
1
4
2 rad
90
2
rad
c) 3.84 rad
d) 8.01 rad
e) 20.9 rad
18. a) (15.3 rev)(2 rad/rev) 96.1 rad
b) turn rad
c) 4.4 h 2.3 rad
d) 28.5 h 7.46 rad
19. a) 0 rad 0
b)
rad
(57.3/rad) 120
c) (20 rad)(57.3/rad) 3600
d) (466.6 rad)(57.3/rad) 2.67 10
4
20. a) 0.56 cycles

b) rad
1
2
cycle
c) 50 0.14 cycle
d) 450 1.25 cycles
21. a) s r
s (40 m)(2 rad)
s 80 m
b) s r
s (40 m)(6.7 rad)
s 268 m
c) 2.16 rad
s r
s (40 m)(2.16 rad)
s 86 m
d) 9.77 rad
s r
s (40 m)(9.77 rad)
s 3.9 10
2
m
22. a) (15 cycles)(2 rad/cycle)
30 rad
b) t 3.5 s

27 rad/s
c) and become negative.
23. t 26 s
(4 cycles)(2 rad/cycle)
8 rad

0.97 rad/s
24. a)
178.0 rad/s
b)
t
(178.0 rad/s)(0.56 s)
1.0 10
2
rad
25. a)
1
0
2
2.55 rad/s
t 115 s

0.0222 rad/s
2
b) f
max
f
max
0.406 Hz
26.
1

1
4.7 rad/s
2
0
t 22.5 s
60 s
1 min
2 rad
1 rev
45 rev
1 min
2.55 rad/s
2 rad/cycle
2.55 rad/s 0
115 s
(
2

1
)
t
1 min
60 s
2 rad
rev
1700 rev
1 min
8 rad 0
26 s
t
30 rad 0
3.5 s
t
560
57.3/rad
124
57.3/rad
1 cycle
360
1 cycle
360
3.5 rad
2 rad/cycle
2
3
2 rad
24 h
2 rad
12 h
3
2
2 rad
turn
3
4
1200
57.3/rad
459
57.3/rad
220
57.3/rad
1
57.3/rad

0.21 rad/s
2
27.
1
18.0 rad/s
2
0
t 22.0 s
a)

0.818 rad/s
2
b)
2
2

1
2
2

198 rad
c) number of cycles
d)
2

1
t
2
18.0 rad/s (0.818 rad/s
2
)(8.7 s)
2
11 rad/s
28. 0.95 rad/s
2
1
1.2 rad/s
a) t 0.30 s
2

1
t
2
1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s
2
)(0.30 s)
2
0.92 rad/s
b) t 1.26 s
2

1
t
2
1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s
2
)(1.26 s)
2
3.0 10
3
rad/s
c) t 13.5 s
2

1
t
2
1.2 rad/s (0.95 rad/s
2
)(13.5 s)
2
12 rad/s
29. r 0.028 m
v 0.12 m/s
v r

v
r

4.3 rad/s
Therefore, the angular speed of the reel is
approximately 4.3 rad/s.
30. r 0.50 m
(3.5 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
22 rad/s
a
c
r
2
a
c
(0.50 m)(22 rad/s)
2
a
c
2.4 10
2
m/s
2
31. a
c
7.98 m/s
2
r
r 1.25 10
3
m
a) a
c
v a
c
r
v (7.98 m/s
2
)( 1.25 10
3
m )
v 99.9 m/s
b) 0
c)
v
r

0.0799 rad/s
number of revolutions
24 h
number of revolutions 1.10 10
3
d) 45 min
216 rad
s r
s (1.25 10
3
m)(216 rad)
s 2.70 10
5
m
32. c 3.0 10
8
m/s
r 0.80 m
d 2(10.0 km)
d 20 000 m
a) t
t
t 6.7 10
5
s

0.0174 rad
1
57.3/rad
20 000 m
3.0 10
8
m/s
d
c
60 s
1 min
0.0799 rad
1 s
3600 s
1 h
0.0799 rad/s
2 rad/rev
99.9 m/s
1.25 10
3
m
v
2
r
2.50 10
3
m
2
0.12 m/s
0.028 m
198 rad
2 rad/cycle
(18.0 rad/s)
2
2(0.818 rad/s
2
)
1
2
2
(0 18.0 rad/s)
22.0 s
(
2

1
)
t
0 4.7 rad/s
22.5 s
(
2

1
)
t

2.6 10
2
rad/s
b) v r
v (0.80 m)(2.6 10
2
rad/s)
v 2.1 10
2
m/s
33. Both people are travelling at the same angular
speed but in the opposite direction.
Therefore, they will meet halfway, after each
person has travelled
2
rad.

t
t
t 1.2 s
34.
A
1.3 rad/s
B
1.6(1.3 rad/s)
B
2.08 rad/s
A

B

B

A
t
A
t
B
(2.08 rad/s)
A
(1.3 rad/s) (1.3 rad/s)
A
A
1.208 rad
t t
A
t
t
t 0.93 s
35.
1
4.2 rad/s
1.80 rad/s
2
t 2.8 s
a)
2

1
t
2
4.2 rad/s (1.80 rad/s
2
)(2.8 s)
2
9.2 rad/s
b)
1
t
1
2
t
2
(4.2 rad/s)(2.8 s)
1
2
(1.8 rad/s
2
)(2.8 s)
2
19 rad
36.
1
190 rad/s
2
80 rad/s
t 6.4 s
a)

42 rad/s
2
b) t
(6.4 s)
3.5 10
2
rad
c) (3.5 10
2
rad)(57.3/rad) 2.0 10
4
d)
2
0
42 rad/s
2
t
t
t 4.5 s
37. 3.8 rad/s
2
t 3.5 s
110 rad
a)
1
t t
2
1
24.77 rad/s
1
25 rad/s
b)
2
2

1
2
2
2
(25 ra d/s)
2
2(3.8 rad/s
2
) (110 ra d)
2
38.22 rad/s
2
38 rad/s
110 rad
1
2
(3.8 rad/s
2
)(3.5 s)
2
3.5 s

1
2
t
2
t
1
2
0 190 rad/s
42 rad/s
2
2

1
(80 rad/s 190 rad/s)
2
(
2

1
)
2
80 rad/s 190 rad/s
6.4 s
2

1
t
1.208 rad
1.3 rad/s
A

A
2.08 rad/s
1.3 rad/s
2
rad
1.3 rad/s
t
0.0174 rad
6.7 10
5
s
t
c)

3.8 rad/s
2
d) t
(3.5 s)
110 rad

2
t
1
2
t
2
(38.22 rad/s)(3.5 s)
1
2
(3.8 rad/s
2
)(3.5 s)
2
110 rad
38.
1

1
41.9 rad/s
t 1.2 s
a) (10 turns)(2 rad/turn)
20 rad
b) t
2

1
2
41.9 rad/s
2
62.8 rad/s
2
63 rad/s
c)

17 rad/s
2
39. 2.0 10
4
rad
1
3.5 10
3
rad/s
2
2.5 10
4
rad/s
a) t
t
t
t 1.4 s
b)

1.5 10
4
rad/s
2
40. 1.5 10
4
rad/s
2
(from 39b)
1
0
2
3.5 10
4
rad/s
t
t
t 2.3 s
41.
2
15 rad/s
t 3.4 s
2.3 rad/s
2
a)
2
t
1
2
t
2
(15 rad/s)(3.4 s)
1
2
(2.3 rad/s
2
)(3.4 s)
2
38 rad
b)
1

2
t
1
15 rad/s (2.3 rad/s
2
)(3.4 s)
1
7.2 rad/s
42. T
M
5.94 10
7
s
T
E
3.16 10
7
s
headstart 30
headstart rad
rad
M
t
E
t
t
t
t 5.63 10
6
s
43.
A
0.380 rad/s
B
0.400 rad/s
A
0.080 rad/s
2
B
0
6
rad
5.9
2
4
ra
1
d
0
7
s
3.1
2
6
ra
1
d
0
7
s
6
rad
M

E
2

1
t
3.5 10
4
rad/s 0
1.5 10
4
rad/s
2
2

1
(2.5 10
4
rad/s) (3.5 10
3
rad/s)
1.4 s
2

1
t
2(2.0 10
4
rad)
(3.5 10
3
rad/s) (2.5 10
4
rad/s)
2
1

2
(
1

2
)
2
62.8 rad/s 41.9 rad/s
1.2 s
2

1
t
2(20 rad)
1.2 s
2
t
(
1

2
)
2
1 min
60 s
2 rad
rev
400 rev
1 min
(38.22 rad/s 24.77 rad/s)
2
(
2

1
)
2
38.22 rad/s 24.77 rad/s
3.5 s
2

1
t
headstart
headstart 0.436 rad
A
0.436 rad
B
A
t
A
t
2
0.436 rad
B
t
0
A
t
2

A
t
B
t 0.436 rad
0 (0.080 rad/s
2
)t
2
(0.380 rad/s)t
(0.400 rad/s)t 0.436 rad
0 (0.040 rad/s
2
)t
2
(0.020 rad/s)t
0.436 rad
Use the quadratic formula:
t
t 3.56 s
44. I
1
2
mr
2
I
a
14 kgm
2
I
b
4.8 kgm
2
I
c
6.8 kgm
2
The order is a, c, b.
45. I
a
mr
2
I
b

1
2
mr
2
I
c

1
2
mr
2
I
d

1
1
2
(3m)l
2
I
d

1
1
2
(3m)(2r)
2
I
d
mr
2
I
e

2
5
mr
2
I
e

2
5
(2m)
1
2
r
2
I
e

1
5
mr
2
The order is a and d, b and c, e.
46. m 4200 kg
r 0.3 m
I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(4200 kg)(0.3 m)
2
I 189 kgm
2
47. m 3.5 kg
a) I mr
2
I (3.5 kg)(0.21 m)
2
I 0.15 kgm
2
b) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(3.5 kg)(0.21 m)
2
I 0.077 kgm
2
c) I
2
5
mr
2
I
2
5
(3.5 kg)(0.25 m)
2
I 0.088 kgm
2
d) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(3.5 kg)(0.50 m)
2
I 0.44 kgm
2
48. m 1.4 kg
r 0.12 m
a) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(1.4 kg)(0.12 m)
2
I 0.010 kgm
2
b) (60 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
120 rad/s
377 rad/s
49. m 10.0 kg
r
i

1
2
(0.54 m)
r
i
0.27 m
r
e

1
2
(0.54 m)(1.4)
r
e
0.378 m
I
1
2
m(r
i
2
r
e
2
)
I
1
2
(10.0 kg)[(0.27 m)
2
(0.378 m)
2
]
I 1.08 kgm
2
50. m 2.0 kg
r 1.5 m
a) I
2
3
mr
2
I
2
3
(2.0 kg)(1.5 m)
2
I 3.0 kgm
2
0.020 rad/s (0.0 20 rad /s)
2
4(0.0 40 rad /s
2
)( 0.436 rad)
2(0.040 rad/s
2
)
1
2
1
2
1
2
25
57.3/rad
b)
20.9 rad/s
c) I
2
5
mr
2
I
2
5
(2.0 kg)(1.5 m)
2
I 1.8 kgm
2
51. m 20 kg
r 0.9 m
2
0
1
(12.3 rev/s)(2 rad/rev)
1
77.3 rad/s
W
R

W
R
I
W
R
(mr
2
)

t
W
R

1
2
mr
2
(0
1
)(
1
0)
W
R

1
2
(20 kg)(0.9 m)
2
(77.3 rad/s)
2
W
R
4.8 10
4
J
52. m 1450 kg
r
r 0.675 m
1.40 rad/s
a) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(1450 kg)(0.675 m)
2
I 330 kgm
2
b) E
rot

1
2
I
2
E
rot

1
2
(330 kgm
2
)(1.40 rad/s)
2
E
rot
3.24 10
2
J
c) v r
v (0.675 m)(1.40 rad/s)
v 0.945 m/s
d)
t
(1.40 rad/s)(6.5 s)
9.1 rad
number of turns
number of turns 1.4
53. m 5.98 10
24
kg
r 6.38 10
6
m
t 3.16 10
7
s
2 rad
a) E
rot

1
2
I
2
E
rot

1
2
2
5
mr
2
2
E
rot

1
5
mr
2

2
E
rot

1
5
(5.98 10
24
kg)(6.38 10
6
m)
2

2
E
rot
1.92 10
24
J
b) v r
v (6.38 10
6
m)

v 1.27 m/s
54. m 8.30 10
25
kg
r 3.5 m
a) I
e
mr
2
I
e
(8.30 10
25
kg)(3.5 m)
2
I
e
1.0 10
23
kgm
2
b)
6.3 10
3
rad/s
c) E
k

1
2
mv
2
E
k

1
2
m(r)
2
E
k

1
2
(8.30 10
25
kg)(3.5 m)
2
(6.3 10
3
rad/s)
2
E
k
2.0 10
16
J
55. m
e
9.11 10
31
kg
m
n
1.67 10
27
kg
r 5.0 10
11
m
L 1.05 10
34
kgm
2
/s
a) I m
e
r
2
I (9.11 10
31
kg)(5.0 10
11
m)
2
I 2.3 10
51
kgm
2
(1000 cycles)(2 rad/cycle)
1.0 s
2 rad
3.16 10
7
s
2 rad
3.16 10
7
s
t
9.1 rad
2 rad/turn
t
1.35 m
2
(
1

2
)
t
1 min
60 s
2 rad
1 rev
200 rev
1 min
b) L I

4.6 10
16
rad/s
c) E
rot

1
2
I
2
E
rot

1
2
(2.3 10
51
kgm
2
)
(4.6 10
16
rad/s)
2
E
rot
2.4 10
18
J
56. r 0.20 m
h
1
2.5 m
h
2
0
v
1
0
1
0
a) mgh
1

1
2
mv
1
2

1
2
I
1
2
mgh
2

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
I
2
2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
1
2
mr
2
2
2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
4
r
2

2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
4
v
2
2
gh
1

3
4
v
2
2
v
2
gh
1
v
2
(9.8 m
/s
2
)(2.
5 m)
v
2
5.7 m/s
b)
2
2
29 rad/s
57. r 0.20 m
h
1
2.5 m
h
2
0
v
1
0
1
0
a) mgh
1

1
2
mv
1
2

1
2
I
1
2
mgh
2

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
I
2
2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
(mr
2
)
2
2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
2
r
2

2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
2
v
2
2
gh
1
v
2
2
v
2
gh
1
v
2
(9.8 m /s
2
)(2. 5 m)
v
2
4.9 m/s
b)
2
2
25 rad/s
58. mgh
1

1
2
mv
1
2

1
2
I
1
2
mgh
2

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
I
2
2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
2
5
mr
2

2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
5
v
2
2
v
2
gh
1
59. l 2.8 m
r 2.8 m
h
1
2.8 m
h
2
0
v
1
0
1
0
mgh
1

1
2
mv
1
2

1
2
I
1
2
mgh
2

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
I
2
2
mgh
1

1
2
mv
2
2

1
2
1
3
ml
2

2
gh
1

1
2
v
2
2

1
6
v
2
2
gh
1

2
3
v
2
2
v
2
gh
1
v
2
(9.8 m
/s
2
)(2.
8 m)
v
2
6.4 m/s
3
2
3
2
v
2
r
10
7
v
2
r
4.9 m/s
0.20 m
v
2
r
v
2
r
5.7 m/s
0.20 m
v
2
r
4
3
4
3
v
2
r
1.05 10
34
kgm
2
s
2.3 10
51
kgm
2
L
I
60. m 3.9 kg
r 0.13 m
150 rad/s
a) I
2
5
mr
2
I
2
5
(3.9 kg)(0.13 m)
2
I 0.0264 kgm
2
b) L I
L (0.0264 kgm
2
)(150 rad/s)
L 4.0 kgm
2
/s
61. m 2.4 kg
r 0.30 m
1
0
2
250 rad/s
t 3.5 s
a) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(2.4 kg)(0.30 m)
2
I 0.108 kgm
2
b)
2

1
250 rad/s 0
250 rad/s
c) L L
2
L
1
L I
L (0.108 kgm
2
)(250 rad/s)
L 27 kgm
2
/s
d)

71.4 rad/s
2
e) I
(0.108 kgm
2
)(71.4 rad/s
2
)
7.7 Nm
62. I 1.50 10
3
kgm
2
d 4.5 m
(3.0 turns)(2 rad/turn)
6.0 rad
a) v 17.0 m/s
t
t
t 0.2647 s
t 0.26 s
b)

71 rad/s
c) L I
L (1.50 10
3
kgm
2
)(71 rad/s)
L 0.11 kgm
2
/s
63. l 2.5 m
m 3.2 kg
t 13 s
r 0.010 m
(28 turns)(2 rad/turn)
56 rad
a) I
1
2
mr
2
I
1
2
(3.2 kg)(0.010 m)
2
I 1.6 10
4
kgm
2
b) L I
L (1.6 10
4
kgm
2
)

L 2.2 10
3
kgm
2
s
64. l 2.5 m
m 3.2 kg
t 13 s
(28 turns)(2 rad/turn)
56 rad
a) I
1
1
2
ml
2
I
1
1
2
(3.2 kg)(2.5 m)
2
I 1.667 kgm
2
I 1.7 kgm
2
b) L I
L (1.667 kgm
2
)

L 22 kgm
2
s
65. m 3.2 kg
l
1
2.5 m
l
2
0.5 m
l
2
0.75 m
2.5 m
2
56 rad
13 s
56 rad
13 s
6.0 rad
0.2647 s
t
4.5 m
17.0 m/s
d
v
250 rad/s
3.5 s
t
I I
cm
ml
2
2
I
1
1
2
ml
1
2
ml
2
2
I 1.7 kgm
2
(3.2 kg)(0.75 m)
2
I 3.5 kgm
2
66.
1
6.85 rad/s
2
4.40 rad/s
I
1
xI
2
where x is the factor by which
the moment of inertia changes.
x
x
x 1.56
67. I
1
1
I
2
2
I
1
1
2
I
1
1

1
2
2
2
1

2
Therefore, the angular speed will increase by a
factor of 2.
68. I
m
1.5 10
3
kgm
2
I
s
8.5 kgm
2
s
10 rad/s
a) I
s
s
I
m
m
5.7 10
4
rad/s
b) (10 rad)(57.3/rad) 573
c) (5.7 10
4
rad)(57.3/rad) 3.3 10
6
d) 45
4
rad
t
t
t 0.0785 s
m

m
t
m
(5.7 10
4
rad/s)(0.0785 s)
m
4.45 10
3
rad
number of rotations
number of rotations 7.1 10
2
69. r
p
4.3 m
r
t
4.3 m
m
p
600 kg
p
6.4 rad/s
m
t
35 kg
a) I
p
p
(I
p
I
t
)
f
f
5.7 rad/s
b)
t
3.1 rad/s
I
p
p
I
t
t
(I
p
I
t
)
f
f
6.0 rad/s
c)
t
6.4 rad/s
f
5.0 rad/s
70. m
1
30 kg
r
1
1.5 m
m
2
20 kg
r
2
1.0 m
1
12 rad/s
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(6.4 rad/s) (35 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(6.4 rad/s)
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(35 kg)(4.3 m)
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
p
m
t
r
t
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
m
t
r
t
2
I
p
p
I
t
(I
p
I
t
)
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(6.4 rad/s) + (35 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(3.1 rad/s)
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(35 kg)(4.3 m)
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
p
m
t
r
t
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
+ m
t
r
t
2
I
p
p
I
t
(I
p
I
t
)
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(6.4 rad/s)
1
2
(600 kg)(4.3 m)
2
(35 kg)(4.3 m)
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
1
2
m
p
r
p
2
m
t
r
t
2
I
p
(I
p
I
t
)
4.45 10
3
rad
2 rad/rotation
4
rad
10 rad/s
s
(8.5 kgm
2
)(10 rad/s)
(1.5 10
3
kgm
2
)
I
s
I
m
6.85 rad/s
4.40 rad/s
2
a) I
1
1
(I
1
I
2
)
f
f
9.2 rad/s
b) I
1
1-i
I
2
2-i
(I
1
I
2
)
f
f
12 rad/s
c)
f
f
6.5 rad/s
d) I
1
1-i
I
2
2-i
(I
1
I
2
)
f
2-i
2-i
2-i
2-i
40 rad/s
71. I 250 kgm
2
r
1
2.5 m
r
2
1.5 m
t-1
2.0 rad/s
m
d
40 kg
I
1
1
I
2
2
2.9 rad/s
73. m 0.135 kg
I 8.50 10
5
kgm
2
r 0.0030 m
d 1.10 m
1
0
v
1
0
a) a
a
9.8 m/s
2
a 0.138 m/s
2
b) d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
t
t 3.99 s
c) a
v
2
v
1
at
v
2
0 (0.138 m/s
2
)(3.99 s)
v
2
0.551 m/s
d) v
2
r
2
2
184 rad/s
e) E
k(final)

1
2
mv
2
2
E
k(final)

1
2
(0.135 kg)(0.551 m/s)
2
E
k(final)
0.0205 J
f) E
rot(final)

1
2
I
2
2
E
rot(final)

1
2
(8.50 10
5
kgm
2
)(184 rad/s)
2
E
rot(final)
1.43 J
g) E
Total(initial)
mgh
1
E
Total(initial)
(0.135 kg)(9.80 m/s
2
)(1.10 m)
E
Total(initial)
1.46 J
0.551 m/s
0.0030 m
v
2
r
(v
2
v
1
)
t
2(1.10 m)
0.138 m/s
2
2d
a
8.50 10
5
kgm
2
(0.135 kg)(0.0030 m)
2
g
1
m
I
r
2
[250 kgm
2
(40 kg)(2.5 m)
2
](2.0 rad/s)
(250 kgm
2
(40 kg)(1.5 m)
2
)
(I m
d
r
1
2
)
1
(I m
d
r
2
2
)
I
1
I
2
(30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(12 rad/s)
(20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
m
1
r
1
2
1-i
m
2
r
2
2
I
1
1-i
I
2
(30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(12 rad/s) (20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
(12 rad/s)
((30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
)
m
1
r
1
2
1-i
m
2
r
2
2
2-i
(m
1
r
1
2
m
2
r
2
2
)
I
1
1-i
I
2
2-i
(I
1
I
2
)
(30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(12 rad/s) (20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
(12 rad/s)
((30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
)
m
1
r
1
2
1-i
m
2
r
2
2
2-i
(m
1
r
1
2
m
2
r
2
2
)
I
1
1-i
I
2
2-i
(I
1
I
2
)
(30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(12 rad/s)
((30 kg)(1.5 m)
2
(20 kg)(1.0 m)
2
)
m
1
r
1
2
(m
1
r
1
2
m
2
r
2
2
)
I
1
(I
1
I
2
)
74. m 0.135 kg
I 8.50 10
5
kgm
2
r 0.0030 m
d 1.10 m
v
1
1.0 m/s
a) a
a
9.8 m/s
2
a 0.138 m/s
2
b) d v
1
t
1
2
at
2
0
1
2
at
2
v
1
t d
0
1
2
(0.138 m/s
2
)t
2
(1.0 m/s)t (1.10 m)

0 (0.0690 m/s
2
)t
2
(1.0 m/s)t (1.10 m)

Use the quadratic formula:
t
t 1.03 s
c) a
v
2
v
1
at
v
2
1.0 m/s (0.138 m/s
2
)(1.03 s)
v
2
1.14 m/s
d) v
2
r
2
2
380 rad/s
e) E
k(final)

1
2
mv
2
2
E
k(final)

1
2
(0.135 kg)(1.14 m/s)
2
E
k(final)
0.088 J
f) E
rot(final)

1
2
I
2
2
E
rot(final)

1
2
(8.50 10
5
kgm
2
)(380 rad/s)
2
E
rot(final)
6.16 J
g) E
Total(initial)
mgh
1

1
2
mv
1
2

1
2
I
1
2
E
Total(initial)
(0.135 kg)(9.80 m/s
2
)(1.10 m)
1
2
(0.135 kg)(1.0 m/s)
2
1
2
(8.50 10
5
kgm
2
)

2
E
Total(initial)
6.24 J
1.0 m/s
0.0030 m
1.14 m/s
0.0030 m
v
2
r
(v
2
v
1
)
t
1.0 m/s (1.0 m /s)
2
4(0.0 690 m /s
2
)( 1.10 m)
2(0.0690 m/s
2
)
8.50 10
5
kgm
2
(0.135 kg)(0.0030 m)
2
g
1
m
I
r
2

Chapter 8
33. Positive signs: protons
Negative signs: electrons
34. a) No charge
b) Negative
c) Positive
d) No charge
e) Positive
35. a) Negative
b) Positive
c) Negative
d) Positive
36. a) Negative
b) Electrons
37. a) Glass: positive; silk: negative
b) Since they have opposite charges, they will
be attracted
38. a) Insulator (non-metallic)
b) Conductor (conducts lightning to ground)
c) Insulator (non-metallic)
d) Insulator (non-metallic)
e) Insulator (non-metallic)
f) Insulator (non-metallic)
39. Dog hair is positive since a silk shirt rubbed
with wool socks would have a negative charge.
40. a) The electroscope becomes positive because
it gives up some electrons to the glass rod
to reduce the rods deficit of electrons. This
is called charging by contact.
b) The leaves become positively charged as
well. In charging by contact, the charged
object receives the same charge as the
charging rod.
c) Negative charges will enter the leaves if the
system is grounded.
41. 1 C 6.25 10
18
e
, q 15 C
q (15 C)(6.25 10
18
e
/C)
q 9.38 10
19
e
42. q 1.1 C
q 1.1 10
6
C
q (1.1 10
6
C)(6.25 10
18
e
/C )
q 6.9 10
12
e
43. The electroscope has an overall positive

charge:
q 4.0 10
11
e
q (4.0 10
11
e
)(1.602 10
19
C/e
)
q 6.4 10
8
C
44. q (5.4 10
8
e
)
q (5.4 10
8
e
)(1.602 10
19
C/e
)
q 4.3 10
11
C
45. q
n
2.4 10
12
C
(2.4 10
12
C)(6.25 10
18
e/C)
1.5 10
7
elementary charges
This means that there are 1.5 10
7
protons
in the nucleus, so the neutral atom must have
an equal number of electrons: 1.5 10
7
.
46. F
e
a) F
e1
F
e1
F
e1
F
e
b) F
e2
F
e2
F
e2
4F
e
c) F
e3
F
e
F
e2
F
e
47. Each sphere loses half of its charge to balance
with its identical neutral sphere.
q
1

1
2
q
1
, q
2

1
2
q
2
F
e1
F
e2
F
e2
F
e2
kq
1
q
2
4r
2
2
k
1
2
q
1
1
2
q
2
r
2
2
kq
1
q
2
r
2
2
kq
1
q
2
r
2
1
1
4
4
16
4kqq
r
2
k(2q)(2q)
r
2
1
16
kqq
16r
2
kqq
(4r)
2
kqq
r
2
1
2
1
2
But F
e2
F
e1
r
2
2
Therefore, r
2

1
2
r
1
The spheres should be placed one-half their
original distance apart to regain their original
repulsion.
48. r 100 pm 100 10
12
m 1.00 10
10
m,
q
1
q
2
1.602 10
19
C
F
e
F
e
F
e
2.3 10
8
N
49. r 25.0 cm 0.250 m, F
e
1.29 10
4
N,
q
1
q
2
q q
o
a) F
e
q 3.00 10
8
C
b) q is
2
3
the original charge on each sphere.
q
o

3
2
q
q
o

3
2
(3.00 10
8
C)
q
o
4.5 10
8
C
The type of charge, positive or negative,
does not matter as long as they are both
the same. (Like charges repel.)
50. q
1
q, q
2
3q
q
T
q (3q) 2q
So q
1
q
2
q

1
3
The magnitude of F
e2
is
1
3
F
e1
, and in the
opposite direction of F
e1
.
51. a)
b) q
1
1.602 10
19
C,
q
2
1.602 10
19
C,
m 9.1 10
31
kg, g 9.8 m/s
2
F
g
F
e
mg
r
r 5.1 m
52. q
1
2.0 10
6
C, q
2
3.8 10
6
C,
q
3
2.3 10
6
C
a) r
1
0.10 m, r
2
0.30 m
1
F
e3
1
F
e3
1
F
e3
4.14 N (attraction)
1
F
e3
4.14 N [right]
2
F
e3
2
F
e3
2
F
e3
0.87 N (repulsion)
2
F
e3
0.87 N [left]
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.8 10
6
C)(2.3 10
6
C)
(0.30 m)
2
kq
2
q
3
r
2
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 2.0 10
6
C)(2.3 10
6
C)
(0.10 m)
2
kq
1
q
3
r
2
1
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
2
(9.1 10
31
kg)(9.8 m/s
2
)
kq
1
q
2
mg
kq
1
q
2
r
2
e
p
F
e
F
g
F
e2
F
e1
q
2
3q
2
F
e2
F
e1
(q)(q)
(q)(3q)
F
e2
F
e1
kq
r
1
2
q
2
kq
r
1
2
q
2
F
e2
F
e1
2q
2
(1.29 10
4
N)(0.25 m)
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)
F
e
r
2
k
kqq
r
2
2
3
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
2
(1.00 10
10
m)
2
kq
1
q
2
r
2
r
2
1
4
1
r
2
1
1
4r
2
2
kq
1
q
2
r
2
1
kq
1
q
2
4r
2
2
F
eT
4.14 N [right] 0.87 N [left]
F
eT
3.3 N [right]
b) r
1
0.30 m, r
2
0.10 m
1
F
e3
1
F
e3
1
F
e3
0.46 N (attraction)
1
F
e3
0.46 N [left]
2
F
e3
2
F
e3
2
F
e3
7.86 N (repulsion)
2
F
e3
7.86 N [right]
F
eT
0.46 N [left] 7.86 N [right]
F
eT
7.4 N [right]
c)
1
F
e3
4.14 N (attraction)
1
F
e3
4.14 N [left]
2
F
e3
7.86 N (repulsion)
2
F
e3
7.86 N [left]
F
eT
4.14 N [left] 7.86 N [left]
F
eT
12 N [left]
d) The third charge could only be placed to
the left or to the right of the two basic
charges for the forces to balance and give a
force of 0.
For the charge to be placed a distance of r
x
metres to the left of the first charge:
1
F
e3
2
F
e3

(3.8 10
6
)r
x
2
(2.0 10
6
)(4.0 10
2
4.0 10
1
r
x
r
x
2
)
(3.8 10
6
)r
x
2
8.0 10
8
8.0
10
7
r
x
2.0 10
6
r
x
2
Rearranging:
1.8 10
6
r
x
2
8.0 10
7
r
x
8.0 10
8
0
Solve for r
x
using the quadratic formula.
r
x
So r
x
0.53 m or 0.084 m.
Therefore, the charge must be placed
0.53 m to the left of the first charge. The
other answer, 0.084 m, would place the
charge between the two base charges and
therefore is an inappropriate answer. For a
charge placement to the right of the two
charges, two inappropriate answers are cal-
culated, meaning that the only possible
placement for the charge is at 0.53 m to the
left of the first charge.
53. The forces on the test charge from the repul-
sion by the other two charges must equal one
another for the test charge to come to rest
there. The force of charge 1 on the test charge
(
1
F
qt
) must equal the force of charge 2 on the
test charge (
2
F
qt
).
1
F
qt
2
F
qt
r
2
r
2
Therefore, the net force on the charge would
be 0 if it was placed
1
3
of the distance
between the two charges.
54. q
2
q
1
q
3
1.0 10
4
C,
r
1
r
2
r
3
0.40 m
For q
1
: The force is the vector sum of two
forces,
2
F
e1
and
3
F
e1
. These two magnitudes
must have the same value.
2
F
e1
2
F
e1
2
F
e1
5.6 10
2
N
3
F
e1
F
2
eT
2
F
2
e1
3
F
2
e1
2(
2
F
e1
)(
2
F
e1
)(cos 120)
F
eT
2(5.6 10
2
C)
2
2(5.6 10
2
C)
2
(co s 120 )
F
eT
9.7 10
2
N
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.0 10
4
C)
2
(0.40 m)
2
kqq
r
2
q
q
1
q
1
q
3 2
40 cm
30
120
30
4r
2
4(9)
r
2
9
k4qq
t
2
3
r
2
kqq
t
1
3
r
2
(8.0 10
7
) (8.0 10
7
)
2
4 (1.8 10
6
) (8.0 10
8
)
2(1.8 10
6
)
(3.8 10
6
C)
(2.0 10
1
m r
x
)
2
( 2.0 10
6
C)
r
x
2
kq
2
q
3
(0.20 m r
x
)
2
kq
1
q
3
r
x
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(3.8 10
6
C)(2.3 10
6
C)
(0.10 m)
2
kq
2
q
3
r
2
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 2.0 10
6
C)(2.3 10
6
C)
(0.30 m)
2
kq
1
q
3
r
2
1
From the isosceles triangle with angles of 30,
the total angle is 30 60 90.
F
eT1
9.7 10
2
N [up]
F
eT2
9.7 10
2
N [left 30 down]
F
eT3
9.7 10
2
N [right 30 down]
Each force is 9.7 10
2
N [at 90 from the
line connecting the other two charges].
55. a) l 2.0 10
2
m,
q
1
q
2
q
3
q
4
1.0 10
6
C
2
F
e1
2
F
e1
2
F
e1
22.5 N [left]
4
F
e1
22.5 N [up]
3
F
e1
3
F
e1
3
F
e1
11.25 N [left 45 up]
From Pythagoras theorem:
2
F
e1
4
F
e1
2(22.5 N)
2
2
F
e1
4
F
e1
31.82 N [left 45 up]
Therefore,
F
eT1
(31.82 N 11.25 N) [left 45 up]
F
eT1
43.1 N [left 45 up]
F
eT2
43.1 N [right 45 up]
F
eT3
43.1 N [right 45 down]
F
eT4
43.1 N [left 45 down]
Each force is 43.1 N [symmetrically out-
ward from the centre of the square].
b) The force on the fifth charge is 0 N
because the forces from each charge are
balanced.
c) Sign has no effect. If the new fifth charge
were either positive or negative, the attrac-
tive/repulsive forces would still balance
one another.
56.
57. The field is similar to the one above, but is
now asymmetrical and has its inflection
points pushed farther to the right.
58. Parallel plates: Coaxial cable:
59. q 2.2 10
6
C, F
e
0.40 N

1.8 10
5
N/C
60. F
e
3.71 N, 170 N/C
q
q
q 2.2 10
2
C
3.71 N
170 N/C
F
e
0.40 N
2.2 10
6
C
F
e
q
+
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 1.0 10
6
C)
2
2(2.0 10
2
m)
2
kqq
r
2
3
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 1.0 10
6
C)
2
(2.0 10
2
m)
2
kqq
r
2
2
q
q
q
q
2.0 cm
2.0 cm
61. q
1
4.0 10
6
C, q
2
8.0 10
6
C,
r 2.0 m

3.6 10
4
N/C
Therefore, the field strength is 3.6 10
4
N/C
towards the smaller charge.
62. a) q 2.0 10
6
C, F
e
7.5 N [left]
3.8 10
6
N/C [left]
b) q
2
4.9 10
5
C
Take right to be positive.
F
e
q
F
e
(4.9 10
5
C)(3.8 10
6
N/C)
F
e
1.86 10
2
N
The force would be 1.86 10
2
N [left].
63. r 0.5 m, q 1.0 10
2
C

3.6 10
8
N/C [left]
64. q
1
4.0 10
6
C, q
2
1.0 10
6
C
Take right to be positive.
3.25 10
5
N/C [right]
65. r 5.3 10
11
m, q 1.602 10
19
C

5.1 10
11
N/C
66. r
T
0.20 m, q
1
1.5 10
6
C,
q
2
3.0 10
6
C
r
2
2
(0.20 r
1
)
2
1

2
r
2
2
2r
2
1
Substitute for r
2
2
and rearrange:
0 r
1
2
0.4r
1
4.0 10
2
r
1
r
1
8.3 10
2
m, therefore,
r
2
1.17 10
1
m 1.2 10
1
m
0 at 1.2 10
1
m from the larger charge,
or 8.3 10
2
m from the smaller charge.
67. q
1
q
2
q
3
q
4
1.0 10
6
C, r 0.5 m
Since the magnitudes of all four forces are
equal, and they are paired with forces in the
opposite direction (F
e2
F
e4
and
F
e1
F
e3
), there is no net force. Therefore,
there is no net field strength.
0 N/C
68. q
1
q
2
2.0 10
5
C, r 0.50 m
1
7.2 10
5
N/C
1

2
and
2
Therefore,
T
2(
1
)
2
2(
1
)
2
(cos 120)
T
1.2 10
6
N/C [at 90 from the line con-
necting the other two charges]
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(2.0 10
5
C)
(0.50 m)
2
kq
r
2
q
q
0.50 m
1
2 P
P
q
q
q
q
0.5 m
0.5 m
0.4 (0.4)
2
4( 4.0 10
2
)
2
3.0 10
6
C
r
2
2
1.5 10
6
C
r
2
1
kq
2
r
2
2
kq
1
r
2
1
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
(5.3 10
11
m)
2
kq
r
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 1.0 10
6
C)
(0.30 m)
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(4.0 10
6
C)
(0.40 m)
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.0 10
2
C)
(0.5 m)
2
kq
r
2
7.5 N [left]
2.0 10
6
C
F
q
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(4.0 10
6
C)
2.0
2
m
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(8.0 10
6
C)
2.0
2
m
2
kq
1
1
2
r
2
kq
2
1
2
r
2
69. q 0.50 C, V 12 V
W qV
W (0.50 C)(12 V)
W 6.0 J
70. W 7.0 10
2
J, V 6.0 V
q
q
q 1.2 10
2
C
71. q 1.5 10
2
C, F
e
7.5 10
3
N,
d 4.50 cm 4.50 10
2
m
V
V
V
V 2.3 10
4
V
72. 130 N/C, F
e
65 N, V 450 V
W
W
W
W 2.3 10
2
J
73. d 0.30 m, q 6.4 10
6
C
V
V
V 1.9 10
5
V
74. a) q
1
1.0 10
6
C, q
2
5.0 10
6
C,
r 0.25 m
E
e
E
e
E
e
0.18 J (repulsion)
b) E
e1
E
e1
E
e1
0.045 J (repulsion)
W E
e
W E
e2
E
e1
W 0.18 J 0.045 J
W 0.14 J
75. Position in the field has no bearing on the
field strength.
5.0 10
3
N/C, d 5.0 cm 5.0 10
2
m
V d
V (5.0 10
2
m)(5.0 10
3
N/C)
V 2.5 10
2
V
76. a) q 1 10
5
C, 50 N/C
F
e
q
F
e
(1 10
5
C)(50 N/C)
F
e
5.0 10
4
N
b) d 1.0 m
E
k
W
E
k
F
e
d
E
k
(5.0 10
4
N)(1.0 m)
E
k
5.0 10
4
J
c) v 2.5 10
4
m/s
E
k
mv
2
m
m
m 1.6 10
12
kg
77. d
1
1.0 10
9
m, d
2
1.0 10
8
m,
q
1
q
2
1.602 10
19
C,
m
1
m
2
9.11 10
31
kg
E
e
E
2
E
1
E
e

E
e
kq
1
q
2
E
e
2.08 10
19
J
Therefore, the electric potential energy was
reduced by 2.08 10
19
J, which was trans-
ferred to kinetic energy. The energy is spread
over both electrons, so the energy for each
electron is 1.04 10
19
J.
1
d
1
1
d
2
kq
1
q
2
d
1
kq
1
q
2
d
2
2(5.0 10
4
J)
(2.5 10
4
m/s)
2
2E
k
v
2
1
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 1.0 10
6
C)( 5.0 10
6
C)
1.00 m
kq
1
q
2
r
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)( 1.0 10
6
C)( 5.0 10
6
C)
0.25 m
kq
1
q
2
r
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(6.4 10
6
C)
0.30 m
kq
d
(450 V)(65 N)
(130 N/C)
VF
e
q
(7.5 10
3
N)(4.5 10
2
m)
1.5 10
2
C
F
e
d
q
W
q
7.0 10
2
J
6.0 V
W
V
For one electron:
E
k

1
2
mv
2
v
v 4.78 10
5
m/s
78. V
2
2V
1
and E
k
E
e
qV
With the same charge on each electron, the
kinetic energy is also doubled, i.e., E
k2
2E
k1
2
v
2
2
2v
2
1
v
2
2v
1
Therefore, the speed is 1.41 times greater.
79. a) V 15 kV 1.5 10
4
V, P 27 W,
1 C 6.25 10
18
e
number of electrons/s
number of electrons/s (27 J/s)

(6.25 10
18
e/C)
number of electrons/s 1.1 10
16
b) q 1.602 10
19
C, m 9.11 10
31
kg
Accelerating each electron from rest,
E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2
Vq
v
v 7.3 10
7
m/s
80. a) d 1.2 m, V 7.5 10
3
V,
m 3.3 10
26
kg
F
e
q
ma
a
a
a 3.0 10
10
m/s
2
b) E Vq
E (1.602 10
19
C)(7.5 10
3
V)
E 1.202 10
15
J
c) At this speed and energy, relativistic effects
may be witnessed. Although the speed may
not be what is predicted by simple mechan-
ics, the total energy should be the same but
may be partly contributing to a mass
increase of the ion.
81. q
1
q
2
1.602 10
19
C,
m
1
m
2
1.67 10
27
kg,
v
1
v
2
2.7 10
6
m/s
E
k
E
e
The total energy for both ions is:
(2)
1
2
mv
2
r
r
r 1.9 10
14
m
82. a) q
2e, m
6.696 10
27
kg,
v
1v
0 m/s, v
1h
6.0 10
6
m/s,
V 500 V, d
v
0.03 m, d
h
0.15 m
Acceleration is toward the negative plate:
a
a
a
a
a 7.97 10
11
m/s
2
2(1.602 10
19
C)(500 V)
(6.696 10
27
kg)(3.0 10
2
m)
qV
md
v
q
m
F
e
m
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
2
(1.67 10
27
kg)(2.7 10
6
m/s)
2
kq
1
q
2
mv
2
kq
1
q
2
r
(1.602 10
19
C)(7.5 10
3
V)
(3.3 10
26
kg)(1.2 m)
qV
md
qV
d
2(1.5 10
4
V)(1.602 10
19
C)
9.11 10
31
kg
2Vq
m
1 C
1.5 10
4
J
P(6.25 10
18
e/C)
1
2
mv
2
2
1
2
mv
2
1
2E
k1
E
k1
E
k2
E
k1
2(1.04 10
19
J)
9.11 10
31
kg
2E
k
m
Time between the plates is:
t
t
t 2.5 10
8
s
Therefore,
d
h

1
2
at
2
d
h

1
2
(7.97 10
11
m/s
2
)(2.5 10
8
s)
2
d
h
2.5 10
4
m
d
h
0.025 cm
The alpha particle is
3.0 cm 0.025 cm 2.975 cm from the
negative plate if it enters at the positive
plate or 1.475 cm from the negative plate
if it enters directly between the two plates.
b) v
2v
v
1v
at
v
2v
0 (7.97 10
11
m/s
2
)(2.5 10
8
s)
v
2v
2.0 10
4
m/s
From Pythagoras theorem,
v
2
(6.0 10
6
m /s)
2
(2.0 10
4
m /s)
2
v
2
6.0 10
6
m/s
83. d 0.050 m, V 39.0 V

7.80 10
2
N/C
84. 2.85 10
4
N/C,
d 6.35 cm 6.35 10
2
m
V d
V (6.35 10
2
m)(2.85 10
4
N/C)
V 1.81 10
3
V
85. a) m 2m
P
2m
n
4(1.67 10
27
kg),
g 9.80 N/kg, q 2e
F
e
F
g

2.04 10
7
N/C
b) d 3.0 cm 3.0 10
2
m
V d
V (3.0 10
2
m)(2.04 10
7
N/C)
V 6.1 10
9
V
86. d 0.12 m, V 92 V

7.7 10
2
N/C
87. 3 10
6
N/C, d 1.0 10
3
m
V d
V (1.0 10
3
m)(3 10
6
N/C)
V 3 10
3
V
Therefore, 3.0 10
3
V is the maximum poten-
tial difference that can be applied. Exceeding
it would cause a spark to occur between the
plates.
88. V 50 V, 1 10
4
N/C
d
d
d 5.0 10
3
m
89. V 120 V, 450 N/C
d
d
d 2.67 10
1
m
90. a) m 2.2 10
15
kg, d 5.5 10
3
m,
V 280 V, g 9.80 N/kg
F
e
F
g
q mg
mg
q
q
q 4.2 10
19
C
b) N
N 2.63 e 3 e
The droplet has three excess electrons.
4.2 10
19
C
1.602 10
19
e/C
(2.2 10
15
kg)(9.80 N/kg)(5.5 10
3
m)
280 V
mgd
V
qV
d
120 V
450 N/C
V
50 V
1 10
4
N/C
V
92 V
0.12 m
V
d
4(1.67 10
27
kg)(9.80 N/kg)
2(1.602 10
19
C)
mg
q
39.0 V
0.050 m
V
d
0.15 m
6.0 10
6
m/s
d
h
v
h
91. V 450 V, m
e
9.11 10
31
kg,
e 1.602 10
19
C
a) E
e
qV
E
e
(1.602 10
19
C)(450 V)
E
e
7.21 10
17
J
Therefore,
E
k
E
e
1
2
mv
2
E
e
v
v 1.26 10
7
m/s
b)
1
2
mv
2

1
3
E
e
v
v 7.26 10
6
m/s
92. k 6.0 10
3
N/m, d 0.10 m, V 450 V,
x 0.01 m
a)

4.5 10
3
N/C
b) The force to deform one spring is:
F kx
F (6.0 10
3
N/m)(0.01 m)
F 6.0 10
5
N
The force to deform both springs is:
2(6.0 10
5
N) 1.2 10
4
N
c) The force on the pith ball must also be
1.2 10
4
N
d) F
spring
F
e
F
spring
q
q
q
q 2.7 10
8
C
1.2 10
4
N
4.5 10
3
N/C
F
spring
450 V
0.10 m
V
d
2(7.21 10
17
J)
3(9.11 10
31
kg)
2E
e
3m
2(7.21 10
17
J)
9.11 10
31
kg
2E
e
m
Chapter 9
22. I 12.5 A
B 3.1 10
5
T
B
r
r
r 8.1 10
2
m
23. r 12 m
I 4.50 10
3
A
B
B
B 7.5 10
5
T
24. I 8.0 A
B 1.2 10
3
T
N 1
B
r
r
r 4.2 10
3
m
25. N 12
r 0.025 m
I 0.52 A
B
B
B 1.6 10
4
T
26.
3500 turns/m
I 4.0 A
B
B I
B (4 10
7
Tm/A)

(4.0 A)
B 1.8 10
2
T
NOTE: The solutions to problem 27 are based
on a distance between the two conductors of
1 cm.
27. a)
Referring to the above diagram, the mag-
netic fields will cancel each other out
because the field from each wire is of the
same magnitude but is in the opposite
direction.
b)
I 10 A
r 1.0 10
2
m
B
B
B 2.0 10
4
T
But this field strength (2.0 10
4
T) is for
each of the two wires. Referring to the
above diagram, the two fields flow in the
same direction when the current in the
two wires moves in the opposite direction.
The result is that the two fields will add to
produce one field with double the strength
(4.0 10
4
T).
28. Coil 1:
N 400
L 0.1 m
I 0.1 A
Coil 2:
N 200
L 0.1 m
I 0.1 A
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(10 A)
2(1.0 10
2
m)
I
2r
F F
Currents in opposite directions
wires forced apart
x
F F
Currents in the same direction
wires forced together
3500 turns
1 m
N
L
NI
L
N
L
100 cm
1 m
35 turns
1 cm
N
L
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(12)(0.52 A)
2(0.025 m)
NI
2r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(1)(8.0 A)
2(1.2 10
3
T)
NI
2B
NI
2r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(4.50 10
3
A)
2(12 m)
I
2r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(12.5 A)
2(3.1 10
5
T)
I
2B
I
2r
B
Total
B
coil1
B
coil2
B
Total

B
Total

B
Total
2.5 10
4
T
29. The single loop:
B
single
B
single
Solenoid:
L 2r
single loop
L 2(0.02 m)
L 0.04
N L
N (1500 turns/m)(0.04 m)
N 188
B
sol
B
sol
B
sol
7.5 10
4
T
To cancel the field, the magnitude of the two
fields must be equal but opposite in direction.
B
sol
B
single
7.5 10
4
T
I
I 24 A
30. a) 45
L 6.0 m
B 0.03 T
I 4.5 A
F BIL sin
F (0.03 T)(4.5 A)(6.0 m) sin 45
F 0.57 N
The direction of this force is at 90 to the
plane described by the direction of the cur-
rent vector and that of the magnetic field,
i.e., upwards.
b) If the current through the wire was to be
reversed, the magnitude and direction of
the resultant force would be 0.57 N [down-
wards].
31. a) d(linear density) 0.010 kg/m
B 2.0 10
5
T
90
dg
(0.010 kg/m)(9.8 N/kg)
9.8 10
2
N/m(linear weight)
F BIL sin
I
I
I
I 4900 A
b) This current would most likely melt the
wire.
32. a) N 60
I 2.2 A
B 0.12 T
B
L
NI
B
NI
L
L 1.38 10
3
m
F BIL sin
F (0.12 T)(2.2 A)(1.38 10
3
m)
(sin 90)
F 3.64 10
4
N
b) F ma
a
a
a 1.46 10
2
m/s
2
33. B 0.02 T
v 1.5 10
7
m/s
90
3.64 10
4
N
0.025 kg
F
m
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(60)(2.2 A)
0.12 T
9.8 10
2
N/m
(2.0 10
5
T) sin 90
F
L
B sin
F
BL sin
F
L
F
L
F
L
(7.5 10
4
T)2(0.02 m)
4 10
7
Tm/A
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(1)I
2(0.02 m)
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(188)(0.4 A)
0.04
NI
L
100 cm
1 m
15 turns
1 cm
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(1)I
2(0.02 m)
NI
2r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(200)(0.1 A)
(0.1 m)
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(400)(0.1 A)
(0.1 m)
NI
L
NI
L
q 1.602 10
19
C
m 9.11 10
31
kg
F
c
F
B
qvB sin
r
r
r 4.3 10
3
m
34. q
alpha
2(1.602 10
19
C)
q
alpha
3.204 10
19
C
v 2 10
6
m/s
B 2.9 10
5
T
m
alpha
2(protons) 2(neutrons)
m
alpha
4(1.67 10
27
kg)
m
alpha
6.68 10
27
kg
r
r
r 1.4 10
3
m
35. F
g
mg
F
g
(9.11 10
31
kg)(9.8 N/kg)
F
g
8.9 10
30
N
F
mag
Bqv sin
F
mag
(5.0 10
5
T)(1.602 10
19
C)
(2.8 10
7
m/s)
F
mag
2.24 10
16
N
The magnetic force has considerably more
influence on the electron.
36. q 1.5 10
6
C
v 450 m/s
r 0.15 m
I 1.5 A
90
F Bqv sin
B
F
F
F 1.3 10
9
N
According to the right-hand rules #1 and #3,
this charge would always be forced towards
the wire.
37. a) v 5 10
7
m/s
r 0.05 m
I 35 A
q 1.602 10
19
C
F Bqv sin
B
F
F
F 1.12 10
15
N
According to the right-hand rules #1 and
#3, this charge would always be forced
toward the wire.
b) If the electron moved in the same direction
as the current, then it would be forced
away from the wire.
38. a) v 2.2 10
6
m/s
r 5.3 10
11
m
q 1.602 10
19
C
m 9.11 10
31
kg
At any given instant, the electron can be
considered to be moving in a straight line
tangentially around the proton.
F
mag
F
c
qvB sin
B
B
B 2.36 10
5
T
But this field would always be met by a
field of the same magnitude but opposite
direction when the electron was on the
other side of its orbit. Therefore, the net
field strength at the proton is zero.
b) To keep an electron moving in a circular
artificially simulated orbit, the scientist
must apply a field strength of 2.36 10
5
T.
(9.11 10
31
kg)(2.2 10
6
m/s)
(1.602 10
19
C)(5.3 10
11
m)
mv
qr
mv
2
r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(35 A)(1.602 10
19
C)(5 10
7
m/s) sin 90
2(0.05)
Iqv sin
2r
I
2r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(1.5 A)(1.5 10
6
C)(450 m/s)sin 90
2(0.15 m)
Iqv sin
2r
I
2r
(6.68 10
27
kg)(2 10
6
m/s)
(3.204 10
19
C)(2.9 10
5
T)
mv
qB
(9.11 10
31
kg)(1.5 10
7
m/s)
(1.602 10
19
C)(0.02 T)
mv
qB
mv
2
r
39. 475 V/m
B 0.1 T
The electron experiences no net force because
the forces from both the electric and magnetic
fields are equal in magnitude but opposite in
direction.
If all the directions are mutually perpendicu-
lar, both the electric and magnetic fields will
move the electron in the same direction (based
on the right-hand rule #3). Therefore,
F
mag
F
e
qvB q
v
v
v 4750 m/s
40. B 5.0 10
2
T
d 0.01 m
v 5 10
6
m/s
q 1.602 10
19
C
F
mag
F
e
qvB q
qvB q
V dvB
V (0.01 m)(5 10
6
m/s)(5.0 10
2
T)
V 2500 V
41. r 3.5 m
I 1.5 10
4
A
F
F
F 2.44 10
3
N
42. L 0.65 m
I 12 A
B 0.20 T
F BIL sin
F (0.20 T)(12 A)(0.65 m)(sin 90)
F 1.56 N [perpendicular to wire]
At the angle shown, the force is:
(1.56 N)sin 30 0.78 N
43. a) v 5.0 10
6
m/s
r 0.001 m
q 1.602 10
19
C
m 9.11 10
31
kg
F
c
F
mag
qvB
B
B
B 2.8 10
2
T
b) F
c
ma
c
F
c
qvB
ma
c
qvB
a
c
a
c
a
c
2.5 10
16
m/s
2
44. a) r 0.22 m
B 0.35 T
q 1.602 10
19
C
m 1.67 10
27
kg
v
v
v 7.4 10
6
m/s
b) F
c

m
r
v
2
F
c
F
c
4.2 10
13
N
(1.67 10
27
kg)(7.4 10
6
m/s)
2
0.22 m
(1.602 10
19
C)(0.35 T)(0.22 m)
(1.67 10
27
kg)
qBr
m
v
Br
q
m
(1.602 10
19
C)(5.0 10
6
m/s)(0.028 T)
9.11 10
31
kg
qvB
m
(5.0 10
6
m/s)(9.11 10
31
kg)
( 1.602 10
19
C)(0.001 m)
vm
qr
mv
2
r
(4 10
7
Tm/A)(1.5 10
4
A)
2
(190 m)
2(3.5 m)
I
1
I
2
L
2r
V
d
(475 V/m)
(0.1 T)
B
45. 5.7 10
8
C/kg
B 0.75 T
r
v
v
T
T
T
T
T 1.5 10
8
s
46. m 6.0 10
8
kg
q 7.2 10
6
C
B 3.0 T
t
1
2
T
t

t
t 8.7 10
3
s
47. Falling through the top of the loop, the cur-
rent is clockwise.
Falling out of the bottom, the current is
counterclockwise.
48. a) The conventional current flow is clockwise
(looking down from top).
b) The induced magnetic field is linear (down
at the south end).
c) Yes, the falling magnet would experience a
magnetic force that is opposing its motion,
as described by Lenzs law.
d) No, the results would be exactly the same.
The induced current flow would be in the
opposite direction if the poles of the mag-
net were reversed, but the reduction in
speed would be the same.
49. The copper conductor is cutting through the
magnetic field lines as it moves, and therefore
experiences a force that opposes its motion.
The induced and external magnetic fields are
in opposite directions, which causes the oppo-
sition. Aluminum wire would make no differ-
ence as long as it conducts electricity.
(6.0 10
8
kg)
(3.0 T)(7.2 10
6
C)
2m
Bq
1
2
2
(0.75 T)(5.7 10
8
C/kg)
2
m
q
m
Bq
v
v
2r
v
2r
T
d
t
mv
Bq
v
Br
q
m
e
m
Chapter 10
21. a) 4 m
b) A 5 cm
c) T 8 s
d) f
f
f 0.1 s
1
e) v f
v (4 m)(0.1 s
1
)
v 0.4 m/s
22. f
f
f 3.125 cycles/s
T
T
T 0.32 s/cycle
23. f
f
f 1.2 cycles/s
T
T
T 0.83 s/cycle
24. f 60 Hz
T
T 0.017 s/cycle
25. a) f
f 2.5 Hz
b) T
T 0.4 s/cycle
26. For 78 rpm:
f
f 1.3 Hz
T
1
f
T 0.77 s/cycle
For 45 rpm:
f
f 0.75 Hz
T
T 1.33 s/cycle
For 33
1
3
rpm:
f rpm
f
f 0.56 Hz
T
T 1.8 s/cycle
27. a) x A cos
x 1 cos (10)
x 0.98 m
b) x A cos
x 1 cos (95)
x 0.087 m
c) x A cos
x 1 cos
rad
x 0.71 m
d) x A cos
x 1 cos (2 rad)
x 1 m
28.
At equilibrium (x 0), v is a maximum
(sin 90 1). When x A, v is a minimum
(sin 0 0).
29.
The object always accelerates toward equilib-
rium and slows down as it moves away from
equilibrium.
180 360
a
(
m
/
s
2
)
A
180 360
180 360
x
(
m
)
v
(
m
/
s
)
A
3
4
1
f
100 cycles
180 s
100
3
1
f
45 cycles
60 s
78 cycles
60 s
1
f
150 cycles
60 s
1
f
1
1.2 cycles/s
1
f
72 cycles
60 s
cycles
s
1
3.125 cycles/s
1
f
10 cycles
3.2 s
cycles
s
1
8 s
1
T
a is a maximum when x A (cos 0); a is a
minimum at equilibrium (cos 90).
The a vector is always directed toward the
equilibrium position.
30. a) T 2
T 2
T 2.9 s/cycle
b) T 2
T 2
T 18 s/cycle
c) T 2
T 2
T 0.78 s/cycle
31. a) i) T 2
T 2
T 7.2 s/cycle
ii) T 2
T 2
T 44 s/cycle
iii) T 2
T 2
T 1.9 s/cycle
b) i) T 2
T 2
T 1.8 s/cycle
ii) T 2
T 2
T 11 s/cycle
iii) T 2
T 2
T 0.49 s/cycle
32. a) T 2
T 2
T 0.711 s/cycle
b) T 2
T 2
T 0.889 s/cycle
c) T 2
T 2
T 0.204 s/cycle
33. a) f
k 4
2
f
2
m
k 4
2
(12 Hz)
2
(0.402 kg)
k 2.3 10
3
N/m
b) F kx
F (2.3 10
3
N/m)(0.35 m)
F 8.0 10
2
N
34. a) v f
f
f
f 4.62 10
14
Hz
b) f
f
f 5.00 10
14
Hz
c) f
f
f 5.17 10
14
Hz
3.00 10
8
m/s
5.80 10
7
m
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
6.00 10
7
m
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
6.50 10
7
m
v
m
1
2
0.21 kg
200 N/m
m
k
0.40 kg
20 N/m
m
k
0.30 kg
23.4 N/m
m
k
0.15 m
24.6 m/s
2
L
g
Jupiter
80 m
24.6 m/s
2
L
g
Jupiter
2.1 m
24.6 m/s
2
L
g
Jupiter
0.15 m
1.6 m/s
2
L
g
Moon
80 m
1.6 m/s
2
L
g
Moon
2.1 m
1.6 m/s
2
L
g
Moon
0.15 m
9.8 m/s
2
L
g
80 m
9.8 m/s
2
L
g
2.1 m
9.8 m/s
2
L
g
d) f
f
f 5.77 10
14
Hz
e) f
f
f 6.32 10
14
Hz
f) f
f
f 7.50 10
14
Hz
35. a) t
t
t 497 s
t 8.28 min
t 0.138 h
b) t
t
t 1.3 s
t 2.1 10
2
min
t 3.5 10
4
h
c) t
t
t 1.9 10
4
s
t 3.2 10
2
min
t 5.4 h
d) t
t
t 3.03 10
2
s
t 5.1 min
t 8.4 10
2
h
36. 1 a (3600 s/h)(24 h/d)(365 d/a)
3.1536 10
7
s
d vt
d (3.00 10
8
m/s)(3.1536 10
7
s)
d 9.46 10
15
m
37. d 100 light years 9.46 10
17
m,
v 3.00 10
8
m/s
t
t 3.15 10
9
s
t 100 a
38. t
t
t 5.33 10
7
s
39. r
Earth
6.38 10
6
m, c
Earth
2(6.38 10
6
m)
4.01 10
7
m
t
t
t 0.134 s
40. For the minimum frequency, 4 10
7
m
f
f
f 8 10
14
Hz
For the maximum frequency, 8 10
8
m
f
f
f 4 10
15
Hz
Thus, the range is 8 10
14
Hz to 4 10
15
Hz.
41. For the car:
t
car
(50 h)(3600 s/h)
t
car
180 000 s
For light:
t
light
t
light
t
light
0.01 s
Comparing the two,
1.8 10
7
times
180 000 s
0.01 s
t
car
t
light
4.00 10
6
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
8 10
8
m
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
4 10
7
m
v
4.01 10
7
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
160 m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
d
v
9.1 10
10
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
5.8 10
12
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
3.8 10
8
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
1.49 10
11
m
3.00 10
8
m/s
d
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
4.00 10
7
m
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
4.75 10
7
m
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
5.20 10
7
m
v

42. a) sin 30 0.5
b) sin 60 0.866
c) sin 45 0.707
d) sin 12.6 0.218
e) sin 74.4 0.963
f) sin 0 0
g) sin 90 1
43. a) sin
1
(0.342) 20
b) sin
1
(0.643) 40
c) sin
1
(0.700) 44.4
d) sin
1
(0.333) 19.5
e) sin
1
(1.00) 90
44. v
v
v 3.3 10
8
m/s
This speed is impossible, since it is greater
than the speed of light.
45. n
1
1.00, n
2
1.98,
1
2
2
n
1
sin
1
n
2
sin
2
sin 2
2
1.98 sin
2
2 sin
2
cos
2
1.98 sin
2
cos
2
2
8.1
46. 1.5 sin 30 n
2
sin 50
n
2
0.98
As in problem 44, this value is impossible.
47.
48. a) v
v
v 1.24 10
8
m/s
b) v
v
v 1.97 10
8
m/s
c) v
v
v 2.26 10
8
m/s
d) v
v
v 2.31 10
8
m/s
49. Use with n
1
1.00:
a) 0.413
b) 0.658
c) 0.752
d) 0.769
50. v
v
v 2.26 10
8
m/s
t
t
t 5.31 10
5
s
51. a) tan
1
tan
B
tan
1
tan
1
1.42
1
54.8
b) n
1
sin
1
n
2
sin
2
2
sin
1
1.00
2
35.2
c) 54.8 (
i

r
)
52. Polaroid glasses are most effective when the
light is most polarized. The light is 100%
polarized at Brewsters angle,
B
.
tan
B
tan
B
B
53.1
elevation
90 53.1
elevation
36.9
1.33
1.00
n
2
n
1
sin 54.8
1.42
n
2
n
1
1200 m
2.26 10
8
m/s
d
v
3.00 10
8
m/s
1.33
c
n
n
1
n
2
3.00 10
8
m/s
1.30
c
n
3.00 10
8
m/s
1.33
c
n
3.00 10
8
m/s
1.52
c
n
3.00 10
8
m/s
2.42
c
n
wavefronts
light ray
glass
1.98
2
3.00 10
8
m/s
0.90
c
n
53. a) I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
30
I
2
0.375I
o
37.5%
b) 20.7%
c) 5.85%
54. When viewing something through a doubly
refracting crystal, two images are seen, since
two rays of polarized light are produced. If
another crystal was laid over-top and rotated,
nothing would be seen, since the two crystals
now act as a polarizeranalyzer pair, with an
angle of 90 between their axes.
55. Use an analyzer (another polarizer, rotated).
56. tan
B
B
tan
1

B
53
57. a) tan
B
B
tan
1

B
53.1
b) tan
B
B
tan
1

B
56.3
c) tan
B
B
tan
1

B
41.6
d) tan
B
B
tan
1

B
45.7
58. tan
B
tan 60
n
2
tan 60
n
2
1.73
59. The first Polaroid will remove exactly one
component (50%) of the incident light. The
third Polaroid, having been placed at any
angle but 90 to the first one, will remove a
fraction of the remaining light, allowing one
component of the light to pass through. The
second Polaroid will then remove only a single
component of the residual light. Thus, a frac-
tion of the incident light passes through all
three Polaroids.
60. a) I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
10
I
2
0.485I
o
48.5%
b) 37.5%
c) 5.85%
d) 0.380%
61. I
2
0.4I
o
I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
0.4I
o
0.5I
o
cos
2
cos
1
26.6
62. I
2
0.5I
o
cos
2
1
and I
3
I
2
cos
2
2
I
3
0.5I
o
cos
2
1
cos
2
2
I
3
0.5I
o
cos
2
60 cos
2
10
I
3
0.121I
o
12.1%
I
3
I
o
0.4
0.5
I
2
I
o
I
2
I
o
I
2
I
o
I
2
I
o
n
2
1.00
n
2
n
1
1.33
1.30
n
2
n
1
1.33
1.50
n
2
n
1
1.50
1.00
n
2
n
1
1.33
1.00
n
2
n
1
1.33
1.00
n
2
n
1
I
2
I
o
I
2
I
o
I
2
I
o
Chapter 11
23. a) constructive
b) constructive
c) partial
d) destructive
24.
25.
26. m 2
550 nm
a) d 2.0 10
6
m
sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.55
2
33.4
b) d
d 9.52 10
5
m
sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.01155
2
0.662
27. L 1.0 m
m
x
m
x
2
x
2
0.55 m
28.
29. 560 nm
d 4.5 10
6
m
a) m 1
sin
m
sin
1
sin
1
0.12444
1
7.14
(1)(5.60 10
7
m)
4.5 10
6
m
m
d
1 1
0
2 2
3
3
2
1 1
2
Maxima
numbers
Minima
numbers
2(5.50 10
7
m)(1.0 m)
2.0 10
6
m
mL
d
dx
m
L
(2)(5.50 10
7
m)
9.52 10
5
m
m
d
1.0 m
10 500 slits
(2)(5.50 10
7
m)
2.0 10
6
m
m
d
2
2
1
1
S
2
S
1
0
1
1
S
1
S
1
b) sin
sin
sin 0.18667
10.8
c) sin
m
sin
3
sin
3
0.37333
3
21.9
d) sin
m
sin
3
sin
3
0.43556
3
25.8
30. 610 nm
m 2
2
23
o
d
d
d 3.12 10
6
m
d 3.12 m
31. d 0.15 mm
m 2
x
2
7.7 m
L 1.2 m

4.81 10
4
m
481 m
32. 585 nm
L 1.25 m
m 9
x 3.0 cm
d
d
d 2.3 10
4
m
d 0.23 mm
33. 630 nm
d 3.0 10
5
m
m
For maximization, sin 1.
m
m
m 4.76 10
11
34. a) The light now travels an extra
4
twice
between the original and the second posi-
tions. This produces an extra shift
of
2
. The observer therefore sees a dark
band and the fringe pattern moves by half
a band.
b) The light now travels an extra
2
twice
tions. This produces an extra shift of .
The observer therefore sees a bright band
and the fringe pattern moves by a full
band.
c) The light now travels an extra
3
4
twice
tions. This produces an extra shift
of
3
2
. The observer therefore sees neither

a bright nor a dark band and the fringe
pattern moves by
3
2
of a band.
3.0 10
5
m
6.30 10
7
m
d
d sin
1
2
9
(5.85 10
7
m)(1.25 m)
3.0 10
2
m
m
1
2
x
(1.5 10
4
m)(7.7 m)
(2)(1.2 m)
dx
m
mL
(2)(6.10 10
7
m)
sin 23
m
sin
m
7
2
(5.60 10
7
m)
4.5 10
6
m
m
1
2
d
(3)(5.60 10
7
m)
4.5 10
6
m
m
3
2
(5.60 10
7
m)
4.5 10
6
m
m
1
2
d
d) The light now travels an extra twice
tions. This produces an extra shift of 2.
The observer therefore sees a bright band
and the fringe pattern moves by two full
bands.
35. PD 4
n 1.42
600 nm
t
t
t 2.857 10
6
m
t 2.86 m
36. PD 12
t 3.60 microns
640 nm
n 1
n 1
n 2.07
37. PD 10
v
m
1.54 10
8
m/s
t 2.80 microns
n
m
n
m
n
m
1.948
n
m
1.95

5.309 10
7
m
531 nm
38. t 364 nm
510 nm
n
g
1.40
g
3.64 10
7
m
Because there is a half-phase shift between air
and gas,
m
m
m 2.5
The interference is destructive.
39. a) 2

destructive
b) 2

constructive
c) 2

3
constructive
d) 2

destructive
40. n
g
1.40
560 nm
t 4.80 10
6
m
g
4.00 10
7
m
Because there is a half-phase shift between air
and gas,
m
m
m 24.5
The interference is destructive and a dark
area will result.
2(4.80 10
6
m)
1
2
(4.00 10
7
m)
4.00 10
7
m
2t
1
2
g
5.60 10
7
m
1.40
n
g
15
2
1
2
7
2
1
2
5
4
1
4
3
2
1
2
2(3.64 10
7
m)
1
2
(3.64 10
7
m)
3.64 10
7
m
2t
1
2
g
5.10 10
7
m
1.40
n
g
2(2.80 10
6
m)(0.948)
10
2t(n 1)
PD
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.54 10
8
m/s
c
v
m
(12)(6.40 10
7
m)
2(3.60 10
6
m)
PD
2t
(4)(6.00 10
7
m)
2(0.42)
PD
2(n 1)
41. 500 nm
a) n
f
1.44
f
3.47 10
7
m
Because there is a half-phase shift,
m
t
t
t 8.675 10
7
m
t 86.8 nm
b) n
f
1.23
f

n
f
4.07 10
7
m
Because the shifts cancel,
t
m
2
t
t 2.03 10
7
m
t 203 nm
42. 580 nm
n
s
1.33
s

n
s
4.36 10
7
m
a) Because of the phase shift and destructive
interference,
t
m
2
t
t 2.18 10
7
m
t 218 nm
b) Because of the phase shift and constructive
interference,
t
t
t 1.09 10
7
m
t 109 nm
43. a)
v
f

1.40 m
b)
v
f

5.20 10
7
m
520 nm
c)
v
f

2.5 m
44. a) f
f
f 1.5 10
20
Hz
b) v
v 3.889 m/s
f
f
f 3.2 Hz
3.889 m/s
1.2 m
1000 m
1 km
1 h
3600 s
14 km
1 h
3.0 10
8
m/s
2.0 10
12
m
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.2 10
8
Hz
2.50 10
8
m/s
4.81 10
14
Hz
350 m/s
250 Hz
1
1
2
(4.36 10
7
m)
m
1
2
2
(1)(4.36 10
7
m)
2
5.80 10
7
m
1.33
(1)(4.07 10
7
m)
2
5.00 10
7
m
1.23
1
1
2
(3.47 10
7
m)
m
1
2
2
2t
1
2
f
5.00 10
7
m
1.44
n
f
46. a) m 2
580 nm
w 2.2 10
5
m
sin
sin
sin 0.0659
3.78
b) m 2
550 nm
w 2.2 10
5
m
sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.05
2
2.87
47. w 1.2 10
2
mm
m 1
1
4

8.37 10
7
m
837 nm
48. L 1.0 m
m 2
837 nm
w 1.2 10
2
mm
Minimum:
x
m
x
2
x
2
0.1395 m
x
2
140 mm
Maximum:
x
x
x 0.174 m
x 174 mm
49. w 1.1 10
5
m
620 nm
m 2
a) Minimum:
sin
m
sin
2
sin
2
0.113
2
6.47
b) Maximum:
sin
sin
sin 0.141
8.10
50. Width of central maximum 6.6
400 nm
w
w
w 6.949 10
6
m
w 6.95 m
51. 585 nm
w 1.23 10
3
cm
L 1.2 m
a) m 3
x
m
x
3
x
3
0.171 m
x
3
171 mm
(3)(5.85 10
7
m)(1.2 m)
1.23 10
5
m
mL
w
4.00 10
7
m
sin 3.3
sin
2
1
2
(6.20 10
7
m)
1.1 10
5
m
m
1
2
w
(2)(6.20 10
7
m)
1.1 10
5
m
m
2
1
2
(8.37 10
7
m)(1.0 m)
1.2 10
5
m
m
1
2
w
(2)(8.37 10
7
m)(1.0 m)
1.2 10
5
m
mL
w
(1.2 10
5
m) sin 4
1
w sin
m
m
(2)(5.50 10
7
m)
(2.2 10
5
m)
m
2
1
2
(5.80 10
7
m)
2.2 10
5
m
m
1
2
w
b) m 2
x
x
x 0.1426 m
x 143 mm
52. w 1.10 10
3
cm
470 nm
m 1
sin

sin

sin

0.0427
4.90
53. 493 nm
w 5.65 10
4
m
L 3.5 m
m 1
a) x
m
x 2
x 6.1 10
3
m
x 6.1 mm
b) sin

sin

sin

8.73 10
4
0.10
54. 450 nm
55. 530 nm
N 10 000 slits
w 1 cm
m 1
d
N
w
d
d 1 10
6
m
sin
m
sin
1
sin
1
0.53
1
32
56. 650 nm
N 2000 slits
w 1 cm
m
11.25
d
d
d 5.00 10
6
m
m
m
m 1
57. m 2
d
d 4.35 10
5
mm
L 0.95 m
610 nm
x
m
x
2
x
2
27 m
58. N 10 000 slits
w 1.2 cm
d
d
d 1.2 10
6
m
1.2 10
2
m
10 000
w
N
(2)(6.10 10
7
m)(0.95 m)
(4.35 10
8
m)
mL
d
1
2.3 10
4
slits/mm
1
2
(5.00 10
6
m) sin 11.25
(6.50 10
7
m)
1
2
d sin
m
1 10
2
m
2000
w
N
(1)(5.30 10
7
m)
1 10
6
m
m
d
1 10
2
m
10 000
2
(1)(4.93 10
7
m)
(5.65 10
4
m)
2
m
2
(1)(4.93 10
7
m)(3.5 m)
(5.65 10
4
m)
mL
w
1
2
(1)(4.70 10
7
m)
1.10 10
5
m
2
m
2
1
2
(5.85 10
7
m)(1.2 m)
1.23 10
5
m
m
1
2
w
a) 600 nm
m
m
m 2
b) 440 nm
m
m
m 2.7
m 2
59. d
d 1 10
5
m
m
400
m
400
m
400
25
m
700
m
700
m
700
14.3
m
700
14
Orders needed:
25 14 11
60. d 1.0 microns
a) 610 nm
m
m
m 1.6
m 1
b) 575 nm
m
m
m 1.7
m 1
c) 430 nm
m
m
m 2.3
m 2
61.
1
589 nm
2
589.59 nm
w 2.5 cm
N 10
4
d
d
d 2.5 10
6
m
sin
1

sin
1

sin
1

sin
1

13.641 13.627
1.39 10
2
62.
2

1
5.8959 10
7
m 5.89 10
7
m
5.9 10
10
m
avg
avg
avg
5.8930 10
7
m
m 2
N
N
N 500
63. N 10
6
w 2.5 cm
520 nm
d
d
d 2.5 10
8
m
2.5 10
2
m
10
6
w
N
(5.8930 10
7
m)
(5.9 10
10
m)(2)
avg
m
(5.89 10
7
m) (5.8959 10
7
m)
1

2
2
5.89 10
7
m
2.5 10
6
m
5.8959 10
7
m
2.5 10
6
m
m
1
d
m
2
d
2.5 10
2
m
10
4
w
N
1.0 10
6
m
4.30 10
7
m
d
1.0 10
6
m
5.75 10
7
m
d
1.0 10
6
m
6.10 10
7
m
d
1 10
5
m
7.00 10
7
m
d
1 10
5
m
4.00 10
7
m
d
1 10
2
m
1000
1.2 10
6
m
4.40 10
7
m
d
1.2 10
6
m
6.00 10
7
m
d

m
m
m 0.0481
m 0
64. N 4000
m 1
(6.5648 10
7
m) (6.5630 10
7
m)
1.8 10
10
m
avg
avg
6.5639 10
7
m
R
R
R 3647
Nm (4000)(1)
Nm 4000
R Nm, therefore it will not be resolved.
65. 0.55 nm
d
d 4.0 10
7
m
m 1
sin
sin
sin 1.375 10
3
7.9 10
2
Diffraction is not apparent.

66. d 0.40 nm
0.20 nm
m 3
sin
sin
sin 0.75
49
(3)(2.0 10
10
m)
2(4.0 10
10
m)
m
2d
(1)(5.5 10
10
m)
4.0 10
7
m
m
d
1 m
2.5 10
6
6.5639 10
7
m
1.8 10
10
m
avg
(6.5648 10
7
m) (6.5630 10
7
m)
2
2.5 10
8
m
5.20 10
7
m
d

Chapter 12
19.
max
597 nm 5.97 10
7
m
The temperature can be found using Wiens law:
max
T
T
T 4854.27 K
T 4854.27 273C
T 4581.27C
20. T 2.7 K
max
can be found using Wiens law:
max
max
max
1.07 10
3
m
21. T 125 K
max
can be found using Wiens law:
max
max
max
2.32 10
5
m
The peak wavelength of Jupiters cloud is
2.32 10
5
m. It belongs to the infrared
part of the electromagnetic spectrum.
22. P 2 W, 632.4 nm 6.324 10
7
m
We are to find the number of photons leaving
the laser tube per second. Let us symbolize
this quantity by N
.
Using Plancks equation, we can express the
energy for a single photon:
E
The number of photons leaving the tube can

be found as follows:
N

E
P

P
h
6.36 10
18
photons/s
23. E
4.5 eV, W
0(gold)
5.37 eV
E
W
0
. The gold will absorb all of the
energy of the incident photons, hence there
will be no photoelectric effect observed (see
Figure 12.13).
24. 440 nm 4.4 10
7
m,
W
0(nickel)
5.15 eV
First, we shall calculate the energy of the inci-
dent photons. Using Plancks equation:
E
4.52 10
19
J
E
2.82 eV
Since E
W
0
, the photoelectric effect will
not be exhibited (see Figure 12.13).
25. P 30 W, 540 nm 5.4 10
7
m
We are to find the number of photons radiated
by the headlight per second. Let us symbolize
this quantity by N
.
Using Plancks equation, we can express the
energy for a single photon:
E
The number of photons radiated by the head-

light can be found as follows:
N

E
P

P
h
8.15 10
19
photons/s
26. W
0
3 eV 4.8 10
19
J,
219 nm 2.19 10
7
m
a) The energy of photons with cut-off fre-
quency is equal to the work function of the
metal. Hence,
E
W
0
4.8 10
19
J
(30 W)(5.4 10
7
m)
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
4.52 10
19
J
1.6 10
19
C
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
4.4 10
7
m
hc
(2 W)(6.324 10
7
m)
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2.898 10
3
125 K
2.898 10
3
T
2.898 10
3
2.7 K
2.898 10
3
T
2.898 10
3
5.97 10
7
m
2.898 10
3
max
2.898 10
3
T
The frequency can be found using Plancks
equation:
E
hf
f
f
f 7.24 10
14
Hz
b) The maximum energy of the ejected pho-
tons can be found using the equation:
E
kmax
E
W
0
E
kmax
W
0
E
kmax

4.8 10
19
J
E
kmax
4.28 10
19
J
27. a) To avoid unwanted electrical currents and
change in bonding structure of the material
of the satellite, the number of electrons
ejected from the material should be mini-
mal. The greater the work function of the
metal, the more photon energy it will
absorb and the fewer electrons will be
ejected. Hence, the material selected should
have a relatively high work function.
b) The longest wavelength of the photons that
could affect this satellite would have an
energy equal to the work function of the
material, i.e.,
E
W
0
Using Plancks equation E
c
,
max
(if W
0
is in Joules)
max
(if W
0
is in eV)
28. W
0(platinum)
5.65 eV 9.04 10
19
J
From problem 27, we know that:
max
max
max
2.2 10
7
m
The maximum wavelength of the photon that
could generate the photoelectric effect on the
platinum surface is 2.2 10
7
m.
29. a) For a material with a work function
greater than zero, the typical photoelectric
effect graph has a positive x intercept. If
the graph passes through the origin, the
work function of the material is zero,
which means that the photoelectric effect
would be observed with incident photons
having any wavelength.
b) If the graph has a positive y intercept, we
would observe the photoelectric effect
without the presence of incident photons.
30. 400 pm 4.0 10
10
m
a) The frequency of the photon can be found
using the wave equation:
f
f
f 7.5 10
17
Hz
b) The momentum of the photon can be com-
puted using de Broglies equation:
p
p
p 1.66 10
24
Ns
c) The mass equivalence can be found using
de Broglies equation:
p mv
m
p
c
m
m 5.53 10
33
kg
31. m
proton
1.673 10
27
kg
First, we have to express the rest energy of the
proton. It can be found using:
E
proton
mc
2
The energy of the photon, which is equal to
the rest energy of the proton, can be expressed
using Plancks equation:
E
1.66 10
24
Ns
3.0 10
8
m/s
6.626 10
34
Js
4.0 10
10
m
h
3.0 10
8
m/s
4.0 10
10
m
c
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
9.04 10
19
J
hc
W
0
hc
W
0
e
hc
W
0
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2.19 10
7
m
hc
4.8 10
19
J
6.626 10
34
Js
E
h
Then,
E
proton
E
mc
2
mc
Using de Broglies equation:
p
Hence,
p mc
p (1.673 10
27
kg)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
p 5.02 10
19
Ns
32. 10 m 1 10
5
m
p
p
p 6.63 10
29
Ns
33.
f
1 nm 1 10
9
m
Consider the following diagram:
From the conservation of energy,
E
i
E
f
E
k
mv
f
2
(eq. 1)
From the conservation of momentum,
p
i
p
f
p
e
In the direction of the x axis:
cos 43 mv
f
cos (eq. 2)
In the direction of the y axis:
sin 43 mv
f
sin (eq. 3)
Using math software to solve the system of
equations that consists of equations 1, 2, and
3, the value for
i
9.9552 10
10
m.
To find the Compton shift,

f

i
1 10
9
m 9.9552 10
10
m
4.48 10
12
m
The Compton shift is 4.48 10
12
m.
34. 180, v
f
7.12 10
5
m/s
From the conservation of energy,
E
i
E
f
E
k
mv
f
2
(eq. 1)
From the conservation of momentum,
p
i
p
f
p
e
mv
f
(eq. 2)
(The negative sign signifies a scatter angle
equal to 180.)
Multiplying equation 2 by c and adding the
result to equation 1,
mv
f
2
cmv
f
i
2.04 10
9
m
35.
i
18 pm 1.8 10
11
m, energy loss is 67%
The initial energy of the photon can be com-
puted using Plancks equation:
E
i
E
i
E
i
1.1 10
14
J
Since 67% of the energy is lost, the final
energy of the photon is:
E
f
0.33E
i
E
f
0.33(1.1 10
14
J)
E
f
3.64 10
15
J
The final wavelength can be calculated using
Plancks equation:
f
5.45 10
11
m
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
3.64 10
15
J
hc
E
f
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
1.8 10
11
m
hc
i
2(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
(9.11 10
31
kg)
1
2
(7.12 10
5
m/s)
2
(3.0 10
8
m/s)(7.12 10
5
m/s)
2hc
1
2
v
f
2
cv
f
2
2hc
i
h
f
h
i
1
2
hc
f
hc
i
h
i
h
f
h
i
1
2
hc
f
hc
i
y
x
x
f
e
x
i
C
43
6.626 10
34
Js
1 10
5
m
h
hc

The Compton shift as a percentage is:
100%
302%
The wavelength of a photon increases by 302%.
36. m 45 g 0.045 kg, v 50 m/s

2.9 10
34
m
The wavelength associated with this ball is
2.9 10
34
m.
37. m
n
1.68 10
27
kg,
0.117 nm 1.17 10
10
m

v
v
v 3371 m/s
The velocity of the neutron is 3371 m/s.
38. m
p
1.67 10
27
kg, 2.9 10
34
m

v
v
v 1.37 10
27
m/s
The speed of the proton would have to be
1.37 10
27
m/s. Since v is much greater than
c, this speed is impossible.
39. E
k
50 eV 8 10
18
J,
m
e
9.11 10
31
kg
a) We shall first compute the velocity using
the kinetic energy value:
E
k

1
2
mv
2
v
v 4.19 10
6
m/s
Now can be found using de Broglies
equation:

1.73 10
10
m
b) The Bohr radius is 5.29 10
11
m. The
wavelength associated with an electron is
longer than a hydrogen atom.
40. The photon transfers from n 5 to n 2.
The energy at level n is given by:
E
n
The energy released when the photon

transfers from n 5 to n 2 is:
E E
5
E
2
E
E 2.86 eV
E 4.58 10
19
J
To compute the wavelength:

4.34 10
7
m
The wavelength released when the photon
transfers from n 5 to n 2 is 4.34 10
7
m.
It is in the visual spectrum and it would
appear as violet.
41. a) The electron transfers from n 1 to n 4.
The energy of the electron is given by:
E
n
The energy needed to transfer the electron

from n 1 to n 4 is:
E E
4
E
1
E
E 12.75 eV
13.6 eV
1
2
13.6 eV
4
2
13.6 eV
n
2
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
4.58 10
19
J
hc
13.6 eV
2
2
13.6 eV
5
2
13.6 eV
n
2
6.626 10
34
Js
(9.11 10
31
kg)(4.19 10
6
m/s)
h
mv
2(8 10
18
J)
9.11 10
31
kg
2E
k
m
6.626 10
34
Js
(1.67 10
27
kg)(2.9 10
34
m)
h
m
h
mv
6.626 10
34
Js
(1.68 10
27
kg)(1.17 10
10
m)
h
m
h
mv
6.626 10
34
Js
(0.045 kg)(50 m/s)

h
mv
i
5.45 10
11
m
1.8 10
11
m
i
b) The electron transfers from n 2 to n 4.
Similarly, the energy needed to transfer the
electron from n 2 to n 4 is:
E E
4
E
2
E
E 2.55 eV
42. We need to find the difference in the radius
between the second and third energy levels.
The radius at a level n is given by
r
n
(5.29 10
11
m)n
2
The difference in radii is:
r r
3
r
2
r (5.29 10
11
m)(3)
2
(5.29 10
11
m)(2)
2
r 2.64 10
10
m
43. n 1
The radius of the first energy level can be
found using:
r
n
(5.29 10
11
m)n
2
r
n
(5.29 10
11
m)(1)
2
r
n
5.29 10
11
m
The centripetal force is equal to the electro-
static force of attraction:
F
F
F 8.22 10
8
N
The centripetal force acting on the electron to
keep it in the first energy level is 8.22 10
8
N.
44. F 8.22 10
8
N, r 5.29 10
11
m
F m4
2
rf
2
f
f 6.56 10
15
Hz
The electron is orbiting the nucleus
6.56 10
15
times per second.
45. Consider an electron transferring from
n 4 to n 1. As computed in problem 41,
the energy released is equal to
12.75 eV 2.04 10
18
J. The frequency
is then equal to:
f
f
f 3.08 10
15
Hz
The frequency of the photon is 3.08 10
15
Hz,
or one-half the number of cycles per second
completed by the electron in problem 44.
46. Bohr predicted a certain value for energy at a
given energy level. From the quantization of
energy, there can be only specific values for
velocity, v, and radius, r. Thus, the path of the
orbiting electron can attain a specific path
(orbit) around the nucleus, which is an orbital.
48. v 1000 m/s, m 9.11 10
31
kg
p
y
y h
p mv
y
y
y 1.16 10
7
m
Hence, the position is uncertain to
1.16 10
7
m.
49. y 1 10
4
m
The molecular mass of oxygen is 32 mol.
The mass of one oxygen molecule is
5.32 10
26
kg
From p
y
y h
and p mv, the maximum

speed is:
v
v
v 1.98 10
5
m/s
1.0546 10
34
Js
(5.32 10
26
kg)(1 10
4
m)
h
mv
32 mol
6.02 10
23
mol/g
1.0546 10
34
Js
(9.11 10
31
kg)(1000 m/s)
h
mv
2.04 10
18
J
6.626 10
34
Js
E
h
8.22 10
8
N
(9.11 10
31
kg)(5.29 10
11
m)
1
2
F
mr
1
2
(8.99 10
9
Nm
2
/C
2
)(1.6 10
19
C)
2
(5.29 10
11
m)
2
ke
2
r
2
13.6 eV
2
2
13.6 eV
4
2
Chapter 13
28. a) 3 cm/a
9.5 10
10
m/s
3.16 10
18
b) 0.1 mm/s
1.0 10
4
m/s
3.3 10
13
c) 3.6 10
8
d) Mach 6.54 6.54 332 m/s
Mach 6.54 2171.28 m/s
7.24 10
7
e) 7.33 10
3
29. a) Snoopy must fly 50 km/h [N then E].
Let y resultant ground speed
y (130 k m/h)
2
(50 km/h )
2
y 120 km/h
b) The Baron going west has a ground speed
of:
b
v
b
v
w
v
g
b
v
g
130 km/h 50 km/h
b
v
g
180 km/h [W]
While going east,
b
v
g
130 km/h 50 km/h
b
v
g
80 km/h [E]
c) The time for Snoopy:
6000 s
Time for the Baron:
6500 s
Therefore, Snoopy wins the race by 500 s
or 0.139 h.
d)
t
t
B
S

t
t
B
S

t
t
B
S

30. In our rest frame, we observe the contracted

length:
L L
0
1

L (1.0 m)1 (0 .080)
2
L 0.6 m
31. L L
0
L L
0
1
3

v c
v 0.943c
v 2.83 10
8
m/s
8
9
8
9
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
1
9
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
1
3
v
2
c
2
w
2
v
2
v
2
w
2
v
2
t
S
t
B
v
2
w
2
v
t
S
t
B
(v w )(v w)
v
t
S
t
B
(v w)(v w)
v(v w )(v w)
t
S
t
B
(v
2
w
0
)
0
(v w)
(v w
20
)(
0
v
v
w)
v
2
2
0
0
w
2
v
1
00
w

v
1
00
w
3600 s
1 h
100 km
80 km/h
100 km
180 km/h
3600 s
1 h
200 km
120 km/h
2.2 10
6
m/s
3 10
8
m/s
2171.28 m/s
3.0 10
8
m/s
10.8 m/s
3.0 10
8
m/s
1.0 10
4
m/s
3.0 10
8
m/s
1 m
1000 mm
0.1 mm
1 s
9.5 10
10
m/s
3.0 10
8
m/s
1 d
86400 s
1 a
365.25 d
1 m
100 cm
3 cm
1 a
32. Length is contracted for the moving stop-
watch. The time it measures is:
t
t
t
t 6.12 10
7
s
33. We observe the dilated half-life of the muon:
t
t
t 4.11 10
7
s
The distance travelled is:
d vt
d (0.998c)(4.11 10
7
s)
d 123 m
34. Katrina measures a contracted distance:
L L
0
L (7.83 10
10
m)1 (0 .25)
2
L 7.58 10
10
m
35. The time the girlfriend measures is:
t
f
The time Henry measures is:

t
h
t
h
Their time difference is:

t
Using the low-speed approximation when
v c:
1
t
t
t 6.81 10
12
s
36. Given the muons dilated half-life:
t 2.8 10
6
s
and its rest half-life:
t
0
2.2 10
6
s
t
2
2
.
.
2
8

1

2
2
2
.
.
2
8
v
1.856 10
8
m/s v
d circumference
d 2r
d vt
r
r
r 82.7 m
37. Only the component of L
0
in the direction of
travel is contracted:
L
x
L
0
cos 30
The contracted length seen by Tanya in the
direction of travel (x) is:
L
x
L
x
L
x
L
0
cos 30
The perpendicular length, L

y
, is L
0
sin 30 for
both Katrina and Tanya.
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
(1.856 10
8
m/s)(2.8 10
6
s)
2
vt
2
v
2
c
2
2.2
2.8
v
2
c
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
35 000 m
2(3.0
(3
5 m
10
/
8
s)
m
2
/s)
2
35 m/s
L
0
1
2
v
c
2
2
35 m/s
v
2
2c
2
v
2
c
2
L
0
1
v
c
2
2
35 m/s
L
0
35 m/s
L
0
1
v
c
2
2
35 m/s
d
v
L
0
35 m/s
v
2
c
2
2.6 10
8
s
1 (0 .998)
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
(180 m)1 (0 .7)

2
0.7(3 10
8
m/s)
L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
L
v
tan 45
1
Therefore:
1
tan 30
v 0.816c
v 2.45 10
8
m/s
38. The time to travel a circumference is:
t
t
0
t
0
1.336 10
5
s
For the clocks on Earth, use the low-speed
approximation for v c:
t
t t
0
The difference in the flying clocks compared

to the ones on Earth is:
t t t
0
t t
0
t
0
t
1 1
t (1.336 10
5
s)

t 6.68 10
8
s
39. 1 ca vt
1 ca (3.0 10
8
m/s)
(365.25 24 60 60 s)
1 ca 9.47 10
15
m
40. Using spacetime invariance:
(s
2
) c
2
(t
J
)
2
(x
J
)
2
and:
(s
2
) c
2
(t
T
)
2
(x
T
)
2
For Ted, the distance between events is:
c
2
(1.0 10
6
s)
2
(600 m)
2
0 (x
T
)
2
9 10
4
m
2
3.6 10
5
m
2
(x
T
)
2
(x
T
)
2
2.7 10
5
m
2
x
T
5.20 10
2
m
41. Teds length, L, has contracted relative to
Janes length, L
0
:
L L
0
520 m (600 m)
v 0.499c
v 1.50 10
8
m/s
42. The dilated time of the stationary observer is:
t
4
5
.
.
0
0
s
s

1
2
6
5
1
v c
The distance travelled in the 5.0 s is:
d vt
d (3.0 10
8
m/s)(5.0 s)
d 9.0 10
8
m
43. See problem 42:
v c
v 1.8 10
8
m/s
3
5
3
5
3
5
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
56
225
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
169
225
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
(300 m/s)
2
2(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
v
2
2c
2
2r
v
v
2
c
2
v
2
2c
2
t
0
1
v
c
2
2
2(6.38 10
6
m)
300 m/s
2r
v
2
3
v
2
c
2
1
3
v
2
c
2
1
3
v
2
c
2
v
2
c
2
L
0
sin 30
L
0
cos 30
1
v
c
2
2
L
0
sin 30
L
0
cos 30
1
v
c
2
2
L
y
L
x
L
y
L
x
L
y
L
x

44. Trevors time is:
t
0
t
0
His sisters time is:

t
The time difference is:
t 1 a
t
t
2
v
L
0
L
0
L
0
L
0
0.691 ca
45. q 1.6 10
19
C
v 0.8c
B 1.5 T
m
r
m
qB
v
r
r
r 1.52 10
3
m
46. The centripetal force is provided by the elec-
trical coulomb force:
r
r
r
r 6.26 10
15
m
47. The difference between the dilated and rest
masses is:
m m m
0
Use the low-speed binomial approximation
when v c:
1
m m
0
m
0
m m
0
1 1
m

m

m 3.0 10
7
kg
48. Use the high-speed approximation:
1 2
m
m
m
m
m 3.55 10
26
kg
9.11 10
31
kg
2(3.3 10
10
)
9.11 10
31
kg
2(1 0.999 999 9 99 67)

m
0
v
c

m
0
1
v
c
2
2
c
v
2
c
2
(3.0 10
4
m/s)
2
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
(60 kg)
2
v
2
c
2
m
0
2
v
2
2c
2
v
2
2c
2
v
2
2c
2
1
1
v
c
2
2
(9.0 10
9
Nm
2
C
2
)(1.602 10
19
C)
2
1 (0 .6)
2
(9.11 10
31
kg)[0.6(3.0 10
8
m/s)]
2
ke
2
1
v
c
2
2
m
0
v
2
ke
2
mv
2
kQq
r
2
mv
2
r
[9.11 10
31
kg][0.8(3.0 10
8
m/s)]
(1.602 10
19
C)(1.5 T)1 (0 .8)
2
m
0
v
qB
1
v
c
2
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2
(1 a)(0.95c)
2(1 1 (0 .95c)
2
)
tv
1
v
c
2
2
v
2
c
2
2L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
2L
0
v
2L
0
v
2L
0
1
v
c
2
2
v
d
v
49. For a charge moving perpendicular to a mag-
netic field, the centripetal force equals the
magnetic force:
Bqv
Due to mass dilation, the magnetic field is:
B
B
B 2.26 10
2
T
50. density
density
where x, y, and z are the rectangular dimen-
sions. Contraction occurs only in the direction
of motion, so density is:

x
0
v
c
2
yz

When the density of an object is dilated twice
as much as its density at rest, 2
0
:
2
0
v 0.7071c
v 2.1 10
8
m/s
51. Using the relativistic equation of velocity addi-
tion, the velocity of the light relative to the
duck is:
l
v
d
l
v
d
l
v
d
l
v
d
c
52. Using the relativistic equation of velocity addi-
tion, the velocity of star A relative to star B is:
a
v
b
a
v
b
a
v
b
0.472c
a
v
b
1.42 10
8
m/s
53. The speed of rocket A relative to Earth is:
a
v
E
a
v
E
a
v
E
0.962c
a
v
E
2.88 10
8
m/s
54. The speed of the positron relative to the elec-
tron is:
p
v
e
p
v
e
p
v
e
0.996c
p
v
e
2.988 10
8
m/s
55. Bobs velocity relative to Earth,
b
v
E
0.3c;
Nicoles velocity relative to Earth,
n
v
E
0.9c
p
v
E
, the phaser bullets velocity
relative to Earth.
0.95c 0.85c
1 (0.95)(0.85)
p
v
g

g
v
e
1
p
v
g
c
2
g
v
e
0.8c 0.7c
1 (0.8)(0.7)
a
v
b

b
v
E
1
a
v
b
c
2
b
v
E
0.2c 0.3c
1 (0.2)(0.3)
a
v
E

E
v
b
1
a
v
E
c
2
E
v
b
1.2c
1.2
c 0.2c
1
(c)(
c
0
2
.2c)
l
v
c

c
v
d
1
l
v
c
c
2
c
v
d
2
v
2
c
2
1
2
v
2
c
2
1
v
c
2
2
1
v
c
2
2
m
0
v
c
2
xyz
mass
volume
(9.1 10
31
kg)(3.0 10
8
m/s)(0.999 999 986)
(1.602 10
19
C)(450 m)1 (0 .999 9 99 986 )
2
m
0
v
qr
1
v
c
2
2
mv
2
r
The velocity of the phaser bullet relative to
Bob,
p
v
b
, is:
p
v
b
p
v
b
p
v
b
0.822c
p
v
b
2.47 10
8
m/s
56. Kirks velocity relative to Earth:
k
v
E
X
the modules velocity relative to Kirk:
m
v
k
X
the modules velocity relative to Earth:
m
v
E
0.8c
m
v
E
0.8c
0.8c 2X
0.8X
2
2cX 0.8c
2
0
2X
2
5cX 2c
2
0
(2X c)(X 2c) 0
The speed of the Enterprise is:
2
c
1.5 10
8
m/s
57. The mass, m, equivalent to the chemical
energy released is:
E mc
2
m
m 3.56 10
13
kg
58. The mass, m, equivalent to the chemical
energy released is:
E mc
2
m
m 1.02 10
6
kg
59.To find the energy equivalent of 1.0 kg of
bananas:
E mc
2
E (1.0 kg)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
E 9.0 10
16
J
E
E 2.5 10
10
kWh
At a typical consumer rate of $0.08/kWh,
1.0 kg of bananas is equivalent to:
(2.5 10
10
kWh)($0.08) $2 10
9
or
$2 billion
Conversely, the rate of relativistic banana
power is:
$0.000 000 000 052/kWh
60. E mc
2
E (m
0
c
2
E
k
)
The work done in increasing an electrons
speed is:
E
k
E
k
E
k
E
k
(mc
2
m
0
c
2
) (mc
2
m
0
c
2
)
E
k
(mc
2
) mc
2
E
k
m
0
c
2
For v 0.5c to v 0.9c:

E
k
m
0
c
2
E
k
1.139m
0
c
2
For v 0.9c to v 0.95c:
E
k
m
0
c
2
E
k
0.908m
0
c
2
It takes more work to increase from 0.5c to
0.9c.
61. To find the equivalent mass of the particle:
E mc
2
m
m 9.1 10
31
kg
m the mass of an electron
62. To find the difference between the dilated
relativistic and the classical momentum,
p p p
0
p mv m
0
v
p m
0
v
1
v
c
2
2
8.19 10
14
J
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
1
1 (0 .9)
2
1 (0 .95)
2
1 (0 .5)
2
1 (0 .9)
2
1
v
c
2
2
1
v
c
2
2
$1.29
2.5 10
10
kWh
9.0 10
16
J
3.6 10
6
J/kWh
9.2 10
10
J
c
2
3.2 10
4
J
c
2
0.8X
2
c
X X
1
X
c
2
2
m
v
k

k
v
E
1
m
v
k
c
2
k
v
E
0.9c 0.3c
1 (0.9)(0.3)
p
v
E

E
v
b
1
p
v
E
c
2
E
v
b

Since v 75 10
3
m/s, or v c, use the
low-speed binomial approximation:
1
p m
0
v
1 1
p
p
p 0.29 kgm/s
63. Since v c, use the low-speed approxima-
tion:
1
The work done, E
k
, in speeding Mercury
from rest is given by:
E
k
mc
2
m
0
c
2
E
k
m
0
c
2
E
k
m
0
c
2
1 1
E
k
E
k
E
k
3.75 10
32
J
The mass equivalent, m, to this amount of
energy is:
m
m
m 4.16 10
15
kg
64. m
m
m
m 2.4 10
28
kg
65. Accelerating the electron of mass,
m
0
9.1 10
31
kg, and charge,
q 1.6 10
19
C, from rest, through a
potential of V results in a new total energy:
E m
0
c
2
Vq
E m
p
c
2
m
p
c
2
m
0
c
2
Vq
V
V
V 9.38 10
8
V
V 938 MV
66. Using the energy triangle,
E
2
(mvc)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
E
2
(m
0
c
2
E
k
)
2
For particle A:
(21 J 8 J)
2
(21 J)
2
(mvc)
2
(mvc)
2
841 J
2
441 J
2
(mvc)
2
400 J
2
mvc 20 J
To find the velocity of A,
(where E mc
2
m
0
c
2
+ E
k
)
v 0.69c
For particle B:
(22 J 7 J)
2
(22 J)
2
(mvc)
2
(mvc)
2
841 J
2
484 J
2
(mvc)
2
357 J
2
mvc 18.9 J
To find the velocity of B,
v 0.65c
Particle A has the greater speed.
67. E
2
(mvc)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
E
2
(mvc)
2
(938.3 MeV)
2
E
2
(0.996mc
2
)
2
(938.3 MeV)
2
E
2
(1 0.996
2
) 8.804 10
5
MeV
2
E 1.05 10
4
MeV
18.9 J
29 J
v
c
mvc
mc
2
v
c
20 J
29 J
v
c
mvc
mc
2
v
c
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
[(1.67 10
27
kg) (9.1 10
31
kg)]
1.60 10
19
C
m
p
c
2
m
0
c
2
q
(1.602 10
19
C)(1.35 10
8
V)
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
qV
c
2
E
c
2
3.75 10
32
J
(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
E
k
c
2
(3.28 10
23
kg)(4.78 10
4
m/s)
2
2
m
0
v
2
2
v
2
2c
2
1
1
v
c
2
2
v
2
2c
2
1
1
v
c
2
2
(125 kg)(75 000 m/s)

3
2(3.0 10
8
m/s)
2
m
0
v
3
2c
2
v
2
2c
2
v
2
2c
2
1
1
v
c
2
2

68. E mc
2
m
0
c
2
E
k
mc
2
(0.511 MeV) (3.1 10
3
MeV)
mc
2
3100.511 MeV
From the energy triangle:
cos
cos
89.990557
sin
sin
v c sin
v (3.0 10
8
m/s) sin 89.990557
v 2.999 999 96 10
8
m/s
69. Using the energy triangle:
sin
tan
For particle A:
0.60
tan 0.60
30.96
sin (30.96)
v 0.514c
For particle B:
0.50
v 0.50c
Particle A is faster.
mvc
mc
2
(5 10
8
Ns)(3 10
8
m/s)
30 J
mvc
mc
2
v
c
mvc
m
0
c
2
(4 10
8
Ns)(3 10
8
m/s)
20 J
mvc
m
0
c
2
mvc
m
0
c
2
v
c
mvc
mc
2
mvc
mc
2
v
c
mvc
mc
2
0.511 MeV
3100.5 MeV
m
0
c
E
Chapter 14
43. a) Cl
b) Rn
c) Be
d) U
e) Md
44. For
A
Z
X, Z is the number of protons and A Z
is the number of neutrons:
a) 17 protons, 18 neutrons
b) 86 protons, 136 neutrons
c) 4 protons, 5 neutrons
d) 92 protons, 146 neutrons
e) 101 protons, 155 neutrons
45. Since 1 u 931.5 MeV/c
2
, then
18.998 u 931.5 MeV/c
2
/u 17 697 MeV/c
2
.
46. Conversely, 0.114 u.
47. To find the weighted average of the two iso-
topes:
0.69(62.9296 u) 0.31(64.9278 u) 63.55 u
This is closest to the mean atomic mass of Cu.
48. B [Zm(
1
H) Nm
n
m(
14
6
C)]c
2
B [6(938.78) 8(939.57)
(14.003 242 u)(931.5)] MeV
B 105.22 MeV
7.5 MeV/nucleon
49. Since
14
6
C
14
7
N
1
0
e v
, the ratio
changes from
8
6
to
7
7
or from
4
3
to the
more stable
1
1
.
50. The binding energy is:
B [m(
3
He) m
n
m(
4
He)]c
2
B [3.0160 u 1.008 665 u 4.002 60 u]c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
B 20.55 MeV
51. Since
232
92
U
228
90
Th
4
2
He E
k
,
E
k
[m
U
m
Th
m
]c
2
E
k
[232.037 131 u 228.028 716 u
4.002 603 u]c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
E
k
5.41 MeV
52. Assuming the uranium nucleus is fixed at rest
and the kinetic energy of the alpha particle
becomes electrical potential,
E
k
r
r
r 5.0 10
14
m
53.
231
90
Th
231
91
Pa
1
0
e v
235
92
U
231
90
Th
4
2
He
54. The mass difference is:
m m
n
(m
p
m
e
)
m [939.57 938.27 0.511] MeV/c
2
m 0.789 MeV/c
2
55. From problem 54, the energy equivalent of
0.789 MeV/c
2
is 0.789 MeV.
Thus
2
3
(0.789 MeV) 0.526 MeV.
56. Since the total momentum before decay is
equal to the total momentum after decay, and
p 0 p, the three momentum vectors must
form a right-angle triangle. From Pythagoras
theorem:
p
C
2
p
e
2
p
2
p
C
(2.64 10
21
)
2
(4.76 10
21
)
2
p
C
5.44 10
21
Ns
57. Using E
k
, the recoiling carbon nucleus
will have
E
k
E
k
7.42 10
16
J
58. For a fixed gold nucleus at rest, the kinetic
energy of the 449-MeV alpha particle is
converted to electrical potential. Thus, for
the radius,
E
k
r
r
r 5.07 10
16
m
(8.99 10
9
Jm/C
2
)(1.6 10
19
C)
2
(2)(79)
(449 10
6
eV)(1.6 10
19
J/eV)
kq
1
q
2
E
k
kq
1
q
2
r
(5.44 10
21
Ns)
2
2(12.011 u)(1.6605 10
27
kg/u)
p
2
2m
(8.99 10
9
Jm/C
2
)(1.6 10
19
C)
2
(2)(92)
(5.3 10
6
eV)(1.6 10
19
J/eV)
kq
1
q
2
E
k
kq
1
q
2
r
N
Z
105.22 MeV
14 nucleons
B
A
106 MeV/c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
59.
When t 8 h, 39.7% of the original dose is
still radioactive.
60. For carbon-14, T
1
2
5730 a. Comparing the

relative amount, N
R
, of a 2000-a relic with the
amount, N
S
, in a shroud suspected of being
2002 a 1350 a 650 a, yields:
N
N
R
S

N
N
R
S

1
2
2000
57
a
3
0
6
a
50 a
N
N
R
S
0.85
61. The half-life of Po-210 is:
T
1
2
138 d 198 720 min

The half-life of Po-218 is T
1
2
3.1 min
After 7.0 min, there will be:
210
Po: N N
0
1
2
1
2
198
7.0
72
m
0
i
m
n
in
log N (3.5 10
5
)log
1
2
N 100%
218
Po: N N
0
1
2
1
2
7
3
.
.
0
1
m
m
i
i
n
n
log N (2.26)log
1
2
N 20.9%
There will be a total of:
1(1 g) 0.209(1 g) 1.21 g
Therefore, 1.21 10
6
g of radioactive Po
remains.
62. If the amount of radioactive material is 23%
of the original amount after 30 d, then,
N N
0
1
2
0.23N
0
N
0
1
2
log (0.23)

log
1
2
1
2
1
2
14 d
63. The molar amount of
235
U is
5
2
.
3
1
5
2
0.0218
and of
207
Pb is
3
2
.
0
4
7
2
0.0165. The
original molar amount of
235
U was
0.0218 0.0165 0.0383. Using the
decay formula where T
1
2
7.1 10
8
a,
N N
0
1
2
0.0218 0.0383
1
2
log

log

t
t 5.78 10
8
a
64. Using the activity decay formula where
T
1
2
5730 a for
14
C decay,
N N
0
1
2
750 900
1
2
573
t
0 a
log

log

t
t 1507 a
log
5
6
(5730 a)
log
1
2
2
t
5730 a
750
900
t
T
1
2
log
0
0
.
.
0
0
3
2
8
18
3
(7.1 10
8
a)
log
1
2
2
t
7.1 10
8
a
0.0218
0.0383
t
T
1
2
T
1
2
(30 d) log
1
2
log (0.23)
30 d
T
1
2
30 d
T
1
2
T
1
2
T
1
2
T
1
2
1
2
tR
T
1
2
1
2
tR
T
1
2
40
20
4 8 12 16 20
0
60
80
100
t (h)
%

r
a
d
i
o
a
c
t
i
v
e
% of Original Dose still
Radioactive vs. Time
65. For an isotope to be doubly stable, its values
for both Z and N A Z must be magic
nuclear shell numbers, where the numbers
are 2, 8, 20, 28, 50, 82, and 126. The other
doubly stable isotopes are
4
2
He,
16
8
O,
40
20
Ca,
48
20
Ca,
78
28
Ni, and
132
50
Sn.
66.
137
55
Cs
137
56
Ba
1
0
ev
E
k
. To determine the
maximum E
k
available per disintegration, find
the mass difference of the parent nucleon and
the daughter plus the electron.
E
k
[136.9071 u (136.9058 u
0.000 549 u)]c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
E
k
0.6996 MeV
67. Dose
Dose
Dose 0.013 mGy
68. The pilots fly for 52 weeks 20 h/week
1040 h per year. Thus, their exposure is:
(7.0 10
6
Sv/h)(1040 h/a)
7.28 10
3
Sv/a.
Compared with the average of 2 mSv/a, this
value is about
7.
2
28
3.64 times greater.
69. Since
238
92
U
206
82
Pb, 238 206 32 nucleons
are lost through alpha decay in groups of 4
nucleons per decay.
Thus, there are
3
4
2
8 alpha particles
emitted. The number of beta decays is equal to
the number of neutrons changed into protons.
N protons in Pb
protons left after alpha decay
N 82 (92 8 2)
N 6 beta particles emitted
70. Four beta decays means that four neutrons
were changed into protons, or
208
82
Pb
824
208
X.
Six alpha decays means that
208
78
X came from
20864
7862
Y
232
90
Y. From the periodic table, this
element is thorium-232 or
232
Th.
71. The separation distance of an alpha particle
(A
4) and a nitrogen nucleus (A

N
14)
is given by:
r
s
r
r
N
r
s
1.2
3
A
1.2
3
A
N
r
s
1.2
3
4 1.2
3
14
r
s
4.8 fm
72. Considering the nitrogen nuclei to be fixed
at rest, the E
k
of the incoming alpha particle
is converted to electrical potential, or
E
k
, where q
1
2e and q
2
7e
E
k
E
k
4.2 MeV
73. The half-life of hassium-269 is T
1
2
9.3 s.
The original amount of hassium is
N
Using the activity equation:
Activity
Activity
0.693

9.3 s
Activity 1.67 10
17
Bq
Using the decay formula for a time of 1 s:
N N
0
1
2
1
2
9
1
.3
s
s
N 92.82%
If 92.82% remains after 1 s, then
100% 92.82% 7.18% has decayed.
This activity equals:
Activity (7.18%)

Activity 1.61 10
17
Bq
74. The energy released is equivalent to the
energy of the mass difference:
E [m(
1
H) m(
2
H) m(
3
He)]c
2
E [1.007 825 u 2.014 102 u
3.016 029 u]c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
E 5.49 MeV
(1.0 10
3
g)(6.022 10
23
mol
1
)
269 g/mol
t
T
1
2
(1.0 10
3
g)(6.022 10
23
mol
1
)
269 g/mol
0.693N
1
2
mass of hassium Avogadros number
mass per mole

(9.0 10
9
Jm/C
2
)(1.6 10
19
C)
2
(2)(7)
(4.8 10
15
m)(1.6 10
13
J/MeV)
kq
1
q
2
r
(3700 Bq)(365 24 60 60 s)(1.0 10
6
eV)(1.6 10
19
J/eV)(5%)
70 kg
activity time energy percentage absorbed
mass
75. One mole of
235
U releases 23 500 GJ of energy.
m
o
2(fuel used)
m
o
2(moles of U used)(mass/mol)
m
o
2

(0.235 kg/mol)
m
o
2

(0.235 kg/mol)
m
o
883 kg
76. %E
%E
%E
%E 0.242
About 24.2% of the fission energy is trans-
formed into electrical energy.
77. Since a mole of
235
U releases 23 500 GJ of
energy, the 50 kg releases
5 10
6
GJ
5 10
15
J
78. Since the electron keeps only 10% of its
kinetic energy with each collision, the energy
remaining after x collisions is given by:
E
x
E
o
(0.1)
x
0.05 eV (5.0 10
6
eV)(0.1)
x
log

x log (0.1)
x
x 8 collisions
79. The incoming speed of a neutron with
3.5 MeV of kinetic energy is:
v
v 2.5876 10
7
m/s
For head-on elastic collisions,
v

v, where v is the recoil
velocity of the neutron.
v
1

(2.5876 10
7
m/s)
v
1
1.782 10
4
m/s
80. For the reaction
235
92
U
1
0
n
141
56
Ba
Z
A
Y 3
1
0
n,
conservation of atomic mass number for the
reaction yields 235 1 141 A 3(1), or
A 92. Conservation of atomic number
yields 92 0 56 Z 3(0), or Z 36.
The daughter isotope, from the periodic table,
is
92
36
Kr.
81. Working in MeVs, assume the rest mass of
lead-207 is:
m
0
(207 u)(931.5 MeV/c
2
/u)
m
0
1.928 10
5
MeV/c
2
Its total energy is:
E m
0
c
2
E
k
E 1.928 10
5
MeV 7.000 10
6
MeV
E 7.1928 TeV
At relativistic speeds, use Einsteins energy
triangle:
(mvc)
2
E
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
(mvc)
2
(7.1928 10
12
eV)
2
(1.928 10
11
eV)
2
mvc 7.1902 10
12
eV
Rearranging for v,
v 0.999639c
v 2.9989 10
8
m/s
82. The de Broglie wavelength is:

1.73 10
19
m
(6.626 10
34
Js)(3.0 10
8
m/s)
(7.19 10
12
eV)(1.6 10
19
J/eV)
hc
mvc
h
mv
7.1902 10
12
eV
7.1928 10
12
eV
v
c
7.1902 10
12
eV
mc
2
v
c
1.008 665 u 1.007 276 u
1.008 665 u 1.007 276 u

m
n
m
x
m
n
m
x
2(3.5 10
6
eV)(1.602 10
19
J/eV)
(1.008 665 u)(1.6605 10

27
kg/u)
2E
k
m
log (10
8
)
log (10
1
)
0.05 eV
5.0 10
6
eV
(50 kg)(23 500 GJ/mol)
0.235 kg/mol
(0.7 GW)(86400 s)
0.23
2
5
.5
k
k
g/
g
mol
(23 500 GJ/mol)

(electrical power) time
m
m
o
a
l
s
a
s
r
o
m
f
a
U
ss
(energy/mol)
electrical energy produced
fission energy released

(0.7 GW)(2)(3.1536 10
7
s)
23 500 GJ/mol
power time
energymol
83. At relativistic speeds, the mass becomes
dilated:
m
m
m 2.53 10
27
kg
The de Broglie wavelength is:

1.16 10
15
m
1.16 fm
84. f
B
B
B 2.28 T
85. Electrons and protons with the same
de Broglie wavelength have the same
momentum
. Using Einsteins
energy triangle and MeV units, for the
electron:
(mvc)
2
(m
0
c
2
E
k
)
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
(mvc)
2
(0.511 MeV 9 10
3
MeV)
2
(0.511 MeV)
2
mvc 9.0005 GeV
The proton has an equal mvc, so
(9000.5 MeV)
2
(938.27 MeV E
k
)
2
(938.27 MeV)
2
938.27 MeV E
k
(9000 .5 MeV )
2
(9 38.27 MeV)
2
E
k
8951.47 MeV 938.27 MeV
E
k
8.1 GeV
86. Using the energy equation mc
2
m
0
c
2
E
k
to
find the dilated mass of the proton,
m m
0
m 938.27 MeV/c
2
m 1338.27 MeV/c
2
m 2.3856 10
27
kg
The cyclotron frequency, f , yields:
B
B
B 1.87 T
87. a) uds 0
b) ud 1
c) db 0
d) cc
0
88. a) lambda (baryon)
b) pion or rho (mesons)
c) b-zero (meson)
d) eta-c (meson)
89. A neutron consists of udd, therefore an anti-
neutron is u
dd.
90. The mass of the top quark is
188.94 u. The element
with the closest atomic mass is osmium (Os),
with an atomic mass of 190.2 u.
91. The
pion has a quark combination of ud

and a charge of e. Conversely, a
pion has
the combination u
d, and its charge is
e.
92. t
t
t 8 10
24
s
93. a) Two protons approach and exchange a vir-
tual meson, then recoil from each other.
b) An atom sits at rest, then one of its elec-
trons drops to a lower energy level and
emits a photon, so the atom is pushed in
the opposite direction.
c) A pion decays into a muon and a muon
neutrino.
2.4 10
15
m
3 10
8
m/s
d
v
1
3
2
3
176 10
3
MeV/c
2
931.5 MeV/c
2
/u
2
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
2(2.3856 10
27
kg)(20 10
6
Hz)
1.6 10
19
C
2mf
q
qB
2m
400 MeV
c
2
E
k
c
2
h
mv
2(2.53 10
27
kg)(23 10
6
Hz)
(1.6 10
19
C)
2mf
q
qB
2m
6.626 10
34
Js
(2.53 10
27
kg)(0.75c)
h
mv
1.673 53 10
27
kg
1 0. 75
2
m
0
1
v
c
2
2

94. Antiproton decay: p

n
W

n
1
0
e v
95. For a neutron and a proton, the interaction is:

p n p n
96. In the reaction p n
, the energy associ-

ated with the mass difference is:
E (m
p
m
n
)c
2
From Einsteins energy relationship,
E
2
[(m
p
m
n
)c
2
]
2
E
2
p
2
c
2
m
0
2
c
4
p
2
c
2
E
2
(m
0
c
2
)
2
p
2
c
2
(939.6 MeV 938.3 MeV)
2
(139.6 MeV)
2
p
2
c
2
19 486.5 MeV
p
2
2.165 10
13
N
2
s
2
This result does not have a solution in the real
numbers, so the momentum, p, is imaginary
(or virtual).
97. For a strange, s, quark and an antistrange, s
,
quark, the two new quarks created at the bro-
ken ends could be u and u
or d and d, accord-
ing to ss
su
u or sd s
d. These particles
are known as mesons.
98. The charge of the strange quark, s, is
1
3
and
the charge of the anticharm quark, c
, is
2
3
.
The charge of the meson is: 1
99. The charge of the baryon is
ttb 1
100. The blue quark could either emit a
blue-antigreen gluon or absorb a green-
antiblue gluon.
t
x
Green
Green
Blue
Blue-
antigreen
gluon
Blue
1
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
1
3
t
x
u
udu ddu
udu ddu
u
0
Neutron Proton
Proton Neutron
e
n
t
x
p
v
W

Physics Concepts and Connections, Book Two - Solutions Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Physics Concepts and Connections, Book Two - Solutions Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOOK TWO

(10 s 5.0 s)(50 m/s)

(4000 kg)(9.8 m/s

2(50 m/s)(70 m/s) cos 16

2(28 m)(40 m) cos 90

(45.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

(0.375 m)(120.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg) (1.0 m)(5.0 kg)(9.8 N/kg)

(8 kg)(16 m/s [W20N])

128 kgm/s [W20N]

(72 km/h [E])

(0.5 kg)(32 m/s [S])

(0.5 kg)(45 m/s [N])

22.5 kgm/s [N]

22.5 kgm/s [N] 16 kgm/s [S]

22.5 kgm/s [N] 16 kgm/s [N]

38.5 kgm/s [N]

(0.030 kg)(200 m/s 0 m/s)

6.0 Ns [out of gun]

(0.500 kg)(9.8 N/kg [down])(3.0 s)

(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [down])

(54 kg)(20 m/s [up] 25 m/s [up])

(54 kg)(45 m/s [up])

9(0.05 s)(100 N [E])

2(10 kgm/s)(6.0 kgm/s) cos 55

2(1.0 kgm/s)(1.0 kgm/s)(cos 10)

2(1.0 kgm/s)(0.75 kgm/s)cos 30

(75 kg)(0.30 m/s)

3. a) Earth rotates 2 radians every 24 h.

(16.1 rad/s 14.5 rad/s)

Tripling the distance,

The similar masses cancel.

6.0 m/s [left]

(100 A)(50 m) sin 45

, the units are Js.

200 ca1 (0 .9986)

dosage per dental x-ray

mvc (3100.5 MeV)(1.602 10

(8 4700 5279) MeV/c

. One of these unit vectors will represent

. Since velocity is a vector quantity, so

height of centre of mass

(80 kg)(9.8 m/s

756 250 m/s

72 Answers to End-of -chapter Conceptual Questi ons

Answers to End-of -chapter Conceptual Questi ons 73

This equation can be simplified:

. Therefore, density dilates as

15 m [E] 6.0 m [E] 2.0 m [E]

10 knots 18.5 km/h

Since this velocity is positive, she could

(300 000 kg)

(75 kg 80 kg 100 kg)

28 m/s [N30W] 30 m/s [N]

1.8 m/s [N30E] 2.0 m/s [S30E]

1.8 m/s [N30E] 2.0 m/s [N30W]

3.3 m/s [N2W]

0.5 m/s [S];

0.5 m/s [W].

2.3 m/s [N];

2.8 m/s [N10W].

applied force in the x direction

a) If the radius is doubled, the period

T 365 days 3.15 10

(2.0 kg)(9.8 Nkg)